--- /dev/null
+/* bashline.c -- Bash's interface to the readline library. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+#if defined (READLINE)
+
+#include "bashtypes.h"
+#include "posixstat.h"
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_GRP_H)
+# include <grp.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_NETDB_H)
+# include <netdb.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "chartypes.h"
+#include "bashansi.h"
+#include "bashintl.h"
+
+#include "shell.h"
+#include "input.h"
+#include "builtins.h"
+#include "bashhist.h"
+#include "bashline.h"
+#include "execute_cmd.h"
+#include "findcmd.h"
+#include "pathexp.h"
+#include "shmbutil.h"
+
+#include "builtins/common.h"
+
+#include <readline/rlconf.h>
+#include <readline/readline.h>
+#include <readline/history.h>
+
+#include <glob/glob.h>
+
+#if defined (ALIAS)
+# include "alias.h"
+#endif
+
+#if defined (PROGRAMMABLE_COMPLETION)
+# include "pcomplete.h"
+#endif
+
+/* These should agree with the defines for emacs_mode and vi_mode in
+ rldefs.h, even though that's not a public readline header file. */
+#ifndef EMACS_EDITING_MODE
+# define NO_EDITING_MODE -1
+# define EMACS_EDITING_MODE 1
+# define VI_EDITING_MODE 0
+#endif
+
+#define RL_BOOLEAN_VARIABLE_VALUE(s) ((s)[0] == 'o' && (s)[1] == 'n' && (s)[2] == '\0')
+
+#if defined (BRACE_COMPLETION)
+extern int bash_brace_completion __P((int, int));
+#endif /* BRACE_COMPLETION */
+
+/* To avoid including curses.h/term.h/termcap.h and that whole mess. */
+extern int tputs __P((const char *string, int nlines, int (*outx)(int)));
+
+/* Forward declarations */
+
+/* Functions bound to keys in Readline for Bash users. */
+static int shell_expand_line __P((int, int));
+static int display_shell_version __P((int, int));
+static int operate_and_get_next __P((int, int));
+
+static int bash_ignore_filenames __P((char **));
+static int bash_ignore_everything __P((char **));
+
+#if defined (BANG_HISTORY)
+static char *history_expand_line_internal __P((char *));
+static int history_expand_line __P((int, int));
+static int tcsh_magic_space __P((int, int));
+#endif /* BANG_HISTORY */
+#ifdef ALIAS
+static int alias_expand_line __P((int, int));
+#endif
+#if defined (BANG_HISTORY) && defined (ALIAS)
+static int history_and_alias_expand_line __P((int, int));
+#endif
+
+static int bash_forward_shellword __P((int, int));
+static int bash_backward_shellword __P((int, int));
+static int bash_kill_shellword __P((int, int));
+static int bash_backward_kill_shellword __P((int, int));
+
+/* Helper functions for Readline. */
+static char *restore_tilde __P((char *, char *));
+
+static char *bash_filename_rewrite_hook __P((char *, int));
+
+static void bash_directory_expansion __P((char **));
+static int bash_filename_stat_hook __P((char **));
+static int bash_command_name_stat_hook __P((char **));
+static int bash_directory_completion_hook __P((char **));
+static int filename_completion_ignore __P((char **));
+static int bash_push_line __P((void));
+
+static int executable_completion __P((const char *, int));
+
+static rl_icppfunc_t *save_directory_hook __P((void));
+static void restore_directory_hook __P((rl_icppfunc_t));
+
+static void cleanup_expansion_error __P((void));
+static void maybe_make_readline_line __P((char *));
+static void set_up_new_line __P((char *));
+
+static int check_redir __P((int));
+static char **attempt_shell_completion __P((const char *, int, int));
+static char *variable_completion_function __P((const char *, int));
+static char *hostname_completion_function __P((const char *, int));
+static char *command_subst_completion_function __P((const char *, int));
+
+static void build_history_completion_array __P((void));
+static char *history_completion_generator __P((const char *, int));
+static int dynamic_complete_history __P((int, int));
+static int bash_dabbrev_expand __P((int, int));
+
+static void initialize_hostname_list __P((void));
+static void add_host_name __P((char *));
+static void snarf_hosts_from_file __P((char *));
+static char **hostnames_matching __P((char *));
+
+static void _ignore_completion_names __P((char **, sh_ignore_func_t *));
+static int name_is_acceptable __P((const char *));
+static int test_for_directory __P((const char *));
+static int return_zero __P((const char *));
+
+static char *bash_dequote_filename __P((char *, int));
+static char *quote_word_break_chars __P((char *));
+static void set_filename_bstab __P((const char *));
+static char *bash_quote_filename __P((char *, int, char *));
+
+static int putx __P((int));
+static int bash_execute_unix_command __P((int, int));
+static void init_unix_command_map __P((void));
+static int isolate_sequence __P((char *, int, int, int *));
+
+static int set_saved_history __P((void));
+
+#if defined (ALIAS)
+static int posix_edit_macros __P((int, int));
+#endif
+
+static int bash_event_hook __P((void));
+
+#if defined (PROGRAMMABLE_COMPLETION)
+static int find_cmd_start __P((int));
+static int find_cmd_end __P((int));
+static char *find_cmd_name __P((int, int *, int *));
+static char *prog_complete_return __P((const char *, int));
+
+static char **prog_complete_matches;
+#endif
+
+/* Variables used here but defined in other files. */
+#if defined (BANG_HISTORY)
+extern int hist_verify;
+#endif
+
+extern int current_command_line_count, saved_command_line_count;
+extern int last_command_exit_value;
+extern int array_needs_making;
+extern int posixly_correct, no_symbolic_links;
+extern char *current_prompt_string, *ps1_prompt;
+extern STRING_INT_ALIST word_token_alist[];
+extern sh_builtin_func_t *last_shell_builtin, *this_shell_builtin;
+
+/* SPECIFIC_COMPLETION_FUNCTIONS specifies that we have individual
+ completion functions which indicate what type of completion should be
+ done (at or before point) that can be bound to key sequences with
+ the readline library. */
+#define SPECIFIC_COMPLETION_FUNCTIONS
+
+#if defined (SPECIFIC_COMPLETION_FUNCTIONS)
+static int bash_specific_completion __P((int, rl_compentry_func_t *));
+
+static int bash_complete_filename_internal __P((int));
+static int bash_complete_username_internal __P((int));
+static int bash_complete_hostname_internal __P((int));
+static int bash_complete_variable_internal __P((int));
+static int bash_complete_command_internal __P((int));
+
+static int bash_complete_filename __P((int, int));
+static int bash_possible_filename_completions __P((int, int));
+static int bash_complete_username __P((int, int));
+static int bash_possible_username_completions __P((int, int));
+static int bash_complete_hostname __P((int, int));
+static int bash_possible_hostname_completions __P((int, int));
+static int bash_complete_variable __P((int, int));
+static int bash_possible_variable_completions __P((int, int));
+static int bash_complete_command __P((int, int));
+static int bash_possible_command_completions __P((int, int));
+
+static char *glob_complete_word __P((const char *, int));
+static int bash_glob_completion_internal __P((int));
+static int bash_glob_complete_word __P((int, int));
+static int bash_glob_expand_word __P((int, int));
+static int bash_glob_list_expansions __P((int, int));
+
+#endif /* SPECIFIC_COMPLETION_FUNCTIONS */
+
+static int edit_and_execute_command __P((int, int, int, char *));
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+static int vi_edit_and_execute_command __P((int, int));
+static int bash_vi_complete __P((int, int));
+#endif
+static int emacs_edit_and_execute_command __P((int, int));
+
+/* Non-zero once initalize_readline () has been called. */
+int bash_readline_initialized = 0;
+
+/* If non-zero, we do hostname completion, breaking words at `@' and
+ trying to complete the stuff after the `@' from our own internal
+ host list. */
+int perform_hostname_completion = 1;
+
+/* If non-zero, we don't do command completion on an empty line. */
+int no_empty_command_completion;
+
+/* Set FORCE_FIGNORE if you want to honor FIGNORE even if it ignores the
+ only possible matches. Set to 0 if you want to match filenames if they
+ are the only possible matches, even if FIGNORE says to. */
+int force_fignore = 1;
+
+/* Perform spelling correction on directory names during word completion */
+int dircomplete_spelling = 0;
+
+/* Expand directory names during word/filename completion. */
+int dircomplete_expand = 0;
+int dircomplete_expand_relpath = 0;
+
+/* When non-zero, perform `normal' shell quoting on completed filenames
+ even when the completed name contains a directory name with a shell
+ variable referene, so dollar signs in a filename get quoted appropriately.
+ Set to zero to remove dollar sign (and braces or parens as needed) from
+ the set of characters that will be quoted. */
+int complete_fullquote = 1;
+
+static char *bash_completer_word_break_characters = " \t\n\"'@><=;|&(:";
+static char *bash_nohostname_word_break_characters = " \t\n\"'><=;|&(:";
+/* )) */
+
+static const char *default_filename_quote_characters = " \t\n\\\"'@<>=;|&()#$`?*[!:{~"; /*}*/
+static char *custom_filename_quote_characters = 0;
+static char filename_bstab[256];
+
+static rl_hook_func_t *old_rl_startup_hook = (rl_hook_func_t *)NULL;
+
+static int dot_in_path = 0;
+
+/* Set to non-zero when dabbrev-expand is running */
+static int dabbrev_expand_active = 0;
+
+/* What kind of quoting is performed by bash_quote_filename:
+ COMPLETE_DQUOTE = double-quoting the filename
+ COMPLETE_SQUOTE = single_quoting the filename
+ COMPLETE_BSQUOTE = backslash-quoting special chars in the filename
+*/
+#define COMPLETE_DQUOTE 1
+#define COMPLETE_SQUOTE 2
+#define COMPLETE_BSQUOTE 3
+static int completion_quoting_style = COMPLETE_BSQUOTE;
+
+/* Flag values for the final argument to bash_default_completion */
+#define DEFCOMP_CMDPOS 1
+
+/* Change the readline VI-mode keymaps into or out of Posix.2 compliance.
+ Called when the shell is put into or out of `posix' mode. */
+void
+posix_readline_initialize (on_or_off)
+ int on_or_off;
+{
+ if (on_or_off)
+ rl_variable_bind ("comment-begin", "#");
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+ rl_bind_key_in_map (CTRL ('I'), on_or_off ? rl_insert : rl_complete, vi_insertion_keymap);
+#endif
+}
+
+void
+reset_completer_word_break_chars ()
+{
+ rl_completer_word_break_characters = perform_hostname_completion ? savestring (bash_completer_word_break_characters) : savestring (bash_nohostname_word_break_characters);
+}
+
+/* When this function returns, rl_completer_word_break_characters points to
+ dynamically allocated memory. */
+int
+enable_hostname_completion (on_or_off)
+ int on_or_off;
+{
+ int old_value;
+ char *at, *nv, *nval;
+
+ old_value = perform_hostname_completion;
+
+ if (on_or_off)
+ {
+ perform_hostname_completion = 1;
+ rl_special_prefixes = "$@";
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ perform_hostname_completion = 0;
+ rl_special_prefixes = "$";
+ }
+
+ /* Now we need to figure out how to appropriately modify and assign
+ rl_completer_word_break_characters depending on whether we want
+ hostname completion on or off. */
+
+ /* If this is the first time this has been called
+ (bash_readline_initialized == 0), use the sames values as before, but
+ allocate new memory for rl_completer_word_break_characters. */
+
+ if (bash_readline_initialized == 0 &&
+ (rl_completer_word_break_characters == 0 ||
+ rl_completer_word_break_characters == rl_basic_word_break_characters))
+ {
+ if (on_or_off)
+ rl_completer_word_break_characters = savestring (bash_completer_word_break_characters);
+ else
+ rl_completer_word_break_characters = savestring (bash_nohostname_word_break_characters);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* See if we have anything to do. */
+ at = strchr (rl_completer_word_break_characters, '@');
+ if ((at == 0 && on_or_off == 0) || (at != 0 && on_or_off != 0))
+ return old_value;
+
+ /* We have something to do. Do it. */
+ nval = (char *)xmalloc (strlen (rl_completer_word_break_characters) + 1 + on_or_off);
+
+ if (on_or_off == 0)
+ {
+ /* Turn it off -- just remove `@' from word break chars. We want
+ to remove all occurrences of `@' from the char list, so we loop
+ rather than just copy the rest of the list over AT. */
+ for (nv = nval, at = rl_completer_word_break_characters; *at; )
+ if (*at != '@')
+ *nv++ = *at++;
+ else
+ at++;
+ *nv = '\0';
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ nval[0] = '@';
+ strcpy (nval + 1, rl_completer_word_break_characters);
+ }
+
+ free (rl_completer_word_break_characters);
+ rl_completer_word_break_characters = nval;
+ }
+
+ return (old_value);
+}
+
+/* Called once from parse.y if we are going to use readline. */
+void
+initialize_readline ()
+{
+ rl_command_func_t *func;
+ char kseq[2];
+
+ if (bash_readline_initialized)
+ return;
+
+ rl_terminal_name = get_string_value ("TERM");
+ rl_instream = stdin;
+ rl_outstream = stderr;
+
+ /* Allow conditional parsing of the ~/.inputrc file. */
+ rl_readline_name = "Bash";
+
+ /* Add bindable names before calling rl_initialize so they may be
+ referenced in the various inputrc files. */
+ rl_add_defun ("shell-expand-line", shell_expand_line, -1);
+#ifdef BANG_HISTORY
+ rl_add_defun ("history-expand-line", history_expand_line, -1);
+ rl_add_defun ("magic-space", tcsh_magic_space, -1);
+#endif
+
+ rl_add_defun ("shell-forward-word", bash_forward_shellword, -1);
+ rl_add_defun ("shell-backward-word", bash_backward_shellword, -1);
+ rl_add_defun ("shell-kill-word", bash_kill_shellword, -1);
+ rl_add_defun ("shell-backward-kill-word", bash_backward_kill_shellword, -1);
+
+#ifdef ALIAS
+ rl_add_defun ("alias-expand-line", alias_expand_line, -1);
+# ifdef BANG_HISTORY
+ rl_add_defun ("history-and-alias-expand-line", history_and_alias_expand_line, -1);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+ /* Backwards compatibility. */
+ rl_add_defun ("insert-last-argument", rl_yank_last_arg, -1);
+
+ rl_add_defun ("operate-and-get-next", operate_and_get_next, -1);
+ rl_add_defun ("display-shell-version", display_shell_version, -1);
+ rl_add_defun ("edit-and-execute-command", emacs_edit_and_execute_command, -1);
+
+#if defined (BRACE_COMPLETION)
+ rl_add_defun ("complete-into-braces", bash_brace_completion, -1);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (SPECIFIC_COMPLETION_FUNCTIONS)
+ rl_add_defun ("complete-filename", bash_complete_filename, -1);
+ rl_add_defun ("possible-filename-completions", bash_possible_filename_completions, -1);
+ rl_add_defun ("complete-username", bash_complete_username, -1);
+ rl_add_defun ("possible-username-completions", bash_possible_username_completions, -1);
+ rl_add_defun ("complete-hostname", bash_complete_hostname, -1);
+ rl_add_defun ("possible-hostname-completions", bash_possible_hostname_completions, -1);
+ rl_add_defun ("complete-variable", bash_complete_variable, -1);
+ rl_add_defun ("possible-variable-completions", bash_possible_variable_completions, -1);
+ rl_add_defun ("complete-command", bash_complete_command, -1);
+ rl_add_defun ("possible-command-completions", bash_possible_command_completions, -1);
+ rl_add_defun ("glob-complete-word", bash_glob_complete_word, -1);
+ rl_add_defun ("glob-expand-word", bash_glob_expand_word, -1);
+ rl_add_defun ("glob-list-expansions", bash_glob_list_expansions, -1);
+#endif
+
+ rl_add_defun ("dynamic-complete-history", dynamic_complete_history, -1);
+ rl_add_defun ("dabbrev-expand", bash_dabbrev_expand, -1);
+
+ /* Bind defaults before binding our custom shell keybindings. */
+ if (RL_ISSTATE(RL_STATE_INITIALIZED) == 0)
+ rl_initialize ();
+
+ /* Bind up our special shell functions. */
+ rl_bind_key_if_unbound_in_map (CTRL('E'), shell_expand_line, emacs_meta_keymap);
+
+#ifdef BANG_HISTORY
+ rl_bind_key_if_unbound_in_map ('^', history_expand_line, emacs_meta_keymap);
+#endif
+
+ rl_bind_key_if_unbound_in_map (CTRL ('O'), operate_and_get_next, emacs_standard_keymap);
+ rl_bind_key_if_unbound_in_map (CTRL ('V'), display_shell_version, emacs_ctlx_keymap);
+
+ /* In Bash, the user can switch editing modes with "set -o [vi emacs]",
+ so it is not necessary to allow C-M-j for context switching. Turn
+ off this occasionally confusing behaviour. */
+ kseq[0] = CTRL('J');
+ kseq[1] = '\0';
+ func = rl_function_of_keyseq (kseq, emacs_meta_keymap, (int *)NULL);
+ if (func == rl_vi_editing_mode)
+ rl_unbind_key_in_map (CTRL('J'), emacs_meta_keymap);
+ kseq[0] = CTRL('M');
+ func = rl_function_of_keyseq (kseq, emacs_meta_keymap, (int *)NULL);
+ if (func == rl_vi_editing_mode)
+ rl_unbind_key_in_map (CTRL('M'), emacs_meta_keymap);
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+ rl_unbind_key_in_map (CTRL('E'), vi_movement_keymap);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (BRACE_COMPLETION)
+ rl_bind_key_if_unbound_in_map ('{', bash_brace_completion, emacs_meta_keymap); /*}*/
+#endif /* BRACE_COMPLETION */
+
+#if defined (SPECIFIC_COMPLETION_FUNCTIONS)
+ rl_bind_key_if_unbound_in_map ('/', bash_complete_filename, emacs_meta_keymap);
+ rl_bind_key_if_unbound_in_map ('/', bash_possible_filename_completions, emacs_ctlx_keymap);
+
+ /* Have to jump through hoops here because there is a default binding for
+ M-~ (rl_tilde_expand) */
+ kseq[0] = '~';
+ kseq[1] = '\0';
+ func = rl_function_of_keyseq (kseq, emacs_meta_keymap, (int *)NULL);
+ if (func == 0 || func == rl_tilde_expand)
+ rl_bind_keyseq_in_map (kseq, bash_complete_username, emacs_meta_keymap);
+
+ rl_bind_key_if_unbound_in_map ('~', bash_possible_username_completions, emacs_ctlx_keymap);
+
+ rl_bind_key_if_unbound_in_map ('@', bash_complete_hostname, emacs_meta_keymap);
+ rl_bind_key_if_unbound_in_map ('@', bash_possible_hostname_completions, emacs_ctlx_keymap);
+
+ rl_bind_key_if_unbound_in_map ('$', bash_complete_variable, emacs_meta_keymap);
+ rl_bind_key_if_unbound_in_map ('$', bash_possible_variable_completions, emacs_ctlx_keymap);
+
+ rl_bind_key_if_unbound_in_map ('!', bash_complete_command, emacs_meta_keymap);
+ rl_bind_key_if_unbound_in_map ('!', bash_possible_command_completions, emacs_ctlx_keymap);
+
+ rl_bind_key_if_unbound_in_map ('g', bash_glob_complete_word, emacs_meta_keymap);
+ rl_bind_key_if_unbound_in_map ('*', bash_glob_expand_word, emacs_ctlx_keymap);
+ rl_bind_key_if_unbound_in_map ('g', bash_glob_list_expansions, emacs_ctlx_keymap);
+
+#endif /* SPECIFIC_COMPLETION_FUNCTIONS */
+
+ kseq[0] = TAB;
+ kseq[1] = '\0';
+ func = rl_function_of_keyseq (kseq, emacs_meta_keymap, (int *)NULL);
+ if (func == 0 || func == rl_tab_insert)
+ rl_bind_key_in_map (TAB, dynamic_complete_history, emacs_meta_keymap);
+
+ /* Tell the completer that we want a crack first. */
+ rl_attempted_completion_function = attempt_shell_completion;
+
+ /* Tell the completer that we might want to follow symbolic links or
+ do other expansion on directory names. */
+ set_directory_hook ();
+
+ rl_filename_rewrite_hook = bash_filename_rewrite_hook;
+
+ rl_filename_stat_hook = bash_filename_stat_hook;
+
+ /* Tell the filename completer we want a chance to ignore some names. */
+ rl_ignore_some_completions_function = filename_completion_ignore;
+
+ /* Bind C-xC-e to invoke emacs and run result as commands. */
+ rl_bind_key_if_unbound_in_map (CTRL ('E'), emacs_edit_and_execute_command, emacs_ctlx_keymap);
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+ rl_bind_key_if_unbound_in_map ('v', vi_edit_and_execute_command, vi_movement_keymap);
+# if defined (ALIAS)
+ rl_bind_key_if_unbound_in_map ('@', posix_edit_macros, vi_movement_keymap);
+# endif
+
+ rl_bind_key_in_map ('\\', bash_vi_complete, vi_movement_keymap);
+ rl_bind_key_in_map ('*', bash_vi_complete, vi_movement_keymap);
+ rl_bind_key_in_map ('=', bash_vi_complete, vi_movement_keymap);
+#endif
+
+ rl_completer_quote_characters = "'\"";
+
+ /* This sets rl_completer_word_break_characters and rl_special_prefixes
+ to the appropriate values, depending on whether or not hostname
+ completion is enabled. */
+ enable_hostname_completion (perform_hostname_completion);
+
+ /* characters that need to be quoted when appearing in filenames. */
+ rl_filename_quote_characters = default_filename_quote_characters;
+ set_filename_bstab (rl_filename_quote_characters);
+
+ rl_filename_quoting_function = bash_quote_filename;
+ rl_filename_dequoting_function = bash_dequote_filename;
+ rl_char_is_quoted_p = char_is_quoted;
+
+#if 0
+ /* This is superfluous and makes it impossible to use tab completion in
+ vi mode even when explicitly binding it in ~/.inputrc. sv_strict_posix()
+ should already have called posix_readline_initialize() when
+ posixly_correct was set. */
+ if (posixly_correct)
+ posix_readline_initialize (1);
+#endif
+
+ bash_readline_initialized = 1;
+}
+
+void
+bashline_reinitialize ()
+{
+ bash_readline_initialized = 0;
+}
+
+void
+bashline_set_event_hook ()
+{
+ rl_event_hook = bash_event_hook;
+}
+
+void
+bashline_reset_event_hook ()
+{
+ rl_event_hook = 0;
+}
+
+/* On Sun systems at least, rl_attempted_completion_function can end up
+ getting set to NULL, and rl_completion_entry_function set to do command
+ word completion if Bash is interrupted while trying to complete a command
+ word. This just resets all the completion functions to the right thing.
+ It's called from throw_to_top_level(). */
+void
+bashline_reset ()
+{
+ tilde_initialize ();
+ rl_attempted_completion_function = attempt_shell_completion;
+ rl_completion_entry_function = NULL;
+ rl_ignore_some_completions_function = filename_completion_ignore;
+ rl_filename_quote_characters = default_filename_quote_characters;
+ set_filename_bstab (rl_filename_quote_characters);
+
+ set_directory_hook ();
+ rl_filename_stat_hook = bash_filename_stat_hook;
+}
+
+/* Contains the line to push into readline. */
+static char *push_to_readline = (char *)NULL;
+
+/* Push the contents of push_to_readline into the
+ readline buffer. */
+static int
+bash_push_line ()
+{
+ if (push_to_readline)
+ {
+ rl_insert_text (push_to_readline);
+ free (push_to_readline);
+ push_to_readline = (char *)NULL;
+ rl_startup_hook = old_rl_startup_hook;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Call this to set the initial text for the next line to read
+ from readline. */
+int
+bash_re_edit (line)
+ char *line;
+{
+ FREE (push_to_readline);
+
+ push_to_readline = savestring (line);
+ old_rl_startup_hook = rl_startup_hook;
+ rl_startup_hook = bash_push_line;
+
+ return (0);
+}
+
+static int
+display_shell_version (count, c)
+ int count, c;
+{
+ rl_crlf ();
+ show_shell_version (0);
+ putc ('\r', rl_outstream);
+ fflush (rl_outstream);
+ rl_on_new_line ();
+ rl_redisplay ();
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Readline Stuff */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* If the user requests hostname completion, then simply build a list
+ of hosts, and complete from that forever more, or at least until
+ HOSTFILE is unset. */
+
+/* THIS SHOULD BE A STRINGLIST. */
+/* The kept list of hostnames. */
+static char **hostname_list = (char **)NULL;
+
+/* The physical size of the above list. */
+static int hostname_list_size;
+
+/* The number of hostnames in the above list. */
+static int hostname_list_length;
+
+/* Whether or not HOSTNAME_LIST has been initialized. */
+int hostname_list_initialized = 0;
+
+/* Initialize the hostname completion table. */
+static void
+initialize_hostname_list ()
+{
+ char *temp;
+
+ temp = get_string_value ("HOSTFILE");
+ if (temp == 0)
+ temp = get_string_value ("hostname_completion_file");
+ if (temp == 0)
+ temp = DEFAULT_HOSTS_FILE;
+
+ snarf_hosts_from_file (temp);
+
+ if (hostname_list)
+ hostname_list_initialized++;
+}
+
+/* Add NAME to the list of hosts. */
+static void
+add_host_name (name)
+ char *name;
+{
+ if (hostname_list_length + 2 > hostname_list_size)
+ {
+ hostname_list_size = (hostname_list_size + 32) - (hostname_list_size % 32);
+ hostname_list = strvec_resize (hostname_list, hostname_list_size);
+ }
+
+ hostname_list[hostname_list_length++] = savestring (name);
+ hostname_list[hostname_list_length] = (char *)NULL;
+}
+
+#define cr_whitespace(c) ((c) == '\r' || (c) == '\n' || whitespace(c))
+
+static void
+snarf_hosts_from_file (filename)
+ char *filename;
+{
+ FILE *file;
+ char *temp, buffer[256], name[256];
+ register int i, start;
+
+ file = fopen (filename, "r");
+ if (file == 0)
+ return;
+
+ while (temp = fgets (buffer, 255, file))
+ {
+ /* Skip to first character. */
+ for (i = 0; buffer[i] && cr_whitespace (buffer[i]); i++)
+ ;
+
+ /* If comment or blank line, ignore. */
+ if (buffer[i] == '\0' || buffer[i] == '#')
+ continue;
+
+ /* If `preprocessor' directive, do the include. */
+ if (strncmp (buffer + i, "$include ", 9) == 0)
+ {
+ char *incfile, *t;
+
+ /* Find start of filename. */
+ for (incfile = buffer + i + 9; *incfile && whitespace (*incfile); incfile++)
+ ;
+
+ /* Find end of filename. */
+ for (t = incfile; *t && cr_whitespace (*t) == 0; t++)
+ ;
+
+ *t = '\0';
+
+ snarf_hosts_from_file (incfile);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Skip internet address if present. */
+ if (DIGIT (buffer[i]))
+ for (; buffer[i] && cr_whitespace (buffer[i]) == 0; i++);
+
+ /* Gobble up names. Each name is separated with whitespace. */
+ while (buffer[i])
+ {
+ for (; cr_whitespace (buffer[i]); i++)
+ ;
+ if (buffer[i] == '\0' || buffer[i] == '#')
+ break;
+
+ /* Isolate the current word. */
+ for (start = i; buffer[i] && cr_whitespace (buffer[i]) == 0; i++)
+ ;
+ if (i == start)
+ continue;
+ strncpy (name, buffer + start, i - start);
+ name[i - start] = '\0';
+ add_host_name (name);
+ }
+ }
+ fclose (file);
+}
+
+/* Return the hostname list. */
+char **
+get_hostname_list ()
+{
+ if (hostname_list_initialized == 0)
+ initialize_hostname_list ();
+ return (hostname_list);
+}
+
+void
+clear_hostname_list ()
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ if (hostname_list_initialized == 0)
+ return;
+ for (i = 0; i < hostname_list_length; i++)
+ free (hostname_list[i]);
+ hostname_list_length = hostname_list_initialized = 0;
+}
+
+/* Return a NULL terminated list of hostnames which begin with TEXT.
+ Initialize the hostname list the first time if neccessary.
+ The array is malloc ()'ed, but not the individual strings. */
+static char **
+hostnames_matching (text)
+ char *text;
+{
+ register int i, len, nmatch, rsize;
+ char **result;
+
+ if (hostname_list_initialized == 0)
+ initialize_hostname_list ();
+
+ if (hostname_list_initialized == 0)
+ return ((char **)NULL);
+
+ /* Special case. If TEXT consists of nothing, then the whole list is
+ what is desired. */
+ if (*text == '\0')
+ {
+ result = strvec_create (1 + hostname_list_length);
+ for (i = 0; i < hostname_list_length; i++)
+ result[i] = hostname_list[i];
+ result[i] = (char *)NULL;
+ return (result);
+ }
+
+ /* Scan until found, or failure. */
+ len = strlen (text);
+ result = (char **)NULL;
+ for (i = nmatch = rsize = 0; i < hostname_list_length; i++)
+ {
+ if (STREQN (text, hostname_list[i], len) == 0)
+ continue;
+
+ /* OK, it matches. Add it to the list. */
+ if (nmatch >= (rsize - 1))
+ {
+ rsize = (rsize + 16) - (rsize % 16);
+ result = strvec_resize (result, rsize);
+ }
+
+ result[nmatch++] = hostname_list[i];
+ }
+ if (nmatch)
+ result[nmatch] = (char *)NULL;
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/* The equivalent of the Korn shell C-o operate-and-get-next-history-line
+ editing command. */
+static int saved_history_line_to_use = -1;
+static int last_saved_history_line = -1;
+
+#define HISTORY_FULL() (history_is_stifled () && history_length >= history_max_entries)
+
+static int
+set_saved_history ()
+{
+ /* XXX - compensate for assumption that history was `shuffled' if it was
+ actually not. */
+ if (HISTORY_FULL () &&
+ hist_last_line_added == 0 &&
+ saved_history_line_to_use < history_length - 1)
+ saved_history_line_to_use++;
+
+ if (saved_history_line_to_use >= 0)
+ {
+ rl_get_previous_history (history_length - saved_history_line_to_use, 0);
+ last_saved_history_line = saved_history_line_to_use;
+ }
+ saved_history_line_to_use = -1;
+ rl_startup_hook = old_rl_startup_hook;
+ return (0);
+}
+
+static int
+operate_and_get_next (count, c)
+ int count, c;
+{
+ int where;
+
+ /* Accept the current line. */
+ rl_newline (1, c);
+
+ /* Find the current line, and find the next line to use. */
+ where = where_history ();
+
+ if (HISTORY_FULL () || (where >= history_length - 1))
+ saved_history_line_to_use = where;
+ else
+ saved_history_line_to_use = where + 1;
+
+ old_rl_startup_hook = rl_startup_hook;
+ rl_startup_hook = set_saved_history;
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* This vi mode command causes VI_EDIT_COMMAND to be run on the current
+ command being entered (if no explicit argument is given), otherwise on
+ a command from the history file. */
+
+#define VI_EDIT_COMMAND "fc -e \"${VISUAL:-${EDITOR:-vi}}\""
+#define EMACS_EDIT_COMMAND "fc -e \"${VISUAL:-${EDITOR:-emacs}}\""
+#define POSIX_VI_EDIT_COMMAND "fc -e vi"
+
+static int
+edit_and_execute_command (count, c, editing_mode, edit_command)
+ int count, c, editing_mode;
+ char *edit_command;
+{
+ char *command, *metaval;
+ int r, rrs, metaflag;
+ sh_parser_state_t ps;
+
+ rrs = rl_readline_state;
+ saved_command_line_count = current_command_line_count;
+
+ /* Accept the current line. */
+ rl_newline (1, c);
+
+ if (rl_explicit_arg)
+ {
+ command = (char *)xmalloc (strlen (edit_command) + 8);
+ sprintf (command, "%s %d", edit_command, count);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Take the command we were just editing, add it to the history file,
+ then call fc to operate on it. We have to add a dummy command to
+ the end of the history because fc ignores the last command (assumes
+ it's supposed to deal with the command before the `fc'). */
+ /* This breaks down when using command-oriented history and are not
+ finished with the command, so we should not ignore the last command */
+ using_history ();
+ bash_add_history (rl_line_buffer);
+ bash_add_history ("");
+ history_lines_this_session++;
+ using_history ();
+ command = savestring (edit_command);
+ }
+
+ metaval = rl_variable_value ("input-meta");
+ metaflag = RL_BOOLEAN_VARIABLE_VALUE (metaval);
+
+ /* Now, POSIX.1-2001 and SUSv3 say that the commands executed from the
+ temporary file should be placed into the history. We don't do that
+ yet. */
+ if (rl_deprep_term_function)
+ (*rl_deprep_term_function) ();
+ save_parser_state (&ps);
+ r = parse_and_execute (command, (editing_mode == VI_EDITING_MODE) ? "v" : "C-xC-e", SEVAL_NOHIST);
+ restore_parser_state (&ps);
+ if (rl_prep_term_function)
+ (*rl_prep_term_function) (metaflag);
+
+ current_command_line_count = saved_command_line_count;
+
+ /* Now erase the contents of the current line and undo the effects of the
+ rl_accept_line() above. We don't even want to make the text we just
+ executed available for undoing. */
+ rl_line_buffer[0] = '\0'; /* XXX */
+ rl_point = rl_end = 0;
+ rl_done = 0;
+ rl_readline_state = rrs;
+
+ rl_forced_update_display ();
+
+ return r;
+}
+
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+static int
+vi_edit_and_execute_command (count, c)
+ int count, c;
+{
+ if (posixly_correct)
+ return (edit_and_execute_command (count, c, VI_EDITING_MODE, POSIX_VI_EDIT_COMMAND));
+ else
+ return (edit_and_execute_command (count, c, VI_EDITING_MODE, VI_EDIT_COMMAND));
+}
+#endif /* VI_MODE */
+
+static int
+emacs_edit_and_execute_command (count, c)
+ int count, c;
+{
+ return (edit_and_execute_command (count, c, EMACS_EDITING_MODE, EMACS_EDIT_COMMAND));
+}
+
+#if defined (ALIAS)
+static int
+posix_edit_macros (count, key)
+ int count, key;
+{
+ int c;
+ char alias_name[3], *alias_value, *macro;
+
+ c = rl_read_key ();
+ alias_name[0] = '_';
+ alias_name[1] = c;
+ alias_name[2] = '\0';
+
+ alias_value = get_alias_value (alias_name);
+ if (alias_value && *alias_value)
+ {
+ macro = savestring (alias_value);
+ rl_push_macro_input (macro);
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Bindable commands that move `shell-words': that is, sequences of
+ non-unquoted-metacharacters. */
+
+#define WORDDELIM(c) (shellmeta(c) || shellblank(c))
+
+static int
+bash_forward_shellword (count, key)
+ int count, key;
+{
+ size_t slen;
+ int sindex, c, p;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ if (count < 0)
+ return (bash_backward_shellword (-count, key));
+
+ /* The tricky part of this is deciding whether or not the first character
+ we're on is an unquoted metacharacter. Not completely handled yet. */
+ /* XXX - need to test this stuff with backslash-escaped shell
+ metacharacters and unclosed single- and double-quoted strings. */
+
+ p = rl_point;
+ slen = rl_end;
+
+ while (count)
+ {
+ if (p == rl_end)
+ {
+ rl_point = rl_end;
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ /* Are we in a quoted string? If we are, move to the end of the quoted
+ string and continue the outer loop. We only want quoted strings, not
+ backslash-escaped characters, but char_is_quoted doesn't
+ differentiate. */
+ if (char_is_quoted (rl_line_buffer, p) && p > 0 && rl_line_buffer[p-1] != '\\')
+ {
+ do
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (rl_line_buffer, slen, p);
+ while (p < rl_end && char_is_quoted (rl_line_buffer, p));
+ count--;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Rest of code assumes we are not in a quoted string. */
+ /* Move forward until we hit a non-metacharacter. */
+ while (p < rl_end && (c = rl_line_buffer[p]) && WORDDELIM (c))
+ {
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ default:
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (rl_line_buffer, slen, p);
+ continue; /* straight back to loop, don't increment p */
+ case '\\':
+ if (p < rl_end && rl_line_buffer[p])
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (rl_line_buffer, slen, p);
+ break;
+ case '\'':
+ p = skip_to_delim (rl_line_buffer, ++p, "'", SD_NOJMP);
+ break;
+ case '"':
+ p = skip_to_delim (rl_line_buffer, ++p, "\"", SD_NOJMP);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (p < rl_end)
+ p++;
+ }
+
+ if (rl_line_buffer[p] == 0 || p == rl_end)
+ {
+ rl_point = rl_end;
+ rl_ding ();
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ /* Now move forward until we hit a non-quoted metacharacter or EOL */
+ while (p < rl_end && (c = rl_line_buffer[p]) && WORDDELIM (c) == 0)
+ {
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ default:
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (rl_line_buffer, slen, p);
+ continue; /* straight back to loop, don't increment p */
+ case '\\':
+ if (p < rl_end && rl_line_buffer[p])
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (rl_line_buffer, slen, p);
+ break;
+ case '\'':
+ p = skip_to_delim (rl_line_buffer, ++p, "'", SD_NOJMP);
+ break;
+ case '"':
+ p = skip_to_delim (rl_line_buffer, ++p, "\"", SD_NOJMP);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (p < rl_end)
+ p++;
+ }
+
+ if (p == rl_end || rl_line_buffer[p] == 0)
+ {
+ rl_point = rl_end;
+ return (0);
+ }
+
+ count--;
+ }
+
+ rl_point = p;
+ return (0);
+}
+
+static int
+bash_backward_shellword (count, key)
+ int count, key;
+{
+ size_t slen;
+ int sindex, c, p;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ if (count < 0)
+ return (bash_forward_shellword (-count, key));
+
+ p = rl_point;
+ slen = rl_end;
+
+ while (count)
+ {
+ if (p == 0)
+ {
+ rl_point = 0;
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ /* Move backward until we hit a non-metacharacter. */
+ while (p > 0)
+ {
+ c = rl_line_buffer[p];
+ if (WORDDELIM (c) && char_is_quoted (rl_line_buffer, p) == 0)
+ BACKUP_CHAR (rl_line_buffer, slen, p);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (p == 0)
+ {
+ rl_point = 0;
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ /* Now move backward until we hit a metacharacter or BOL. */
+ while (p > 0)
+ {
+ c = rl_line_buffer[p];
+ if (WORDDELIM (c) && char_is_quoted (rl_line_buffer, p) == 0)
+ break;
+ BACKUP_CHAR (rl_line_buffer, slen, p);
+ }
+
+ count--;
+ }
+
+ rl_point = p;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+bash_kill_shellword (count, key)
+ int count, key;
+{
+ int p;
+
+ if (count < 0)
+ return (bash_backward_kill_shellword (-count, key));
+
+ p = rl_point;
+ bash_forward_shellword (count, key);
+
+ if (rl_point != p)
+ rl_kill_text (p, rl_point);
+
+ rl_point = p;
+ if (rl_editing_mode == 1) /* 1 == emacs_mode */
+ rl_mark = rl_point;
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+bash_backward_kill_shellword (count, key)
+ int count, key;
+{
+ int p;
+
+ if (count < 0)
+ return (bash_kill_shellword (-count, key));
+
+ p = rl_point;
+ bash_backward_shellword (count, key);
+
+ if (rl_point != p)
+ rl_kill_text (p, rl_point);
+
+ if (rl_editing_mode == 1) /* 1 == emacs_mode */
+ rl_mark = rl_point;
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* How To Do Shell Completion */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+#define COMMAND_SEPARATORS ";|&{(`"
+/* )} */
+#define COMMAND_SEPARATORS_PLUS_WS ";|&{(` \t"
+/* )} */
+
+/* check for redirections and other character combinations that are not
+ command separators */
+static int
+check_redir (ti)
+ int ti;
+{
+ register int this_char, prev_char;
+
+ /* Handle the two character tokens `>&', `<&', and `>|'.
+ We are not in a command position after one of these. */
+ this_char = rl_line_buffer[ti];
+ prev_char = rl_line_buffer[ti - 1];
+
+ if ((this_char == '&' && (prev_char == '<' || prev_char == '>')) ||
+ (this_char == '|' && prev_char == '>'))
+ return (1);
+ else if (this_char == '{' && prev_char == '$') /*}*/
+ return (1);
+#if 0 /* Not yet */
+ else if (this_char == '(' && prev_char == '$') /*)*/
+ return (1);
+ else if (this_char == '(' && prev_char == '<') /*)*/
+ return (1);
+#if defined (EXTENDED_GLOB)
+ else if (extended_glob && this_char == '(' && prev_char == '!') /*)*/
+ return (1);
+#endif
+#endif
+ else if (char_is_quoted (rl_line_buffer, ti))
+ return (1);
+ return (0);
+}
+
+#if defined (PROGRAMMABLE_COMPLETION)
+/*
+ * XXX - because of the <= start test, and setting os = s+1, this can
+ * potentially return os > start. This is probably not what we want to
+ * happen, but fix later after 2.05a-release.
+ */
+static int
+find_cmd_start (start)
+ int start;
+{
+ register int s, os;
+
+ os = 0;
+ /* Flags == SD_NOJMP only because we want to skip over command substitutions
+ in assignment statements. Have to test whether this affects `standalone'
+ command substitutions as individual words. */
+ while (((s = skip_to_delim (rl_line_buffer, os, COMMAND_SEPARATORS, SD_NOJMP/*|SD_NOSKIPCMD*/)) <= start) &&
+ rl_line_buffer[s])
+ os = s+1;
+ return os;
+}
+
+static int
+find_cmd_end (end)
+ int end;
+{
+ register int e;
+
+ e = skip_to_delim (rl_line_buffer, end, COMMAND_SEPARATORS, SD_NOJMP);
+ return e;
+}
+
+static char *
+find_cmd_name (start, sp, ep)
+ int start;
+ int *sp, *ep;
+{
+ char *name;
+ register int s, e;
+
+ for (s = start; whitespace (rl_line_buffer[s]); s++)
+ ;
+
+ /* skip until a shell break character */
+ e = skip_to_delim (rl_line_buffer, s, "()<>;&| \t\n", SD_NOJMP);
+
+ name = substring (rl_line_buffer, s, e);
+
+ if (sp)
+ *sp = s;
+ if (ep)
+ *ep = e;
+
+ return (name);
+}
+
+static char *
+prog_complete_return (text, matchnum)
+ const char *text;
+ int matchnum;
+{
+ static int ind;
+
+ if (matchnum == 0)
+ ind = 0;
+
+ if (prog_complete_matches == 0 || prog_complete_matches[ind] == 0)
+ return (char *)NULL;
+ return (prog_complete_matches[ind++]);
+}
+
+#endif /* PROGRAMMABLE_COMPLETION */
+
+/* Do some completion on TEXT. The indices of TEXT in RL_LINE_BUFFER are
+ at START and END. Return an array of matches, or NULL if none. */
+static char **
+attempt_shell_completion (text, start, end)
+ const char *text;
+ int start, end;
+{
+ int in_command_position, ti, saveti, qc, dflags;
+ char **matches, *command_separator_chars;
+
+ command_separator_chars = COMMAND_SEPARATORS;
+ matches = (char **)NULL;
+ rl_ignore_some_completions_function = filename_completion_ignore;
+
+ rl_filename_quote_characters = default_filename_quote_characters;
+ set_filename_bstab (rl_filename_quote_characters);
+ set_directory_hook ();
+ rl_filename_stat_hook = bash_filename_stat_hook;
+
+ /* Determine if this could be a command word. It is if it appears at
+ the start of the line (ignoring preceding whitespace), or if it
+ appears after a character that separates commands. It cannot be a
+ command word if we aren't at the top-level prompt. */
+ ti = start - 1;
+ saveti = qc = -1;
+
+ while ((ti > -1) && (whitespace (rl_line_buffer[ti])))
+ ti--;
+
+#if 1
+ /* If this is an open quote, maybe we're trying to complete a quoted
+ command name. */
+ if (ti >= 0 && (rl_line_buffer[ti] == '"' || rl_line_buffer[ti] == '\''))
+ {
+ qc = rl_line_buffer[ti];
+ saveti = ti--;
+ while (ti > -1 && (whitespace (rl_line_buffer[ti])))
+ ti--;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ in_command_position = 0;
+ if (ti < 0)
+ {
+ /* Only do command completion at the start of a line when we
+ are prompting at the top level. */
+ if (current_prompt_string == ps1_prompt)
+ in_command_position++;
+ else if (parser_in_command_position ())
+ in_command_position++;
+ }
+ else if (member (rl_line_buffer[ti], command_separator_chars))
+ {
+ in_command_position++;
+
+ if (check_redir (ti) == 1)
+ in_command_position = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* This still could be in command position. It is possible
+ that all of the previous words on the line are variable
+ assignments. */
+ }
+
+ /* Check that we haven't incorrectly flagged a closed command substitution
+ as indicating we're in a command position. */
+ if (in_command_position && ti >= 0 && rl_line_buffer[ti] == '`' &&
+ *text != '`' && unclosed_pair (rl_line_buffer, end, "`") == 0)
+ in_command_position = 0;
+
+ /* Special handling for command substitution. If *TEXT is a backquote,
+ it can be the start or end of an old-style command substitution, or
+ unmatched. If it's unmatched, both calls to unclosed_pair will
+ succeed. Don't bother if readline found a single quote and we are
+ completing on the substring. */
+ if (*text == '`' && rl_completion_quote_character != '\'' &&
+ (in_command_position || (unclosed_pair (rl_line_buffer, start, "`") &&
+ unclosed_pair (rl_line_buffer, end, "`"))))
+ matches = rl_completion_matches (text, command_subst_completion_function);
+
+#if defined (PROGRAMMABLE_COMPLETION)
+ /* Attempt programmable completion. */
+ if (matches == 0 && (in_command_position == 0 || text[0] == '\0') &&
+ prog_completion_enabled && (progcomp_size () > 0) &&
+ current_prompt_string == ps1_prompt)
+ {
+ int s, e, s1, e1, os, foundcs;
+ char *n;
+
+ /* XXX - don't free the members */
+ if (prog_complete_matches)
+ free (prog_complete_matches);
+ prog_complete_matches = (char **)NULL;
+
+ os = start;
+ n = 0;
+ s = find_cmd_start (os);
+ e = find_cmd_end (end);
+ do
+ {
+ /* Skip over assignment statements preceding a command name. If we
+ don't find a command name at all, we can perform command name
+ completion. If we find a partial command name, we should perform
+ command name completion on it. */
+ FREE (n);
+ n = find_cmd_name (s, &s1, &e1);
+ s = e1 + 1;
+ }
+ while (assignment (n, 0));
+ s = s1; /* reset to index where name begins */
+
+ if (start == 0 && end == 0 && e != 0 && text[0] == '\0') /* beginning of non-empty line */
+ foundcs = 0;
+ else if (start == end && start == s1 && e != 0 && e1 > end) /* beginning of command name, leading whitespace */
+ foundcs = 0;
+ else if (e == 0 && e == s && text[0] == '\0') /* beginning of empty line */
+ prog_complete_matches = programmable_completions ("_EmptycmD_", text, s, e, &foundcs);
+ else if (start == end && text[0] == '\0' && s1 > start && whitespace (rl_line_buffer[start]))
+ foundcs = 0; /* whitespace before command name */
+ else if (e > s && assignment (n, 0) == 0)
+ prog_complete_matches = programmable_completions (n, text, s, e, &foundcs);
+ else if (s >= e && n[0] == '\0' && text[0] == '\0' && start > 0)
+ {
+ foundcs = 0; /* empty command name following assignments */
+ in_command_position = 1;
+ }
+ else if (s == start && e == end && STREQ (n, text) && start > 0)
+ {
+ foundcs = 0; /* partial command name following assignments */
+ in_command_position = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ foundcs = 0;
+ FREE (n);
+ /* XXX - if we found a COMPSPEC for the command, just return whatever
+ the programmable completion code returns, and disable the default
+ filename completion that readline will do unless the COPT_DEFAULT
+ option has been set with the `-o default' option to complete or
+ compopt. */
+ if (foundcs)
+ {
+ pcomp_set_readline_variables (foundcs, 1);
+ /* Turn what the programmable completion code returns into what
+ readline wants. I should have made compute_lcd_of_matches
+ external... */
+ matches = rl_completion_matches (text, prog_complete_return);
+ if ((foundcs & COPT_DEFAULT) == 0)
+ rl_attempted_completion_over = 1; /* no default */
+ if (matches || ((foundcs & COPT_BASHDEFAULT) == 0))
+ return (matches);
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ if (matches == 0)
+ {
+ dflags = 0;
+ if (in_command_position)
+ dflags |= DEFCOMP_CMDPOS;
+ matches = bash_default_completion (text, start, end, qc, dflags);
+ }
+
+ return matches;
+}
+
+char **
+bash_default_completion (text, start, end, qc, compflags)
+ const char *text;
+ int start, end, qc, compflags;
+{
+ char **matches, *t;
+
+ matches = (char **)NULL;
+
+ /* New posix-style command substitution or variable name? */
+ if (!matches && *text == '$')
+ {
+ if (qc != '\'' && text[1] == '(') /* ) */
+ matches = rl_completion_matches (text, command_subst_completion_function);
+ else
+ {
+ matches = rl_completion_matches (text, variable_completion_function);
+ if (matches && matches[0] && matches[1] == 0)
+ {
+ t = savestring (matches[0]);
+ bash_filename_stat_hook (&t);
+ /* doesn't use test_for_directory because that performs tilde
+ expansion */
+ if (file_isdir (t))
+ rl_completion_append_character = '/';
+ free (t);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If the word starts in `~', and there is no slash in the word, then
+ try completing this word as a username. */
+ if (matches == 0 && *text == '~' && mbschr (text, '/') == 0)
+ matches = rl_completion_matches (text, rl_username_completion_function);
+
+ /* Another one. Why not? If the word starts in '@', then look through
+ the world of known hostnames for completion first. */
+ if (matches == 0 && perform_hostname_completion && *text == '@')
+ matches = rl_completion_matches (text, hostname_completion_function);
+
+ /* And last, (but not least) if this word is in a command position, then
+ complete over possible command names, including aliases, functions,
+ and command names. */
+ if (matches == 0 && (compflags & DEFCOMP_CMDPOS))
+ {
+ /* If END == START and text[0] == 0, we are trying to complete an empty
+ command word. */
+ if (no_empty_command_completion && end == start && text[0] == '\0')
+ {
+ matches = (char **)NULL;
+ rl_ignore_some_completions_function = bash_ignore_everything;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+#define CMD_IS_DIR(x) (absolute_pathname(x) == 0 && absolute_program(x) == 0 && *(x) != '~' && test_for_directory (x))
+
+ dot_in_path = 0;
+ matches = rl_completion_matches (text, command_word_completion_function);
+
+ /* If we are attempting command completion and nothing matches, we
+ do not want readline to perform filename completion for us. We
+ still want to be able to complete partial pathnames, so set the
+ completion ignore function to something which will remove
+ filenames and leave directories in the match list. */
+ if (matches == (char **)NULL)
+ rl_ignore_some_completions_function = bash_ignore_filenames;
+ else if (matches[1] == 0 && CMD_IS_DIR(matches[0]) && dot_in_path == 0)
+ /* If we found a single match, without looking in the current
+ directory (because it's not in $PATH), but the found name is
+ also a command in the current directory, suppress appending any
+ terminating character, since it's ambiguous. */
+ {
+ rl_completion_suppress_append = 1;
+ rl_filename_completion_desired = 0;
+ }
+ else if (matches[0] && matches[1] && STREQ (matches[0], matches[1]) && CMD_IS_DIR (matches[0]))
+ /* There are multiple instances of the same match (duplicate
+ completions haven't yet been removed). In this case, all of
+ the matches will be the same, and the duplicate removal code
+ will distill them all down to one. We turn on
+ rl_completion_suppress_append for the same reason as above.
+ Remember: we only care if there's eventually a single unique
+ completion. If there are multiple completions this won't
+ make a difference and the problem won't occur. */
+ {
+ rl_completion_suppress_append = 1;
+ rl_filename_completion_desired = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* This could be a globbing pattern, so try to expand it using pathname
+ expansion. */
+ if (!matches && glob_pattern_p (text))
+ {
+ matches = rl_completion_matches (text, glob_complete_word);
+ /* A glob expression that matches more than one filename is problematic.
+ If we match more than one filename, punt. */
+ if (matches && matches[1] && rl_completion_type == TAB)
+ {
+ strvec_dispose (matches);
+ matches = (char **)0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return (matches);
+}
+
+static int
+bash_command_name_stat_hook (name)
+ char **name;
+{
+ char *cname, *result;
+
+ cname = *name;
+ /* XXX - we could do something here with converting aliases, builtins,
+ and functions into something that came out as executable, but we don't. */
+ result = search_for_command (cname, 0);
+ if (result)
+ {
+ *name = result;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+executable_completion (filename, searching_path)
+ const char *filename;
+ int searching_path;
+{
+ char *f;
+ int r;
+
+ f = savestring (filename);
+ bash_directory_completion_hook (&f);
+
+ r = searching_path ? executable_file (f) : executable_or_directory (f);
+ free (f);
+ return r;
+}
+
+/* This is the function to call when the word to complete is in a position
+ where a command word can be found. It grovels $PATH, looking for commands
+ that match. It also scans aliases, function names, and the shell_builtin
+ table. */
+char *
+command_word_completion_function (hint_text, state)
+ const char *hint_text;
+ int state;
+{
+ static char *hint = (char *)NULL;
+ static char *path = (char *)NULL;
+ static char *val = (char *)NULL;
+ static char *filename_hint = (char *)NULL;
+ static char *dequoted_hint = (char *)NULL;
+ static char *directory_part = (char *)NULL;
+ static char **glob_matches = (char **)NULL;
+ static int path_index, hint_len, dequoted_len, istate, igncase;
+ static int mapping_over, local_index, searching_path, hint_is_dir;
+ static int old_glob_ignore_case, globpat;
+ static SHELL_VAR **varlist = (SHELL_VAR **)NULL;
+#if defined (ALIAS)
+ static alias_t **alias_list = (alias_t **)NULL;
+#endif /* ALIAS */
+ char *temp, *cval;
+
+ /* We have to map over the possibilities for command words. If we have
+ no state, then make one just for that purpose. */
+ if (state == 0)
+ {
+ rl_filename_stat_hook = bash_command_name_stat_hook;
+
+ if (dequoted_hint && dequoted_hint != hint)
+ free (dequoted_hint);
+ if (hint)
+ free (hint);
+
+ mapping_over = searching_path = 0;
+ hint_is_dir = CMD_IS_DIR (hint_text);
+ val = (char *)NULL;
+
+ temp = rl_variable_value ("completion-ignore-case");
+ igncase = RL_BOOLEAN_VARIABLE_VALUE (temp);
+
+ if (glob_matches)
+ {
+ free (glob_matches);
+ glob_matches = (char **)NULL;
+ }
+
+ globpat = glob_pattern_p (hint_text);
+
+ /* If this is an absolute program name, do not check it against
+ aliases, reserved words, functions or builtins. We must check
+ whether or not it is unique, and, if so, whether that filename
+ is executable. */
+ if (globpat || absolute_program (hint_text))
+ {
+ /* Perform tilde expansion on what's passed, so we don't end up
+ passing filenames with tildes directly to stat(). */
+ if (*hint_text == '~')
+ {
+ hint = bash_tilde_expand (hint_text, 0);
+ directory_part = savestring (hint_text);
+ temp = strchr (directory_part, '/');
+ if (temp)
+ *temp = 0;
+ else
+ {
+ free (directory_part);
+ directory_part = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ hint = savestring (hint_text);
+
+ dequoted_hint = hint;
+ /* If readline's completer found a quote character somewhere, but
+ didn't set the quote character, there must have been a quote
+ character embedded in the filename. It can't be at the start of
+ the filename, so we need to dequote the filename before we look
+ in the file system for it. */
+ if (rl_completion_found_quote && rl_completion_quote_character == 0)
+ {
+ dequoted_hint = bash_dequote_filename (hint, 0);
+ free (hint);
+ hint = dequoted_hint;
+ }
+ dequoted_len = hint_len = strlen (hint);
+
+ if (filename_hint)
+ free (filename_hint);
+
+ filename_hint = savestring (hint);
+
+ istate = 0;
+
+ if (globpat)
+ {
+ mapping_over = 5;
+ goto globword;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (dircomplete_expand && path_dot_or_dotdot (filename_hint))
+ {
+ dircomplete_expand = 0;
+ set_directory_hook ();
+ dircomplete_expand = 1;
+ }
+ mapping_over = 4;
+ goto inner;
+ }
+ }
+
+ dequoted_hint = hint = savestring (hint_text);
+ dequoted_len = hint_len = strlen (hint);
+
+ if (rl_completion_found_quote && rl_completion_quote_character == 0)
+ {
+ dequoted_hint = bash_dequote_filename (hint, 0);
+ dequoted_len = strlen (dequoted_hint);
+ }
+
+ path = get_string_value ("PATH");
+ path_index = dot_in_path = 0;
+
+ /* Initialize the variables for each type of command word. */
+ local_index = 0;
+
+ if (varlist)
+ free (varlist);
+
+ varlist = all_visible_functions ();
+
+#if defined (ALIAS)
+ if (alias_list)
+ free (alias_list);
+
+ alias_list = all_aliases ();
+#endif /* ALIAS */
+ }
+
+ /* mapping_over says what we are currently hacking. Note that every case
+ in this list must fall through when there are no more possibilities. */
+
+ switch (mapping_over)
+ {
+ case 0: /* Aliases come first. */
+#if defined (ALIAS)
+ while (alias_list && alias_list[local_index])
+ {
+ register char *alias;
+
+ alias = alias_list[local_index++]->name;
+
+ if (STREQN (alias, hint, hint_len))
+ return (savestring (alias));
+ }
+#endif /* ALIAS */
+ local_index = 0;
+ mapping_over++;
+
+ case 1: /* Then shell reserved words. */
+ {
+ while (word_token_alist[local_index].word)
+ {
+ register char *reserved_word;
+
+ reserved_word = word_token_alist[local_index++].word;
+
+ if (STREQN (reserved_word, hint, hint_len))
+ return (savestring (reserved_word));
+ }
+ local_index = 0;
+ mapping_over++;
+ }
+
+ case 2: /* Then function names. */
+ while (varlist && varlist[local_index])
+ {
+ register char *varname;
+
+ varname = varlist[local_index++]->name;
+
+ if (STREQN (varname, hint, hint_len))
+ return (savestring (varname));
+ }
+ local_index = 0;
+ mapping_over++;
+
+ case 3: /* Then shell builtins. */
+ for (; local_index < num_shell_builtins; local_index++)
+ {
+ /* Ignore it if it doesn't have a function pointer or if it
+ is not currently enabled. */
+ if (!shell_builtins[local_index].function ||
+ (shell_builtins[local_index].flags & BUILTIN_ENABLED) == 0)
+ continue;
+
+ if (STREQN (shell_builtins[local_index].name, hint, hint_len))
+ {
+ int i = local_index++;
+
+ return (savestring (shell_builtins[i].name));
+ }
+ }
+ local_index = 0;
+ mapping_over++;
+ }
+
+globword:
+ /* Limited support for completing command words with globbing chars. Only
+ a single match (multiple matches that end up reducing the number of
+ characters in the common prefix are bad) will ever be returned on
+ regular completion. */
+ if (globpat)
+ {
+ if (state == 0)
+ {
+ glob_ignore_case = igncase;
+ glob_matches = shell_glob_filename (hint);
+ glob_ignore_case = old_glob_ignore_case;
+
+ if (GLOB_FAILED (glob_matches) || glob_matches == 0)
+ {
+ glob_matches = (char **)NULL;
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+
+ local_index = 0;
+
+ if (glob_matches[1] && rl_completion_type == TAB) /* multiple matches are bad */
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+
+ while (val = glob_matches[local_index++])
+ {
+ if (executable_or_directory (val))
+ {
+ if (*hint_text == '~' && directory_part)
+ {
+ temp = restore_tilde (val, directory_part);
+ free (val);
+ val = temp;
+ }
+ return (val);
+ }
+ free (val);
+ }
+
+ glob_ignore_case = old_glob_ignore_case;
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+
+ /* If the text passed is a directory in the current directory, return it
+ as a possible match. Executables in directories in the current
+ directory can be specified using relative pathnames and successfully
+ executed even when `.' is not in $PATH. */
+ if (hint_is_dir)
+ {
+ hint_is_dir = 0; /* only return the hint text once */
+ return (savestring (hint_text));
+ }
+
+ /* Repeatedly call filename_completion_function while we have
+ members of PATH left. Question: should we stat each file?
+ Answer: we call executable_file () on each file. */
+ outer:
+
+ istate = (val != (char *)NULL);
+
+ if (istate == 0)
+ {
+ char *current_path;
+
+ /* Get the next directory from the path. If there is none, then we
+ are all done. */
+ if (path == 0 || path[path_index] == 0 ||
+ (current_path = extract_colon_unit (path, &path_index)) == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ searching_path = 1;
+ if (*current_path == 0)
+ {
+ free (current_path);
+ current_path = savestring (".");
+ }
+
+ if (*current_path == '~')
+ {
+ char *t;
+
+ t = bash_tilde_expand (current_path, 0);
+ free (current_path);
+ current_path = t;
+ }
+
+ if (current_path[0] == '.' && current_path[1] == '\0')
+ dot_in_path = 1;
+
+ if (filename_hint)
+ free (filename_hint);
+
+ filename_hint = sh_makepath (current_path, hint, 0);
+ free (current_path); /* XXX */
+ }
+
+ inner:
+ val = rl_filename_completion_function (filename_hint, istate);
+ if (mapping_over == 4 && dircomplete_expand)
+ set_directory_hook ();
+
+ istate = 1;
+
+ if (val == 0)
+ {
+ /* If the hint text is an absolute program, then don't bother
+ searching through PATH. */
+ if (absolute_program (hint))
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ goto outer;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ int match, freetemp;
+
+ if (absolute_program (hint))
+ {
+ if (igncase == 0)
+ match = strncmp (val, hint, hint_len) == 0;
+ else
+ match = strncasecmp (val, hint, hint_len) == 0;
+
+ /* If we performed tilde expansion, restore the original
+ filename. */
+ if (*hint_text == '~')
+ temp = restore_tilde (val, directory_part);
+ else
+ temp = savestring (val);
+ freetemp = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ temp = strrchr (val, '/');
+
+ if (temp)
+ {
+ temp++;
+ if (igncase == 0)
+ freetemp = match = strncmp (temp, hint, hint_len) == 0;
+ else
+ freetemp = match = strncasecmp (temp, hint, hint_len) == 0;
+ if (match)
+ temp = savestring (temp);
+ }
+ else
+ freetemp = match = 0;
+ }
+
+ /* If we have found a match, and it is an executable file, return it.
+ We don't return directory names when searching $PATH, since the
+ bash execution code won't find executables in directories which
+ appear in directories in $PATH when they're specified using
+ relative pathnames. */
+#if 0
+ /* If we're not searching $PATH and we have a relative pathname, we
+ need to re-canonicalize it before testing whether or not it's an
+ executable or a directory so the shell treats .. relative to $PWD
+ according to the physical/logical option. The shell already
+ canonicalizes the directory name in order to tell readline where
+ to look, so not doing it here will be inconsistent. */
+ /* XXX -- currently not used -- will introduce more inconsistency,
+ since shell does not canonicalize ../foo before passing it to
+ shell_execve(). */
+ if (match && searching_path == 0 && *val == '.')
+ {
+ char *t, *t1;
+
+ t = get_working_directory ("command-word-completion");
+ t1 = make_absolute (val, t);
+ free (t);
+ cval = sh_canonpath (t1, PATH_CHECKDOTDOT|PATH_CHECKEXISTS);
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ cval = val;
+
+ if (match && executable_completion ((searching_path ? val : cval), searching_path))
+ {
+ if (cval != val)
+ free (cval);
+ free (val);
+ val = ""; /* So it won't be NULL. */
+ return (temp);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (freetemp)
+ free (temp);
+ if (cval != val)
+ free (cval);
+ free (val);
+ goto inner;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/* Completion inside an unterminated command substitution. */
+static char *
+command_subst_completion_function (text, state)
+ const char *text;
+ int state;
+{
+ static char **matches = (char **)NULL;
+ static const char *orig_start;
+ static char *filename_text = (char *)NULL;
+ static int cmd_index, start_len;
+ char *value;
+
+ if (state == 0)
+ {
+ if (filename_text)
+ free (filename_text);
+ orig_start = text;
+ if (*text == '`')
+ text++;
+ else if (*text == '$' && text[1] == '(') /* ) */
+ text += 2;
+ /* If the text was quoted, suppress any quote character that the
+ readline completion code would insert. */
+ rl_completion_suppress_quote = 1;
+ start_len = text - orig_start;
+ filename_text = savestring (text);
+ if (matches)
+ free (matches);
+
+ /*
+ * At this point we can entertain the idea of re-parsing
+ * `filename_text' into a (possibly incomplete) command name and
+ * arguments, and doing completion based on that. This is
+ * currently very rudimentary, but it is a small improvement.
+ */
+ for (value = filename_text + strlen (filename_text) - 1; value > filename_text; value--)
+ if (whitespace (*value) || member (*value, COMMAND_SEPARATORS))
+ break;
+ if (value <= filename_text)
+ matches = rl_completion_matches (filename_text, command_word_completion_function);
+ else
+ {
+ value++;
+ start_len += value - filename_text;
+ if (whitespace (value[-1]))
+ matches = rl_completion_matches (value, rl_filename_completion_function);
+ else
+ matches = rl_completion_matches (value, command_word_completion_function);
+ }
+
+ /* If there is more than one match, rl_completion_matches has already
+ put the lcd in matches[0]. Skip over it. */
+ cmd_index = matches && matches[0] && matches[1];
+
+ /* If there's a single match and it's a directory, set the append char
+ to the expected `/'. Otherwise, don't append anything. */
+ if (matches && matches[0] && matches[1] == 0 && test_for_directory (matches[0]))
+ rl_completion_append_character = '/';
+ else
+ rl_completion_suppress_append = 1;
+ }
+
+ if (matches == 0 || matches[cmd_index] == 0)
+ {
+ rl_filename_quoting_desired = 0; /* disable quoting */
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ value = (char *)xmalloc (1 + start_len + strlen (matches[cmd_index]));
+
+ if (start_len == 1)
+ value[0] = *orig_start;
+ else
+ strncpy (value, orig_start, start_len);
+
+ strcpy (value + start_len, matches[cmd_index]);
+
+ cmd_index++;
+ return (value);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Okay, now we write the entry_function for variable completion. */
+static char *
+variable_completion_function (text, state)
+ const char *text;
+ int state;
+{
+ static char **varlist = (char **)NULL;
+ static int varlist_index;
+ static char *varname = (char *)NULL;
+ static int namelen;
+ static int first_char, first_char_loc;
+
+ if (!state)
+ {
+ if (varname)
+ free (varname);
+
+ first_char_loc = 0;
+ first_char = text[0];
+
+ if (first_char == '$')
+ first_char_loc++;
+
+ if (text[first_char_loc] == '{')
+ first_char_loc++;
+
+ varname = savestring (text + first_char_loc);
+
+ namelen = strlen (varname);
+ if (varlist)
+ strvec_dispose (varlist);
+
+ varlist = all_variables_matching_prefix (varname);
+ varlist_index = 0;
+ }
+
+ if (!varlist || !varlist[varlist_index])
+ {
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ char *value;
+
+ value = (char *)xmalloc (4 + strlen (varlist[varlist_index]));
+
+ if (first_char_loc)
+ {
+ value[0] = first_char;
+ if (first_char_loc == 2)
+ value[1] = '{';
+ }
+
+ strcpy (value + first_char_loc, varlist[varlist_index]);
+ if (first_char_loc == 2)
+ strcat (value, "}");
+
+ varlist_index++;
+ return (value);
+ }
+}
+
+/* How about a completion function for hostnames? */
+static char *
+hostname_completion_function (text, state)
+ const char *text;
+ int state;
+{
+ static char **list = (char **)NULL;
+ static int list_index = 0;
+ static int first_char, first_char_loc;
+
+ /* If we don't have any state, make some. */
+ if (state == 0)
+ {
+ FREE (list);
+
+ list = (char **)NULL;
+
+ first_char_loc = 0;
+ first_char = *text;
+
+ if (first_char == '@')
+ first_char_loc++;
+
+ list = hostnames_matching ((char *)text+first_char_loc);
+ list_index = 0;
+ }
+
+ if (list && list[list_index])
+ {
+ char *t;
+
+ t = (char *)xmalloc (2 + strlen (list[list_index]));
+ *t = first_char;
+ strcpy (t + first_char_loc, list[list_index]);
+ list_index++;
+ return (t);
+ }
+
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+}
+
+/*
+ * A completion function for service names from /etc/services (or wherever).
+ */
+char *
+bash_servicename_completion_function (text, state)
+ const char *text;
+ int state;
+{
+#if defined (__WIN32__) || defined (__OPENNT) || !defined (HAVE_GETSERVENT)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+#else
+ static char *sname = (char *)NULL;
+ static struct servent *srvent;
+ static int snamelen, firstc;
+ char *value;
+ char **alist, *aentry;
+ int afound;
+
+ if (state == 0)
+ {
+ FREE (sname);
+ firstc = *text;
+
+ sname = savestring (text);
+ snamelen = strlen (sname);
+ setservent (0);
+ }
+
+ while (srvent = getservent ())
+ {
+ afound = 0;
+ if (snamelen == 0 || (STREQN (sname, srvent->s_name, snamelen)))
+ break;
+ /* Not primary, check aliases */
+ for (alist = srvent->s_aliases; *alist; alist++)
+ {
+ aentry = *alist;
+ if (STREQN (sname, aentry, snamelen))
+ {
+ afound = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (afound)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (srvent == 0)
+ {
+ endservent ();
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+
+ value = afound ? savestring (aentry) : savestring (srvent->s_name);
+ return value;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+ * A completion function for group names from /etc/group (or wherever).
+ */
+char *
+bash_groupname_completion_function (text, state)
+ const char *text;
+ int state;
+{
+#if defined (__WIN32__) || defined (__OPENNT) || !defined (HAVE_GRP_H)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+#else
+ static char *gname = (char *)NULL;
+ static struct group *grent;
+ static int gnamelen;
+ char *value;
+
+ if (state == 0)
+ {
+ FREE (gname);
+ gname = savestring (text);
+ gnamelen = strlen (gname);
+
+ setgrent ();
+ }
+
+ while (grent = getgrent ())
+ {
+ if (gnamelen == 0 || (STREQN (gname, grent->gr_name, gnamelen)))
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (grent == 0)
+ {
+ endgrent ();
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+
+ value = savestring (grent->gr_name);
+ return (value);
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Functions to perform history and alias expansions on the current line. */
+
+#if defined (BANG_HISTORY)
+/* Perform history expansion on the current line. If no history expansion
+ is done, pre_process_line() returns what it was passed, so we need to
+ allocate a new line here. */
+static char *
+history_expand_line_internal (line)
+ char *line;
+{
+ char *new_line;
+ int old_verify;
+
+ old_verify = hist_verify;
+ hist_verify = 0;
+ new_line = pre_process_line (line, 0, 0);
+ hist_verify = old_verify;
+
+ return (new_line == line) ? savestring (line) : new_line;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* There was an error in expansion. Let the preprocessor print
+ the error here. */
+static void
+cleanup_expansion_error ()
+{
+ char *to_free;
+#if defined (BANG_HISTORY)
+ int old_verify;
+
+ old_verify = hist_verify;
+ hist_verify = 0;
+#endif
+
+ fprintf (rl_outstream, "\r\n");
+ to_free = pre_process_line (rl_line_buffer, 1, 0);
+#if defined (BANG_HISTORY)
+ hist_verify = old_verify;
+#endif
+ if (to_free != rl_line_buffer)
+ FREE (to_free);
+ putc ('\r', rl_outstream);
+ rl_forced_update_display ();
+}
+
+/* If NEW_LINE differs from what is in the readline line buffer, add an
+ undo record to get from the readline line buffer contents to the new
+ line and make NEW_LINE the current readline line. */
+static void
+maybe_make_readline_line (new_line)
+ char *new_line;
+{
+ if (strcmp (new_line, rl_line_buffer) != 0)
+ {
+ rl_point = rl_end;
+
+ rl_add_undo (UNDO_BEGIN, 0, 0, 0);
+ rl_delete_text (0, rl_point);
+ rl_point = rl_end = rl_mark = 0;
+ rl_insert_text (new_line);
+ rl_add_undo (UNDO_END, 0, 0, 0);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Make NEW_LINE be the current readline line. This frees NEW_LINE. */
+static void
+set_up_new_line (new_line)
+ char *new_line;
+{
+ int old_point, at_end;
+
+ old_point = rl_point;
+ at_end = rl_point == rl_end;
+
+ /* If the line was history and alias expanded, then make that
+ be one thing to undo. */
+ maybe_make_readline_line (new_line);
+ free (new_line);
+
+ /* Place rl_point where we think it should go. */
+ if (at_end)
+ rl_point = rl_end;
+ else if (old_point < rl_end)
+ {
+ rl_point = old_point;
+ if (!whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]))
+ rl_forward_word (1, 0);
+ }
+}
+
+#if defined (ALIAS)
+/* Expand aliases in the current readline line. */
+static int
+alias_expand_line (count, ignore)
+ int count, ignore;
+{
+ char *new_line;
+
+ new_line = alias_expand (rl_line_buffer);
+
+ if (new_line)
+ {
+ set_up_new_line (new_line);
+ return (0);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ cleanup_expansion_error ();
+ return (1);
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+#if defined (BANG_HISTORY)
+/* History expand the line. */
+static int
+history_expand_line (count, ignore)
+ int count, ignore;
+{
+ char *new_line;
+
+ new_line = history_expand_line_internal (rl_line_buffer);
+
+ if (new_line)
+ {
+ set_up_new_line (new_line);
+ return (0);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ cleanup_expansion_error ();
+ return (1);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Expand history substitutions in the current line and then insert a
+ space (hopefully close to where we were before). */
+static int
+tcsh_magic_space (count, ignore)
+ int count, ignore;
+{
+ int dist_from_end, old_point;
+
+ old_point = rl_point;
+ dist_from_end = rl_end - rl_point;
+ if (history_expand_line (count, ignore) == 0)
+ {
+ /* Try a simple heuristic from Stephen Gildea <gildea@intouchsys.com>.
+ This works if all expansions were before rl_point or if no expansions
+ were performed. */
+ rl_point = (old_point == 0) ? old_point : rl_end - dist_from_end;
+ rl_insert (1, ' ');
+ return (0);
+ }
+ else
+ return (1);
+}
+#endif /* BANG_HISTORY */
+
+/* History and alias expand the line. */
+static int
+history_and_alias_expand_line (count, ignore)
+ int count, ignore;
+{
+ char *new_line;
+
+ new_line = 0;
+#if defined (BANG_HISTORY)
+ new_line = history_expand_line_internal (rl_line_buffer);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (ALIAS)
+ if (new_line)
+ {
+ char *alias_line;
+
+ alias_line = alias_expand (new_line);
+ free (new_line);
+ new_line = alias_line;
+ }
+#endif /* ALIAS */
+
+ if (new_line)
+ {
+ set_up_new_line (new_line);
+ return (0);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ cleanup_expansion_error ();
+ return (1);
+ }
+}
+
+/* History and alias expand the line, then perform the shell word
+ expansions by calling expand_string. This can't use set_up_new_line()
+ because we want the variable expansions as a separate undo'able
+ set of operations. */
+static int
+shell_expand_line (count, ignore)
+ int count, ignore;
+{
+ char *new_line;
+ WORD_LIST *expanded_string;
+
+ new_line = 0;
+#if defined (BANG_HISTORY)
+ new_line = history_expand_line_internal (rl_line_buffer);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (ALIAS)
+ if (new_line)
+ {
+ char *alias_line;
+
+ alias_line = alias_expand (new_line);
+ free (new_line);
+ new_line = alias_line;
+ }
+#endif /* ALIAS */
+
+ if (new_line)
+ {
+ int old_point = rl_point;
+ int at_end = rl_point == rl_end;
+
+ /* If the line was history and alias expanded, then make that
+ be one thing to undo. */
+ maybe_make_readline_line (new_line);
+ free (new_line);
+
+ /* If there is variable expansion to perform, do that as a separate
+ operation to be undone. */
+ new_line = savestring (rl_line_buffer);
+ expanded_string = expand_string (new_line, 0);
+ FREE (new_line);
+ if (expanded_string == 0)
+ {
+ new_line = (char *)xmalloc (1);
+ new_line[0] = '\0';
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ new_line = string_list (expanded_string);
+ dispose_words (expanded_string);
+ }
+
+ maybe_make_readline_line (new_line);
+ free (new_line);
+
+ /* Place rl_point where we think it should go. */
+ if (at_end)
+ rl_point = rl_end;
+ else if (old_point < rl_end)
+ {
+ rl_point = old_point;
+ if (!whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]))
+ rl_forward_word (1, 0);
+ }
+ return 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ cleanup_expansion_error ();
+ return 1;
+ }
+}
+
+/* If FIGNORE is set, then don't match files with the given suffixes when
+ completing filenames. If only one of the possibilities has an acceptable
+ suffix, delete the others, else just return and let the completer
+ signal an error. It is called by the completer when real
+ completions are done on filenames by the completer's internal
+ function, not for completion lists (M-?) and not on "other"
+ completion types, such as hostnames or commands. */
+
+static struct ignorevar fignore =
+{
+ "FIGNORE",
+ (struct ign *)0,
+ 0,
+ (char *)0,
+ (sh_iv_item_func_t *) 0,
+};
+
+static void
+_ignore_completion_names (names, name_func)
+ char **names;
+ sh_ignore_func_t *name_func;
+{
+ char **newnames;
+ int idx, nidx;
+ char **oldnames;
+ int oidx;
+
+ /* If there is only one completion, see if it is acceptable. If it is
+ not, free it up. In any case, short-circuit and return. This is a
+ special case because names[0] is not the prefix of the list of names
+ if there is only one completion; it is the completion itself. */
+ if (names[1] == (char *)0)
+ {
+ if (force_fignore)
+ if ((*name_func) (names[0]) == 0)
+ {
+ free (names[0]);
+ names[0] = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Allocate space for array to hold list of pointers to matching
+ filenames. The pointers are copied back to NAMES when done. */
+ for (nidx = 1; names[nidx]; nidx++)
+ ;
+ newnames = strvec_create (nidx + 1);
+
+ if (force_fignore == 0)
+ {
+ oldnames = strvec_create (nidx - 1);
+ oidx = 0;
+ }
+
+ newnames[0] = names[0];
+ for (idx = nidx = 1; names[idx]; idx++)
+ {
+ if ((*name_func) (names[idx]))
+ newnames[nidx++] = names[idx];
+ else if (force_fignore == 0)
+ oldnames[oidx++] = names[idx];
+ else
+ free (names[idx]);
+ }
+
+ newnames[nidx] = (char *)NULL;
+
+ /* If none are acceptable then let the completer handle it. */
+ if (nidx == 1)
+ {
+ if (force_fignore)
+ {
+ free (names[0]);
+ names[0] = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ free (oldnames);
+
+ free (newnames);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (force_fignore == 0)
+ {
+ while (oidx)
+ free (oldnames[--oidx]);
+ free (oldnames);
+ }
+
+ /* If only one is acceptable, copy it to names[0] and return. */
+ if (nidx == 2)
+ {
+ free (names[0]);
+ names[0] = newnames[1];
+ names[1] = (char *)NULL;
+ free (newnames);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Copy the acceptable names back to NAMES, set the new array end,
+ and return. */
+ for (nidx = 1; newnames[nidx]; nidx++)
+ names[nidx] = newnames[nidx];
+ names[nidx] = (char *)NULL;
+ free (newnames);
+}
+
+static int
+name_is_acceptable (name)
+ const char *name;
+{
+ struct ign *p;
+ int nlen;
+
+ for (nlen = strlen (name), p = fignore.ignores; p->val; p++)
+ {
+ if (nlen > p->len && p->len > 0 && STREQ (p->val, &name[nlen - p->len]))
+ return (0);
+ }
+
+ return (1);
+}
+
+#if 0
+static int
+ignore_dot_names (name)
+ char *name;
+{
+ return (name[0] != '.');
+}
+#endif
+
+static int
+filename_completion_ignore (names)
+ char **names;
+{
+#if 0
+ if (glob_dot_filenames == 0)
+ _ignore_completion_names (names, ignore_dot_names);
+#endif
+
+ setup_ignore_patterns (&fignore);
+
+ if (fignore.num_ignores == 0)
+ return 0;
+
+ _ignore_completion_names (names, name_is_acceptable);
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Return 1 if NAME is a directory. NAME undergoes tilde expansion. */
+static int
+test_for_directory (name)
+ const char *name;
+{
+ char *fn;
+ int r;
+
+ fn = bash_tilde_expand (name, 0);
+ r = file_isdir (fn);
+ free (fn);
+
+ return (r);
+}
+
+/* Remove files from NAMES, leaving directories. */
+static int
+bash_ignore_filenames (names)
+ char **names;
+{
+ _ignore_completion_names (names, test_for_directory);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+return_zero (name)
+ const char *name;
+{
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+bash_ignore_everything (names)
+ char **names;
+{
+ _ignore_completion_names (names, return_zero);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Replace a tilde-prefix in VAL with a `~', assuming the user typed it. VAL
+ is an expanded filename. DIRECTORY_PART is the tilde-prefix portion
+ of the un-tilde-expanded version of VAL (what the user typed). */
+static char *
+restore_tilde (val, directory_part)
+ char *val, *directory_part;
+{
+ int l, vl, dl2, xl;
+ char *dh2, *expdir, *ret;
+
+ vl = strlen (val);
+
+ /* We need to duplicate the expansions readline performs on the directory
+ portion before passing it to our completion function. */
+ dh2 = directory_part ? bash_dequote_filename (directory_part, 0) : 0;
+ bash_directory_expansion (&dh2);
+ dl2 = strlen (dh2);
+
+ expdir = bash_tilde_expand (directory_part, 0);
+ xl = strlen (expdir);
+ free (expdir);
+
+ /*
+ dh2 = unexpanded but dequoted tilde-prefix
+ dl2 = length of tilde-prefix
+ expdir = tilde-expanded tilde-prefix
+ xl = length of expanded tilde-prefix
+ l = length of remainder after tilde-prefix
+ */
+ l = (vl - xl) + 1;
+
+ ret = (char *)xmalloc (dl2 + 2 + l);
+ strcpy (ret, dh2);
+ strcpy (ret + dl2, val + xl);
+
+ free (dh2);
+ return (ret);
+}
+
+/* Simulate the expansions that will be performed by
+ rl_filename_completion_function. This must be called with the address of
+ a pointer to malloc'd memory. */
+static void
+bash_directory_expansion (dirname)
+ char **dirname;
+{
+ char *d, *nd;
+
+ d = savestring (*dirname);
+
+ if ((rl_directory_rewrite_hook) && (*rl_directory_rewrite_hook) (&d))
+ {
+ free (*dirname);
+ *dirname = d;
+ }
+ else if (rl_directory_completion_hook && (*rl_directory_completion_hook) (&d))
+ {
+ free (*dirname);
+ *dirname = d;
+ }
+ else if (rl_completion_found_quote)
+ {
+ nd = bash_dequote_filename (d, rl_completion_quote_character);
+ free (*dirname);
+ free (d);
+ *dirname = nd;
+ }
+}
+
+/* If necessary, rewrite directory entry */
+static char *
+bash_filename_rewrite_hook (fname, fnlen)
+ char *fname;
+ int fnlen;
+{
+ char *conv;
+
+ conv = fnx_fromfs (fname, fnlen);
+ if (conv != fname)
+ conv = savestring (conv);
+ return conv;
+}
+
+/* Functions to save and restore the appropriate directory hook */
+/* This is not static so the shopt code can call it */
+void
+set_directory_hook ()
+{
+ if (dircomplete_expand)
+ {
+ rl_directory_completion_hook = bash_directory_completion_hook;
+ rl_directory_rewrite_hook = (rl_icppfunc_t *)0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ rl_directory_rewrite_hook = bash_directory_completion_hook;
+ rl_directory_completion_hook = (rl_icppfunc_t *)0;
+ }
+}
+
+static rl_icppfunc_t *
+save_directory_hook ()
+{
+ rl_icppfunc_t *ret;
+
+ if (dircomplete_expand)
+ {
+ ret = rl_directory_completion_hook;
+ rl_directory_completion_hook = (rl_icppfunc_t *)NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ret = rl_directory_rewrite_hook;
+ rl_directory_rewrite_hook = (rl_icppfunc_t *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+static void
+restore_directory_hook (hookf)
+ rl_icppfunc_t *hookf;
+{
+ if (dircomplete_expand)
+ rl_directory_completion_hook = hookf;
+ else
+ rl_directory_rewrite_hook = hookf;
+}
+
+/* Expand a filename before the readline completion code passes it to stat(2).
+ The filename will already have had tilde expansion performed. */
+static int
+bash_filename_stat_hook (dirname)
+ char **dirname;
+{
+ char *local_dirname, *new_dirname, *t;
+ int should_expand_dirname, return_value;
+ WORD_LIST *wl;
+ struct stat sb;
+
+ local_dirname = *dirname;
+ should_expand_dirname = return_value = 0;
+ if (t = mbschr (local_dirname, '$'))
+ should_expand_dirname = '$';
+ else if (t = mbschr (local_dirname, '`')) /* XXX */
+ should_expand_dirname = '`';
+
+#if defined (HAVE_LSTAT)
+ if (should_expand_dirname && lstat (local_dirname, &sb) == 0)
+#else
+ if (should_expand_dirname && stat (local_dirname, &sb) == 0)
+#endif
+ should_expand_dirname = 0;
+
+ if (should_expand_dirname)
+ {
+ new_dirname = savestring (local_dirname);
+ wl = expand_prompt_string (new_dirname, 0, W_NOCOMSUB); /* does the right thing */
+ if (wl)
+ {
+ free (new_dirname);
+ new_dirname = string_list (wl);
+ /* Tell the completer we actually expanded something and change
+ *dirname only if we expanded to something non-null -- stat
+ behaves unpredictably when passed null or empty strings */
+ if (new_dirname && *new_dirname)
+ {
+ *dirname = new_dirname;
+ return_value = STREQ (local_dirname, *dirname) == 0;
+ }
+ else
+ free (new_dirname);
+ free (local_dirname);
+ dispose_words (wl);
+ }
+ else
+ free (new_dirname);
+ }
+
+ /* This is very similar to the code in bash_directory_completion_hook below,
+ but without spelling correction and not worrying about whether or not
+ we change relative pathnames. */
+ if (no_symbolic_links == 0 && (local_dirname[0] != '.' || local_dirname[1]))
+ {
+ char *temp1, *temp2;
+
+ t = get_working_directory ("symlink-hook");
+ temp1 = make_absolute (local_dirname, t);
+ free (t);
+ temp2 = sh_canonpath (temp1, PATH_CHECKDOTDOT|PATH_CHECKEXISTS);
+
+ /* If we can't canonicalize, bail. */
+ if (temp2 == 0)
+ {
+ free (temp1);
+ return return_value;
+ }
+
+ free (local_dirname);
+ *dirname = temp2;
+ free (temp1);
+ }
+
+ return (return_value);
+}
+
+/* Handle symbolic link references and other directory name
+ expansions while hacking completion. This should return 1 if it modifies
+ the DIRNAME argument, 0 otherwise. It should make sure not to modify
+ DIRNAME if it returns 0. */
+static int
+bash_directory_completion_hook (dirname)
+ char **dirname;
+{
+ char *local_dirname, *new_dirname, *t;
+ int return_value, should_expand_dirname, nextch, closer;
+ WORD_LIST *wl;
+ struct stat sb;
+
+ return_value = should_expand_dirname = nextch = closer = 0;
+ local_dirname = *dirname;
+
+ if (t = mbschr (local_dirname, '$'))
+ {
+ should_expand_dirname = '$';
+ nextch = t[1];
+ /* Deliberately does not handle the deprecated $[...] arithmetic
+ expansion syntax */
+ if (nextch == '(')
+ closer = ')';
+ else if (nextch == '{')
+ closer = '}';
+ else
+ nextch = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ t = mbschr (local_dirname, '`');
+ if (t && unclosed_pair (local_dirname, strlen (local_dirname), "`") == 0)
+ should_expand_dirname = '`';
+ }
+
+#if defined (HAVE_LSTAT)
+ if (should_expand_dirname && lstat (local_dirname, &sb) == 0)
+#else
+ if (should_expand_dirname && stat (local_dirname, &sb) == 0)
+#endif
+ should_expand_dirname = 0;
+
+ if (should_expand_dirname)
+ {
+ new_dirname = savestring (local_dirname);
+ wl = expand_prompt_string (new_dirname, 0, W_NOCOMSUB); /* does the right thing */
+ if (wl)
+ {
+ *dirname = string_list (wl);
+ /* Tell the completer to replace the directory name only if we
+ actually expanded something. */
+ return_value = STREQ (local_dirname, *dirname) == 0;
+ free (local_dirname);
+ free (new_dirname);
+ dispose_words (wl);
+ local_dirname = *dirname;
+ /* XXX - change rl_filename_quote_characters here based on
+ should_expand_dirname/nextch/closer. This is the only place
+ custom_filename_quote_characters is modified. */
+ if (rl_filename_quote_characters && *rl_filename_quote_characters)
+ {
+ int i, j, c;
+ i = strlen (default_filename_quote_characters);
+ custom_filename_quote_characters = xrealloc (custom_filename_quote_characters, i+1);
+ for (i = j = 0; c = default_filename_quote_characters[i]; i++)
+ {
+ if (c == should_expand_dirname || c == nextch || c == closer)
+ continue;
+ custom_filename_quote_characters[j++] = c;
+ }
+ custom_filename_quote_characters[j] = '\0';
+ rl_filename_quote_characters = custom_filename_quote_characters;
+ set_filename_bstab (rl_filename_quote_characters);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ free (new_dirname);
+ free (local_dirname);
+ *dirname = (char *)xmalloc (1);
+ **dirname = '\0';
+ return 1;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Dequote the filename even if we don't expand it. */
+ new_dirname = bash_dequote_filename (local_dirname, rl_completion_quote_character);
+ return_value = STREQ (local_dirname, new_dirname) == 0;
+ free (local_dirname);
+ local_dirname = *dirname = new_dirname;
+ }
+
+ /* no_symbolic_links == 0 -> use (default) logical view of the file system.
+ local_dirname[0] == '.' && local_dirname[1] == '/' means files in the
+ current directory (./).
+ local_dirname[0] == '.' && local_dirname[1] == 0 means relative pathnames
+ in the current directory (e.g., lib/sh).
+ XXX - should we do spelling correction on these? */
+
+ /* This is test as it was in bash-4.2: skip relative pathnames in current
+ directory. Change test to
+ (local_dirname[0] != '.' || (local_dirname[1] && local_dirname[1] != '/'))
+ if we want to skip paths beginning with ./ also. */
+ if (no_symbolic_links == 0 && (local_dirname[0] != '.' || local_dirname[1]))
+ {
+ char *temp1, *temp2;
+ int len1, len2;
+
+ /* If we have a relative path
+ (local_dirname[0] != '/' && local_dirname[0] != '.')
+ that is canonical after appending it to the current directory, then
+ temp1 = temp2+'/'
+ That is,
+ strcmp (temp1, temp2) == 0
+ after adding a slash to temp2 below. It should be safe to not
+ change those.
+ */
+ t = get_working_directory ("symlink-hook");
+ temp1 = make_absolute (local_dirname, t);
+ free (t);
+ temp2 = sh_canonpath (temp1, PATH_CHECKDOTDOT|PATH_CHECKEXISTS);
+
+ /* Try spelling correction if initial canonicalization fails. */
+ if (temp2 == 0 && dircomplete_spelling)
+ {
+ temp2 = dirspell (temp1);
+ if (temp2)
+ {
+ free (temp1);
+ temp1 = temp2;
+ temp2 = sh_canonpath (temp1, PATH_CHECKDOTDOT|PATH_CHECKEXISTS);
+ return_value |= temp2 != 0;
+ }
+ }
+ /* If we can't canonicalize, bail. */
+ if (temp2 == 0)
+ {
+ free (temp1);
+ return return_value;
+ }
+ len1 = strlen (temp1);
+ if (temp1[len1 - 1] == '/')
+ {
+ len2 = strlen (temp2);
+ if (len2 > 2) /* don't append `/' to `/' or `//' */
+ {
+ temp2 = (char *)xrealloc (temp2, len2 + 2);
+ temp2[len2] = '/';
+ temp2[len2 + 1] = '\0';
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* dircomplete_expand_relpath == 0 means we want to leave relative
+ pathnames that are unchanged by canonicalization alone.
+ *local_dirname != '/' && *local_dirname != '.' == relative pathname
+ (consistent with general.c:absolute_pathname())
+ temp1 == temp2 (after appending a slash to temp2) means the pathname
+ is not changed by canonicalization as described above. */
+ if (dircomplete_expand_relpath || ((local_dirname[0] != '/' && local_dirname[0] != '.') && STREQ (temp1, temp2) == 0))
+ return_value |= STREQ (local_dirname, temp2) == 0;
+ free (local_dirname);
+ *dirname = temp2;
+ free (temp1);
+ }
+
+ return (return_value);
+}
+
+static char **history_completion_array = (char **)NULL;
+static int harry_size;
+static int harry_len;
+
+static void
+build_history_completion_array ()
+{
+ register int i, j;
+ HIST_ENTRY **hlist;
+ char **tokens;
+
+ /* First, clear out the current dynamic history completion list. */
+ if (harry_size)
+ {
+ strvec_dispose (history_completion_array);
+ history_completion_array = (char **)NULL;
+ harry_size = 0;
+ harry_len = 0;
+ }
+
+ /* Next, grovel each line of history, making each shell-sized token
+ a separate entry in the history_completion_array. */
+ hlist = history_list ();
+
+ if (hlist)
+ {
+ for (i = 0; hlist[i]; i++)
+ ;
+ for ( --i; i >= 0; i--)
+ {
+ /* Separate each token, and place into an array. */
+ tokens = history_tokenize (hlist[i]->line);
+
+ for (j = 0; tokens && tokens[j]; j++)
+ {
+ if (harry_len + 2 > harry_size)
+ history_completion_array = strvec_resize (history_completion_array, harry_size += 10);
+
+ history_completion_array[harry_len++] = tokens[j];
+ history_completion_array[harry_len] = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+ free (tokens);
+ }
+
+ /* Sort the complete list of tokens. */
+ if (dabbrev_expand_active == 0)
+ qsort (history_completion_array, harry_len, sizeof (char *), (QSFUNC *)strvec_strcmp);
+ }
+}
+
+static char *
+history_completion_generator (hint_text, state)
+ const char *hint_text;
+ int state;
+{
+ static int local_index, len;
+ static const char *text;
+
+ /* If this is the first call to the generator, then initialize the
+ list of strings to complete over. */
+ if (state == 0)
+ {
+ if (dabbrev_expand_active) /* This is kind of messy */
+ rl_completion_suppress_append = 1;
+ local_index = 0;
+ build_history_completion_array ();
+ text = hint_text;
+ len = strlen (text);
+ }
+
+ while (history_completion_array && history_completion_array[local_index])
+ {
+ if (strncmp (text, history_completion_array[local_index++], len) == 0)
+ return (savestring (history_completion_array[local_index - 1]));
+ }
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+}
+
+static int
+dynamic_complete_history (count, key)
+ int count, key;
+{
+ int r;
+ rl_compentry_func_t *orig_func;
+ rl_completion_func_t *orig_attempt_func;
+ rl_compignore_func_t *orig_ignore_func;
+
+ orig_func = rl_completion_entry_function;
+ orig_attempt_func = rl_attempted_completion_function;
+ orig_ignore_func = rl_ignore_some_completions_function;
+
+ rl_completion_entry_function = history_completion_generator;
+ rl_attempted_completion_function = (rl_completion_func_t *)NULL;
+ rl_ignore_some_completions_function = filename_completion_ignore;
+
+ /* XXX - use rl_completion_mode here? */
+ if (rl_last_func == dynamic_complete_history)
+ r = rl_complete_internal ('?');
+ else
+ r = rl_complete_internal (TAB);
+
+ rl_completion_entry_function = orig_func;
+ rl_attempted_completion_function = orig_attempt_func;
+ rl_ignore_some_completions_function = orig_ignore_func;
+
+ return r;
+}
+
+static int
+bash_dabbrev_expand (count, key)
+ int count, key;
+{
+ int r, orig_suppress, orig_sort;
+ rl_compentry_func_t *orig_func;
+ rl_completion_func_t *orig_attempt_func;
+ rl_compignore_func_t *orig_ignore_func;
+
+ orig_func = rl_menu_completion_entry_function;
+ orig_attempt_func = rl_attempted_completion_function;
+ orig_ignore_func = rl_ignore_some_completions_function;
+ orig_suppress = rl_completion_suppress_append;
+ orig_sort = rl_sort_completion_matches;
+
+ rl_menu_completion_entry_function = history_completion_generator;
+ rl_attempted_completion_function = (rl_completion_func_t *)NULL;
+ rl_ignore_some_completions_function = filename_completion_ignore;
+ rl_filename_completion_desired = 0;
+ rl_completion_suppress_append = 1;
+ rl_sort_completion_matches = 0;
+
+ /* XXX - use rl_completion_mode here? */
+ dabbrev_expand_active = 1;
+ if (rl_last_func == bash_dabbrev_expand)
+ rl_last_func = rl_menu_complete;
+ r = rl_menu_complete (count, key);
+ dabbrev_expand_active = 0;
+
+ rl_last_func = bash_dabbrev_expand;
+ rl_menu_completion_entry_function = orig_func;
+ rl_attempted_completion_function = orig_attempt_func;
+ rl_ignore_some_completions_function = orig_ignore_func;
+ rl_completion_suppress_append = orig_suppress;
+ rl_sort_completion_matches = orig_sort;
+
+ return r;
+}
+
+#if defined (SPECIFIC_COMPLETION_FUNCTIONS)
+static int
+bash_complete_username (ignore, ignore2)
+ int ignore, ignore2;
+{
+ return bash_complete_username_internal (rl_completion_mode (bash_complete_username));
+}
+
+static int
+bash_possible_username_completions (ignore, ignore2)
+ int ignore, ignore2;
+{
+ return bash_complete_username_internal ('?');
+}
+
+static int
+bash_complete_username_internal (what_to_do)
+ int what_to_do;
+{
+ return bash_specific_completion (what_to_do, rl_username_completion_function);
+}
+
+static int
+bash_complete_filename (ignore, ignore2)
+ int ignore, ignore2;
+{
+ return bash_complete_filename_internal (rl_completion_mode (bash_complete_filename));
+}
+
+static int
+bash_possible_filename_completions (ignore, ignore2)
+ int ignore, ignore2;
+{
+ return bash_complete_filename_internal ('?');
+}
+
+static int
+bash_complete_filename_internal (what_to_do)
+ int what_to_do;
+{
+ rl_compentry_func_t *orig_func;
+ rl_completion_func_t *orig_attempt_func;
+ rl_icppfunc_t *orig_dir_func;
+ rl_compignore_func_t *orig_ignore_func;
+ /*const*/ char *orig_rl_completer_word_break_characters;
+ int r;
+
+ orig_func = rl_completion_entry_function;
+ orig_attempt_func = rl_attempted_completion_function;
+ orig_ignore_func = rl_ignore_some_completions_function;
+ orig_rl_completer_word_break_characters = rl_completer_word_break_characters;
+
+ orig_dir_func = save_directory_hook ();
+
+ rl_completion_entry_function = rl_filename_completion_function;
+ rl_attempted_completion_function = (rl_completion_func_t *)NULL;
+ rl_ignore_some_completions_function = filename_completion_ignore;
+ rl_completer_word_break_characters = " \t\n\"\'";
+
+ r = rl_complete_internal (what_to_do);
+
+ rl_completion_entry_function = orig_func;
+ rl_attempted_completion_function = orig_attempt_func;
+ rl_ignore_some_completions_function = orig_ignore_func;
+ rl_completer_word_break_characters = orig_rl_completer_word_break_characters;
+
+ restore_directory_hook (orig_dir_func);
+
+ return r;
+}
+
+static int
+bash_complete_hostname (ignore, ignore2)
+ int ignore, ignore2;
+{
+ return bash_complete_hostname_internal (rl_completion_mode (bash_complete_hostname));
+}
+
+static int
+bash_possible_hostname_completions (ignore, ignore2)
+ int ignore, ignore2;
+{
+ return bash_complete_hostname_internal ('?');
+}
+
+static int
+bash_complete_variable (ignore, ignore2)
+ int ignore, ignore2;
+{
+ return bash_complete_variable_internal (rl_completion_mode (bash_complete_variable));
+}
+
+static int
+bash_possible_variable_completions (ignore, ignore2)
+ int ignore, ignore2;
+{
+ return bash_complete_variable_internal ('?');
+}
+
+static int
+bash_complete_command (ignore, ignore2)
+ int ignore, ignore2;
+{
+ return bash_complete_command_internal (rl_completion_mode (bash_complete_command));
+}
+
+static int
+bash_possible_command_completions (ignore, ignore2)
+ int ignore, ignore2;
+{
+ return bash_complete_command_internal ('?');
+}
+
+static int
+bash_complete_hostname_internal (what_to_do)
+ int what_to_do;
+{
+ return bash_specific_completion (what_to_do, hostname_completion_function);
+}
+
+static int
+bash_complete_variable_internal (what_to_do)
+ int what_to_do;
+{
+ return bash_specific_completion (what_to_do, variable_completion_function);
+}
+
+static int
+bash_complete_command_internal (what_to_do)
+ int what_to_do;
+{
+ return bash_specific_completion (what_to_do, command_word_completion_function);
+}
+
+static char *globtext;
+static char *globorig;
+
+static char *
+glob_complete_word (text, state)
+ const char *text;
+ int state;
+{
+ static char **matches = (char **)NULL;
+ static int ind;
+ int glen;
+ char *ret, *ttext;
+
+ if (state == 0)
+ {
+ rl_filename_completion_desired = 1;
+ FREE (matches);
+ if (globorig != globtext)
+ FREE (globorig);
+ FREE (globtext);
+
+ ttext = bash_tilde_expand (text, 0);
+
+ if (rl_explicit_arg)
+ {
+ globorig = savestring (ttext);
+ glen = strlen (ttext);
+ globtext = (char *)xmalloc (glen + 2);
+ strcpy (globtext, ttext);
+ globtext[glen] = '*';
+ globtext[glen+1] = '\0';
+ }
+ else
+ globtext = globorig = savestring (ttext);
+
+ if (ttext != text)
+ free (ttext);
+
+ matches = shell_glob_filename (globtext);
+ if (GLOB_FAILED (matches))
+ matches = (char **)NULL;
+ ind = 0;
+ }
+
+ ret = matches ? matches[ind] : (char *)NULL;
+ ind++;
+ return ret;
+}
+
+static int
+bash_glob_completion_internal (what_to_do)
+ int what_to_do;
+{
+ return bash_specific_completion (what_to_do, glob_complete_word);
+}
+
+/* A special quoting function so we don't end up quoting globbing characters
+ in the word if there are no matches or multiple matches. */
+static char *
+bash_glob_quote_filename (s, rtype, qcp)
+ char *s;
+ int rtype;
+ char *qcp;
+{
+ if (globorig && qcp && *qcp == '\0' && STREQ (s, globorig))
+ return (savestring (s));
+ else
+ return (bash_quote_filename (s, rtype, qcp));
+}
+
+static int
+bash_glob_complete_word (count, key)
+ int count, key;
+{
+ int r;
+ rl_quote_func_t *orig_quoting_function;
+
+ if (rl_editing_mode == EMACS_EDITING_MODE)
+ rl_explicit_arg = 1; /* force `*' append */
+ orig_quoting_function = rl_filename_quoting_function;
+ rl_filename_quoting_function = bash_glob_quote_filename;
+
+ r = bash_glob_completion_internal (rl_completion_mode (bash_glob_complete_word));
+
+ rl_filename_quoting_function = orig_quoting_function;
+ return r;
+}
+
+static int
+bash_glob_expand_word (count, key)
+ int count, key;
+{
+ return bash_glob_completion_internal ('*');
+}
+
+static int
+bash_glob_list_expansions (count, key)
+ int count, key;
+{
+ return bash_glob_completion_internal ('?');
+}
+
+static int
+bash_specific_completion (what_to_do, generator)
+ int what_to_do;
+ rl_compentry_func_t *generator;
+{
+ rl_compentry_func_t *orig_func;
+ rl_completion_func_t *orig_attempt_func;
+ rl_compignore_func_t *orig_ignore_func;
+ int r;
+
+ orig_func = rl_completion_entry_function;
+ orig_attempt_func = rl_attempted_completion_function;
+ orig_ignore_func = rl_ignore_some_completions_function;
+ rl_completion_entry_function = generator;
+ rl_attempted_completion_function = NULL;
+ rl_ignore_some_completions_function = orig_ignore_func;
+
+ r = rl_complete_internal (what_to_do);
+
+ rl_completion_entry_function = orig_func;
+ rl_attempted_completion_function = orig_attempt_func;
+ rl_ignore_some_completions_function = orig_ignore_func;
+
+ return r;
+}
+
+#endif /* SPECIFIC_COMPLETION_FUNCTIONS */
+
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+/* Completion, from vi mode's point of view. This is a modified version of
+ rl_vi_complete which uses the bash globbing code to implement what POSIX
+ specifies, which is to append a `*' and attempt filename generation (which
+ has the side effect of expanding any globbing characters in the word). */
+static int
+bash_vi_complete (count, key)
+ int count, key;
+{
+#if defined (SPECIFIC_COMPLETION_FUNCTIONS)
+ int p, r;
+ char *t;
+
+ if ((rl_point < rl_end) && (!whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point])))
+ {
+ if (!whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point + 1]))
+ rl_vi_end_word (1, 'E');
+ rl_point++;
+ }
+
+ /* Find boundaries of current word, according to vi definition of a
+ `bigword'. */
+ t = 0;
+ if (rl_point > 0)
+ {
+ p = rl_point;
+ rl_vi_bWord (1, 'B');
+ r = rl_point;
+ rl_point = p;
+ p = r;
+
+ t = substring (rl_line_buffer, p, rl_point);
+ }
+
+ if (t && glob_pattern_p (t) == 0)
+ rl_explicit_arg = 1; /* XXX - force glob_complete_word to append `*' */
+ FREE (t);
+
+ if (key == '*') /* Expansion and replacement. */
+ r = bash_glob_expand_word (count, key);
+ else if (key == '=') /* List possible completions. */
+ r = bash_glob_list_expansions (count, key);
+ else if (key == '\\') /* Standard completion */
+ r = bash_glob_complete_word (count, key);
+ else
+ r = rl_complete (0, key);
+
+ if (key == '*' || key == '\\')
+ rl_vi_start_inserting (key, 1, 1);
+
+ return (r);
+#else
+ return rl_vi_complete (count, key);
+#endif /* !SPECIFIC_COMPLETION_FUNCTIONS */
+}
+#endif /* VI_MODE */
+
+/* Filename quoting for completion. */
+/* A function to strip unquoted quote characters (single quotes, double
+ quotes, and backslashes). It allows single quotes to appear
+ within double quotes, and vice versa. It should be smarter. */
+static char *
+bash_dequote_filename (text, quote_char)
+ char *text;
+ int quote_char;
+{
+ char *ret, *p, *r;
+ int l, quoted;
+
+ l = strlen (text);
+ ret = (char *)xmalloc (l + 1);
+ for (quoted = quote_char, p = text, r = ret; p && *p; p++)
+ {
+ /* Allow backslash-escaped characters to pass through unscathed. */
+ if (*p == '\\')
+ {
+ /* Backslashes are preserved within single quotes. */
+ if (quoted == '\'')
+ *r++ = *p;
+ /* Backslashes are preserved within double quotes unless the
+ character is one that is defined to be escaped */
+ else if (quoted == '"' && ((sh_syntaxtab[p[1]] & CBSDQUOTE) == 0))
+ *r++ = *p;
+
+ *r++ = *++p;
+ if (*p == '\0')
+ return ret; /* XXX - was break; */
+ continue;
+ }
+ /* Close quote. */
+ if (quoted && *p == quoted)
+ {
+ quoted = 0;
+ continue;
+ }
+ /* Open quote. */
+ if (quoted == 0 && (*p == '\'' || *p == '"'))
+ {
+ quoted = *p;
+ continue;
+ }
+ *r++ = *p;
+ }
+ *r = '\0';
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Quote characters that the readline completion code would treat as
+ word break characters with backslashes. Pass backslash-quoted
+ characters through without examination. */
+static char *
+quote_word_break_chars (text)
+ char *text;
+{
+ char *ret, *r, *s;
+ int l;
+
+ l = strlen (text);
+ ret = (char *)xmalloc ((2 * l) + 1);
+ for (s = text, r = ret; *s; s++)
+ {
+ /* Pass backslash-quoted characters through, including the backslash. */
+ if (*s == '\\')
+ {
+ *r++ = '\\';
+ *r++ = *++s;
+ if (*s == '\0')
+ break;
+ continue;
+ }
+ /* OK, we have an unquoted character. Check its presence in
+ rl_completer_word_break_characters. */
+ if (mbschr (rl_completer_word_break_characters, *s))
+ *r++ = '\\';
+ /* XXX -- check for standalone tildes here and backslash-quote them */
+ if (s == text && *s == '~' && file_exists (text))
+ *r++ = '\\';
+ *r++ = *s;
+ }
+ *r = '\0';
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Use characters in STRING to populate the table of characters that should
+ be backslash-quoted. The table will be used for sh_backslash_quote from
+ this file. */
+static void
+set_filename_bstab (string)
+ const char *string;
+{
+ const char *s;
+
+ memset (filename_bstab, 0, sizeof (filename_bstab));
+ for (s = string; s && *s; s++)
+ filename_bstab[*s] = 1;
+}
+
+/* Quote a filename using double quotes, single quotes, or backslashes
+ depending on the value of completion_quoting_style. If we're
+ completing using backslashes, we need to quote some additional
+ characters (those that readline treats as word breaks), so we call
+ quote_word_break_chars on the result. This returns newly-allocated
+ memory. */
+static char *
+bash_quote_filename (s, rtype, qcp)
+ char *s;
+ int rtype;
+ char *qcp;
+{
+ char *rtext, *mtext, *ret;
+ int rlen, cs;
+
+ rtext = (char *)NULL;
+
+ /* If RTYPE == MULT_MATCH, it means that there is
+ more than one match. In this case, we do not add
+ the closing quote or attempt to perform tilde
+ expansion. If RTYPE == SINGLE_MATCH, we try
+ to perform tilde expansion, because single and double
+ quotes inhibit tilde expansion by the shell. */
+
+ cs = completion_quoting_style;
+ /* Might need to modify the default completion style based on *qcp,
+ since it's set to any user-provided opening quote. We also change
+ to single-quoting if there is no user-provided opening quote and
+ the word being completed contains newlines, since those are not
+ quoted correctly using backslashes (a backslash-newline pair is
+ special to the shell parser). */
+ if (*qcp == '\0' && cs == COMPLETE_BSQUOTE && mbschr (s, '\n'))
+ cs = COMPLETE_SQUOTE;
+ else if (*qcp == '"')
+ cs = COMPLETE_DQUOTE;
+ else if (*qcp == '\'')
+ cs = COMPLETE_SQUOTE;
+#if defined (BANG_HISTORY)
+ else if (*qcp == '\0' && history_expansion && cs == COMPLETE_DQUOTE &&
+ history_expansion_inhibited == 0 && mbschr (s, '!'))
+ cs = COMPLETE_BSQUOTE;
+
+ if (*qcp == '"' && history_expansion && cs == COMPLETE_DQUOTE &&
+ history_expansion_inhibited == 0 && mbschr (s, '!'))
+ {
+ cs = COMPLETE_BSQUOTE;
+ *qcp = '\0';
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Don't tilde-expand backslash-quoted filenames, since only single and
+ double quotes inhibit tilde expansion. */
+ mtext = s;
+ if (mtext[0] == '~' && rtype == SINGLE_MATCH && cs != COMPLETE_BSQUOTE)
+ mtext = bash_tilde_expand (s, 0);
+
+ switch (cs)
+ {
+ case COMPLETE_DQUOTE:
+ rtext = sh_double_quote (mtext);
+ break;
+ case COMPLETE_SQUOTE:
+ rtext = sh_single_quote (mtext);
+ break;
+ case COMPLETE_BSQUOTE:
+ rtext = sh_backslash_quote (mtext, complete_fullquote ? 0 : filename_bstab);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (mtext != s)
+ free (mtext);
+
+ /* We may need to quote additional characters: those that readline treats
+ as word breaks that are not quoted by backslash_quote. */
+ if (rtext && cs == COMPLETE_BSQUOTE)
+ {
+ mtext = quote_word_break_chars (rtext);
+ free (rtext);
+ rtext = mtext;
+ }
+
+ /* Leave the opening quote intact. The readline completion code takes
+ care of avoiding doubled opening quotes. */
+ if (rtext)
+ {
+ rlen = strlen (rtext);
+ ret = (char *)xmalloc (rlen + 1);
+ strcpy (ret, rtext);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ret = (char *)xmalloc (rlen = 1);
+ ret[0] = '\0';
+ }
+
+ /* If there are multiple matches, cut off the closing quote. */
+ if (rtype == MULT_MATCH && cs != COMPLETE_BSQUOTE)
+ ret[rlen - 1] = '\0';
+ free (rtext);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Support for binding readline key sequences to Unix commands. */
+static Keymap cmd_xmap;
+
+static int
+putx(c)
+ int c;
+{
+ return (putc (c, rl_outstream));
+}
+
+static int
+bash_execute_unix_command (count, key)
+ int count; /* ignored */
+ int key;
+{
+ Keymap ckmap; /* current keymap */
+ Keymap xkmap; /* unix command executing keymap */
+ rl_command_func_t *func;
+ int type;
+ register int i, r;
+ intmax_t mi;
+ sh_parser_state_t ps;
+ char *cmd, *value, *l, *l1, *ce;
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+ char ibuf[INT_STRLEN_BOUND(int) + 1];
+
+ /* First, we need to find the right command to execute. This is tricky,
+ because we might have already indirected into another keymap, so we
+ have to walk cmd_xmap using the entire key sequence. */
+ cmd = (char *)rl_function_of_keyseq (rl_executing_keyseq, cmd_xmap, &type);
+
+ if (cmd == 0 || type != ISMACR)
+ {
+ rl_crlf ();
+ internal_error (_("bash_execute_unix_command: cannot find keymap for command"));
+ rl_forced_update_display ();
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ ce = rl_get_termcap ("ce");
+ if (ce) /* clear current line */
+ {
+ fprintf (rl_outstream, "\r");
+ tputs (ce, 1, putx);
+ fflush (rl_outstream);
+ }
+ else
+ rl_crlf (); /* move to a new line */
+
+ v = bind_variable ("READLINE_LINE", rl_line_buffer, 0);
+ if (v)
+ VSETATTR (v, att_exported);
+ l = v ? value_cell (v) : 0;
+ value = inttostr (rl_point, ibuf, sizeof (ibuf));
+ v = bind_int_variable ("READLINE_POINT", value);
+ if (v)
+ VSETATTR (v, att_exported);
+ array_needs_making = 1;
+
+ save_parser_state (&ps);
+ r = parse_and_execute (cmd, "bash_execute_unix_command", SEVAL_NOHIST|SEVAL_NOFREE);
+ restore_parser_state (&ps);
+
+ v = find_variable ("READLINE_LINE");
+ l1 = v ? value_cell (v) : 0;
+ if (l1 != l)
+ maybe_make_readline_line (value_cell (v));
+ v = find_variable ("READLINE_POINT");
+ if (v && legal_number (value_cell (v), &mi))
+ {
+ i = mi;
+ if (i != rl_point)
+ {
+ rl_point = i;
+ if (rl_point > rl_end)
+ rl_point = rl_end;
+ else if (rl_point < 0)
+ rl_point = 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ unbind_variable ("READLINE_LINE");
+ unbind_variable ("READLINE_POINT");
+ array_needs_making = 1;
+
+ /* and restore the readline buffer and display after command execution. */
+ rl_forced_update_display ();
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int
+print_unix_command_map ()
+{
+ Keymap save;
+
+ save = rl_get_keymap ();
+ rl_set_keymap (cmd_xmap);
+ rl_macro_dumper (1);
+ rl_set_keymap (save);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static void
+init_unix_command_map ()
+{
+ cmd_xmap = rl_make_bare_keymap ();
+}
+
+static int
+isolate_sequence (string, ind, need_dquote, startp)
+ char *string;
+ int ind, need_dquote, *startp;
+{
+ register int i;
+ int c, passc, delim;
+
+ for (i = ind; string[i] && whitespace (string[i]); i++)
+ ;
+ /* NEED_DQUOTE means that the first non-white character *must* be `"'. */
+ if (need_dquote && string[i] != '"')
+ {
+ builtin_error (_("%s: first non-whitespace character is not `\"'"), string);
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ /* We can have delimited strings even if NEED_DQUOTE == 0, like the command
+ string to bind the key sequence to. */
+ delim = (string[i] == '"' || string[i] == '\'') ? string[i] : 0;
+
+ if (startp)
+ *startp = delim ? ++i : i;
+
+ for (passc = 0; c = string[i]; i++)
+ {
+ if (passc)
+ {
+ passc = 0;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (c == '\\')
+ {
+ passc++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (c == delim)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (delim && string[i] != delim)
+ {
+ builtin_error (_("no closing `%c' in %s"), delim, string);
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ return i;
+}
+
+int
+bind_keyseq_to_unix_command (line)
+ char *line;
+{
+ Keymap kmap;
+ char *kseq, *value;
+ int i, kstart;
+
+ if (cmd_xmap == 0)
+ init_unix_command_map ();
+
+ kmap = rl_get_keymap ();
+
+ /* We duplicate some of the work done by rl_parse_and_bind here, but
+ this code only has to handle `"keyseq": ["]command["]' and can
+ generate an error for anything else. */
+ i = isolate_sequence (line, 0, 1, &kstart);
+ if (i < 0)
+ return -1;
+
+ /* Create the key sequence string to pass to rl_generic_bind */
+ kseq = substring (line, kstart, i);
+
+ for ( ; line[i] && line[i] != ':'; i++)
+ ;
+ if (line[i] != ':')
+ {
+ builtin_error (_("%s: missing colon separator"), line);
+ FREE (kseq);
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ i = isolate_sequence (line, i + 1, 0, &kstart);
+ if (i < 0)
+ {
+ FREE (kseq);
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ /* Create the value string containing the command to execute. */
+ value = substring (line, kstart, i);
+
+ /* Save the command to execute and the key sequence in the CMD_XMAP */
+ rl_generic_bind (ISMACR, kseq, value, cmd_xmap);
+
+ /* and bind the key sequence in the current keymap to a function that
+ understands how to execute from CMD_XMAP */
+ rl_bind_keyseq_in_map (kseq, bash_execute_unix_command, kmap);
+
+ free (kseq);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Used by the programmable completion code. Complete TEXT as a filename,
+ but return only directories as matches. Dequotes the filename before
+ attempting to find matches. */
+char **
+bash_directory_completion_matches (text)
+ const char *text;
+{
+ char **m1;
+ char *dfn;
+ int qc;
+
+ qc = rl_dispatching ? rl_completion_quote_character : 0;
+ dfn = bash_dequote_filename ((char *)text, qc);
+ m1 = rl_completion_matches (dfn, rl_filename_completion_function);
+ free (dfn);
+
+ if (m1 == 0 || m1[0] == 0)
+ return m1;
+ /* We don't bother recomputing the lcd of the matches, because it will just
+ get thrown away by the programmable completion code and recomputed
+ later. */
+ (void)bash_ignore_filenames (m1);
+ return m1;
+}
+
+char *
+bash_dequote_text (text)
+ const char *text;
+{
+ char *dtxt;
+ int qc;
+
+ qc = (text[0] == '"' || text[0] == '\'') ? text[0] : 0;
+ dtxt = bash_dequote_filename ((char *)text, qc);
+ return (dtxt);
+}
+
+static int
+bash_event_hook ()
+{
+#if defined (DEBUG)
+itrace("bash_event_hook");
+#endif
+ CHECK_TERMSIG;
+}
+
+#endif /* READLINE */
--- /dev/null
+/* subst.c -- The part of the shell that does parameter, command, arithmetic,
+ and globbing substitutions. */
+
+/* ``Have a little faith, there's magic in the night. You ain't a
+ beauty, but, hey, you're alright.'' */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+#include "bashtypes.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "chartypes.h"
+#if defined (HAVE_PWD_H)
+# include <pwd.h>
+#endif
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "bashansi.h"
+#include "posixstat.h"
+#include "bashintl.h"
+
+#include "shell.h"
+#include "parser.h"
+#include "flags.h"
+#include "jobs.h"
+#include "execute_cmd.h"
+#include "filecntl.h"
+#include "trap.h"
+#include "pathexp.h"
+#include "mailcheck.h"
+
+#include "shmbutil.h"
+#include "typemax.h"
+
+#include "builtins/getopt.h"
+#include "builtins/common.h"
+
+#include "builtins/builtext.h"
+
+#include <tilde/tilde.h>
+#include <glob/strmatch.h>
+
+#if !defined (errno)
+extern int errno;
+#endif /* !errno */
+
+/* The size that strings change by. */
+#define DEFAULT_INITIAL_ARRAY_SIZE 112
+#define DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE 128
+
+/* Variable types. */
+#define VT_VARIABLE 0
+#define VT_POSPARMS 1
+#define VT_ARRAYVAR 2
+#define VT_ARRAYMEMBER 3
+#define VT_ASSOCVAR 4
+
+#define VT_STARSUB 128 /* $* or ${array[*]} -- used to split */
+
+/* Flags for quoted_strchr */
+#define ST_BACKSL 0x01
+#define ST_CTLESC 0x02
+#define ST_SQUOTE 0x04 /* unused yet */
+#define ST_DQUOTE 0x08 /* unused yet */
+
+/* Flags for the `pflags' argument to param_expand() */
+#define PF_NOCOMSUB 0x01 /* Do not perform command substitution */
+#define PF_IGNUNBOUND 0x02 /* ignore unbound vars even if -u set */
+#define PF_NOSPLIT2 0x04 /* same as W_NOSPLIT2 */
+#define PF_ASSIGNRHS 0x08 /* same as W_ASSIGNRHS */
+
+/* These defs make it easier to use the editor. */
+#define LBRACE '{'
+#define RBRACE '}'
+#define LPAREN '('
+#define RPAREN ')'
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+#define WLPAREN L'('
+#define WRPAREN L')'
+#endif
+
+/* Evaluates to 1 if C is one of the shell's special parameters whose length
+ can be taken, but is also one of the special expansion characters. */
+#define VALID_SPECIAL_LENGTH_PARAM(c) \
+ ((c) == '-' || (c) == '?' || (c) == '#')
+
+/* Evaluates to 1 if C is one of the shell's special parameters for which an
+ indirect variable reference may be made. */
+#define VALID_INDIR_PARAM(c) \
+ ((posixly_correct == 0 && (c) == '#') || (posixly_correct == 0 && (c) == '?') || (c) == '@' || (c) == '*')
+
+/* Evaluates to 1 if C is one of the OP characters that follows the parameter
+ in ${parameter[:]OPword}. */
+#define VALID_PARAM_EXPAND_CHAR(c) (sh_syntaxtab[(unsigned char)c] & CSUBSTOP)
+
+/* Evaluates to 1 if this is one of the shell's special variables. */
+#define SPECIAL_VAR(name, wi) \
+ ((DIGIT (*name) && all_digits (name)) || \
+ (name[1] == '\0' && (sh_syntaxtab[(unsigned char)*name] & CSPECVAR)) || \
+ (wi && name[2] == '\0' && VALID_INDIR_PARAM (name[1])))
+
+/* An expansion function that takes a string and a quoted flag and returns
+ a WORD_LIST *. Used as the type of the third argument to
+ expand_string_if_necessary(). */
+typedef WORD_LIST *EXPFUNC __P((char *, int));
+
+/* Process ID of the last command executed within command substitution. */
+pid_t last_command_subst_pid = NO_PID;
+pid_t current_command_subst_pid = NO_PID;
+
+/* Variables used to keep track of the characters in IFS. */
+SHELL_VAR *ifs_var;
+char *ifs_value;
+unsigned char ifs_cmap[UCHAR_MAX + 1];
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+unsigned char ifs_firstc[MB_LEN_MAX];
+size_t ifs_firstc_len;
+#else
+unsigned char ifs_firstc;
+#endif
+
+/* Sentinel to tell when we are performing variable assignments preceding a
+ command name and putting them into the environment. Used to make sure
+ we use the temporary environment when looking up variable values. */
+int assigning_in_environment;
+
+/* Used to hold a list of variable assignments preceding a command. Global
+ so the SIGCHLD handler in jobs.c can unwind-protect it when it runs a
+ SIGCHLD trap and so it can be saved and restored by the trap handlers. */
+WORD_LIST *subst_assign_varlist = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+
+/* Extern functions and variables from different files. */
+extern int last_command_exit_value, last_command_exit_signal;
+extern int subshell_environment, line_number;
+extern int subshell_level, parse_and_execute_level, sourcelevel;
+extern int eof_encountered;
+extern int return_catch_flag, return_catch_value;
+extern pid_t dollar_dollar_pid;
+extern int posixly_correct;
+extern char *this_command_name;
+extern struct fd_bitmap *current_fds_to_close;
+extern int wordexp_only;
+extern int expanding_redir;
+extern int tempenv_assign_error;
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_WCSDUP) && defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+extern wchar_t *wcsdup __P((const wchar_t *));
+#endif
+
+/* Non-zero means to allow unmatched globbed filenames to expand to
+ a null file. */
+int allow_null_glob_expansion;
+
+/* Non-zero means to throw an error when globbing fails to match anything. */
+int fail_glob_expansion;
+
+#if 0
+/* Variables to keep track of which words in an expanded word list (the
+ output of expand_word_list_internal) are the result of globbing
+ expansions. GLOB_ARGV_FLAGS is used by execute_cmd.c.
+ (CURRENTLY UNUSED). */
+char *glob_argv_flags;
+static int glob_argv_flags_size;
+#endif
+
+static WORD_LIST expand_word_error, expand_word_fatal;
+static WORD_DESC expand_wdesc_error, expand_wdesc_fatal;
+static char expand_param_error, expand_param_fatal;
+static char extract_string_error, extract_string_fatal;
+
+/* Tell the expansion functions to not longjmp back to top_level on fatal
+ errors. Enabled when doing completion and prompt string expansion. */
+static int no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = 0;
+
+/* Set by expand_word_unsplit; used to inhibit splitting and re-joining
+ $* on $IFS, primarily when doing assignment statements. */
+static int expand_no_split_dollar_star = 0;
+
+/* A WORD_LIST of words to be expanded by expand_word_list_internal,
+ without any leading variable assignments. */
+static WORD_LIST *garglist = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+
+static char *quoted_substring __P((char *, int, int));
+static int quoted_strlen __P((char *));
+static char *quoted_strchr __P((char *, int, int));
+
+static char *expand_string_if_necessary __P((char *, int, EXPFUNC *));
+static inline char *expand_string_to_string_internal __P((char *, int, EXPFUNC *));
+static WORD_LIST *call_expand_word_internal __P((WORD_DESC *, int, int, int *, int *));
+static WORD_LIST *expand_string_internal __P((char *, int));
+static WORD_LIST *expand_string_leave_quoted __P((char *, int));
+static WORD_LIST *expand_string_for_rhs __P((char *, int, int *, int *));
+
+static WORD_LIST *list_quote_escapes __P((WORD_LIST *));
+static char *make_quoted_char __P((int));
+static WORD_LIST *quote_list __P((WORD_LIST *));
+
+static int unquoted_substring __P((char *, char *));
+static int unquoted_member __P((int, char *));
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+static SHELL_VAR *do_compound_assignment __P((char *, char *, int));
+#endif
+static int do_assignment_internal __P((const WORD_DESC *, int));
+
+static char *string_extract_verbatim __P((char *, size_t, int *, char *, int));
+static char *string_extract __P((char *, int *, char *, int));
+static char *string_extract_double_quoted __P((char *, int *, int));
+static inline char *string_extract_single_quoted __P((char *, int *));
+static inline int skip_single_quoted __P((const char *, size_t, int));
+static int skip_double_quoted __P((char *, size_t, int));
+static char *extract_delimited_string __P((char *, int *, char *, char *, char *, int));
+static char *extract_dollar_brace_string __P((char *, int *, int, int));
+static int skip_matched_pair __P((const char *, int, int, int, int));
+
+static char *pos_params __P((char *, int, int, int));
+
+static unsigned char *mb_getcharlens __P((char *, int));
+
+static char *remove_upattern __P((char *, char *, int));
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+static wchar_t *remove_wpattern __P((wchar_t *, size_t, wchar_t *, int));
+#endif
+static char *remove_pattern __P((char *, char *, int));
+
+static int match_upattern __P((char *, char *, int, char **, char **));
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+static int match_wpattern __P((wchar_t *, char **, size_t, wchar_t *, int, char **, char **));
+#endif
+static int match_pattern __P((char *, char *, int, char **, char **));
+static int getpatspec __P((int, char *));
+static char *getpattern __P((char *, int, int));
+static char *variable_remove_pattern __P((char *, char *, int, int));
+static char *list_remove_pattern __P((WORD_LIST *, char *, int, int, int));
+static char *parameter_list_remove_pattern __P((int, char *, int, int));
+#ifdef ARRAY_VARS
+static char *array_remove_pattern __P((SHELL_VAR *, char *, int, char *, int));
+#endif
+static char *parameter_brace_remove_pattern __P((char *, char *, int, char *, int, int, int));
+
+static char *process_substitute __P((char *, int));
+
+static char *read_comsub __P((int, int, int *));
+
+#ifdef ARRAY_VARS
+static arrayind_t array_length_reference __P((char *));
+#endif
+
+static int valid_brace_expansion_word __P((char *, int));
+static int chk_atstar __P((char *, int, int *, int *));
+static int chk_arithsub __P((const char *, int));
+
+static WORD_DESC *parameter_brace_expand_word __P((char *, int, int, int, arrayind_t *));
+static WORD_DESC *parameter_brace_expand_indir __P((char *, int, int, int *, int *));
+static WORD_DESC *parameter_brace_expand_rhs __P((char *, char *, int, int, int *, int *));
+static void parameter_brace_expand_error __P((char *, char *));
+
+static int valid_length_expression __P((char *));
+static intmax_t parameter_brace_expand_length __P((char *));
+
+static char *skiparith __P((char *, int));
+static int verify_substring_values __P((SHELL_VAR *, char *, char *, int, intmax_t *, intmax_t *));
+static int get_var_and_type __P((char *, char *, arrayind_t, int, int, SHELL_VAR **, char **));
+static char *mb_substring __P((char *, int, int));
+static char *parameter_brace_substring __P((char *, char *, int, char *, int, int));
+
+static int shouldexp_replacement __P((char *));
+
+static char *pos_params_pat_subst __P((char *, char *, char *, int));
+
+static char *parameter_brace_patsub __P((char *, char *, int, char *, int, int));
+
+static char *pos_params_casemod __P((char *, char *, int, int));
+static char *parameter_brace_casemod __P((char *, char *, int, int, char *, int, int));
+
+static WORD_DESC *parameter_brace_expand __P((char *, int *, int, int, int *, int *));
+static WORD_DESC *param_expand __P((char *, int *, int, int *, int *, int *, int *, int));
+
+static WORD_LIST *expand_word_internal __P((WORD_DESC *, int, int, int *, int *));
+
+static WORD_LIST *word_list_split __P((WORD_LIST *));
+
+static void exp_jump_to_top_level __P((int));
+
+static WORD_LIST *separate_out_assignments __P((WORD_LIST *));
+static WORD_LIST *glob_expand_word_list __P((WORD_LIST *, int));
+#ifdef BRACE_EXPANSION
+static WORD_LIST *brace_expand_word_list __P((WORD_LIST *, int));
+#endif
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+static int make_internal_declare __P((char *, char *));
+#endif
+static WORD_LIST *shell_expand_word_list __P((WORD_LIST *, int));
+static WORD_LIST *expand_word_list_internal __P((WORD_LIST *, int));
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Utility Functions */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+#if defined (DEBUG)
+void
+dump_word_flags (flags)
+ int flags;
+{
+ int f;
+
+ f = flags;
+ fprintf (stderr, "%d -> ", f);
+ if (f & W_ASSIGNASSOC)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_ASSIGNASSOC;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_ASSIGNASSOC%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_HASCTLESC)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_HASCTLESC;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_HASCTLESC%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_NOPROCSUB)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_NOPROCSUB;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_NOPROCSUB%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_DQUOTE)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_DQUOTE;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_DQUOTE%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_HASQUOTEDNULL)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_HASQUOTEDNULL%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_ASSIGNARG)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_ASSIGNARG;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_ASSIGNARG%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_ASSNBLTIN)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_ASSNBLTIN;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_ASSNBLTIN%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_ASSNGLOBAL)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_ASSNGLOBAL;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_ASSNGLOBAL%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_COMPASSIGN)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_COMPASSIGN;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_COMPASSIGN%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_NOEXPAND)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_NOEXPAND;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_NOEXPAND%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_ITILDE)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_ITILDE;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_ITILDE%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_NOTILDE)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_NOTILDE;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_NOTILDE%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_ASSIGNRHS)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_ASSIGNRHS;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_ASSIGNRHS%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_NOCOMSUB)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_NOCOMSUB;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_NOCOMSUB%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_DOLLARSTAR)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_DOLLARSTAR;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_DOLLARSTAR%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_DOLLARAT)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_DOLLARAT;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_DOLLARAT%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_TILDEEXP)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_TILDEEXP;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_TILDEEXP%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_NOSPLIT2)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_NOSPLIT2;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_NOSPLIT2%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_NOGLOB)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_NOGLOB;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_NOGLOB%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_NOSPLIT)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_NOSPLIT;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_NOSPLIT%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_GLOBEXP)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_GLOBEXP;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_GLOBEXP%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_ASSIGNMENT)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_ASSIGNMENT;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_ASSIGNMENT%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_QUOTED)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_QUOTED;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_QUOTED%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_HASDOLLAR)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_HASDOLLAR;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_HASDOLLAR%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ fprintf (stderr, "\n");
+ fflush (stderr);
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef INCLUDE_UNUSED
+static char *
+quoted_substring (string, start, end)
+ char *string;
+ int start, end;
+{
+ register int len, l;
+ register char *result, *s, *r;
+
+ len = end - start;
+
+ /* Move to string[start], skipping quoted characters. */
+ for (s = string, l = 0; *s && l < start; )
+ {
+ if (*s == CTLESC)
+ {
+ s++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ l++;
+ if (*s == 0)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ r = result = (char *)xmalloc (2*len + 1); /* save room for quotes */
+
+ /* Copy LEN characters, including quote characters. */
+ s = string + l;
+ for (l = 0; l < len; s++)
+ {
+ if (*s == CTLESC)
+ *r++ = *s++;
+ *r++ = *s;
+ l++;
+ if (*s == 0)
+ break;
+ }
+ *r = '\0';
+ return result;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef INCLUDE_UNUSED
+/* Return the length of S, skipping over quoted characters */
+static int
+quoted_strlen (s)
+ char *s;
+{
+ register char *p;
+ int i;
+
+ i = 0;
+ for (p = s; *p; p++)
+ {
+ if (*p == CTLESC)
+ {
+ p++;
+ if (*p == 0)
+ return (i + 1);
+ }
+ i++;
+ }
+
+ return i;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Find the first occurrence of character C in string S, obeying shell
+ quoting rules. If (FLAGS & ST_BACKSL) is non-zero, backslash-escaped
+ characters are skipped. If (FLAGS & ST_CTLESC) is non-zero, characters
+ escaped with CTLESC are skipped. */
+static char *
+quoted_strchr (s, c, flags)
+ char *s;
+ int c, flags;
+{
+ register char *p;
+
+ for (p = s; *p; p++)
+ {
+ if (((flags & ST_BACKSL) && *p == '\\')
+ || ((flags & ST_CTLESC) && *p == CTLESC))
+ {
+ p++;
+ if (*p == '\0')
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (*p == c)
+ return p;
+ }
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+}
+
+/* Return 1 if CHARACTER appears in an unquoted portion of
+ STRING. Return 0 otherwise. CHARACTER must be a single-byte character. */
+static int
+unquoted_member (character, string)
+ int character;
+ char *string;
+{
+ size_t slen;
+ int sindex, c;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ sindex = 0;
+ while (c = string[sindex])
+ {
+ if (c == character)
+ return (1);
+
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ default:
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, sindex);
+ break;
+
+ case '\\':
+ sindex++;
+ if (string[sindex])
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, sindex);
+ break;
+
+ case '\'':
+ sindex = skip_single_quoted (string, slen, ++sindex);
+ break;
+
+ case '"':
+ sindex = skip_double_quoted (string, slen, ++sindex);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/* Return 1 if SUBSTR appears in an unquoted portion of STRING. */
+static int
+unquoted_substring (substr, string)
+ char *substr, *string;
+{
+ size_t slen;
+ int sindex, c, sublen;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ if (substr == 0 || *substr == '\0')
+ return (0);
+
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ sublen = strlen (substr);
+ for (sindex = 0; c = string[sindex]; )
+ {
+ if (STREQN (string + sindex, substr, sublen))
+ return (1);
+
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case '\\':
+ sindex++;
+ if (string[sindex])
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, sindex);
+ break;
+
+ case '\'':
+ sindex = skip_single_quoted (string, slen, ++sindex);
+ break;
+
+ case '"':
+ sindex = skip_double_quoted (string, slen, ++sindex);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, sindex);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/* Most of the substitutions must be done in parallel. In order
+ to avoid using tons of unclear goto's, I have some functions
+ for manipulating malloc'ed strings. They all take INDX, a
+ pointer to an integer which is the offset into the string
+ where manipulation is taking place. They also take SIZE, a
+ pointer to an integer which is the current length of the
+ character array for this string. */
+
+/* Append SOURCE to TARGET at INDEX. SIZE is the current amount
+ of space allocated to TARGET. SOURCE can be NULL, in which
+ case nothing happens. Gets rid of SOURCE by freeing it.
+ Returns TARGET in case the location has changed. */
+INLINE char *
+sub_append_string (source, target, indx, size)
+ char *source, *target;
+ int *indx, *size;
+{
+ if (source)
+ {
+ int srclen, n;
+
+ srclen = STRLEN (source);
+ if (srclen >= (int)(*size - *indx))
+ {
+ n = srclen + *indx;
+ n = (n + DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE) - (n % DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE);
+ target = (char *)xrealloc (target, (*size = n));
+ }
+
+ FASTCOPY (source, target + *indx, srclen);
+ *indx += srclen;
+ target[*indx] = '\0';
+
+ free (source);
+ }
+ return (target);
+}
+
+#if 0
+/* UNUSED */
+/* Append the textual representation of NUMBER to TARGET.
+ INDX and SIZE are as in SUB_APPEND_STRING. */
+char *
+sub_append_number (number, target, indx, size)
+ intmax_t number;
+ int *indx, *size;
+ char *target;
+{
+ char *temp;
+
+ temp = itos (number);
+ return (sub_append_string (temp, target, indx, size));
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Extract a substring from STRING, starting at SINDEX and ending with
+ one of the characters in CHARLIST. Don't make the ending character
+ part of the string. Leave SINDEX pointing at the ending character.
+ Understand about backslashes in the string. If (flags & SX_VARNAME)
+ is non-zero, and array variables have been compiled into the shell,
+ everything between a `[' and a corresponding `]' is skipped over.
+ If (flags & SX_NOALLOC) is non-zero, don't return the substring, just
+ update SINDEX. If (flags & SX_REQMATCH) is non-zero, the string must
+ contain a closing character from CHARLIST. */
+static char *
+string_extract (string, sindex, charlist, flags)
+ char *string;
+ int *sindex;
+ char *charlist;
+ int flags;
+{
+ register int c, i;
+ int found;
+ size_t slen;
+ char *temp;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) ? strlen (string + *sindex) + *sindex : 0;
+ i = *sindex;
+ found = 0;
+ while (c = string[i])
+ {
+ if (c == '\\')
+ {
+ if (string[i + 1])
+ i++;
+ else
+ break;
+ }
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ else if ((flags & SX_VARNAME) && c == '[')
+ {
+ int ni;
+ /* If this is an array subscript, skip over it and continue. */
+ ni = skipsubscript (string, i, 0);
+ if (string[ni] == ']')
+ i = ni;
+ }
+#endif
+ else if (MEMBER (c, charlist))
+ {
+ found = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ }
+
+ /* If we had to have a matching delimiter and didn't find one, return an
+ error and let the caller deal with it. */
+ if ((flags & SX_REQMATCH) && found == 0)
+ {
+ *sindex = i;
+ return (&extract_string_error);
+ }
+
+ temp = (flags & SX_NOALLOC) ? (char *)NULL : substring (string, *sindex, i);
+ *sindex = i;
+
+ return (temp);
+}
+
+/* Extract the contents of STRING as if it is enclosed in double quotes.
+ SINDEX, when passed in, is the offset of the character immediately
+ following the opening double quote; on exit, SINDEX is left pointing after
+ the closing double quote. If STRIPDQ is non-zero, unquoted double
+ quotes are stripped and the string is terminated by a null byte.
+ Backslashes between the embedded double quotes are processed. If STRIPDQ
+ is zero, an unquoted `"' terminates the string. */
+static char *
+string_extract_double_quoted (string, sindex, stripdq)
+ char *string;
+ int *sindex, stripdq;
+{
+ size_t slen;
+ char *send;
+ int j, i, t;
+ unsigned char c;
+ char *temp, *ret; /* The new string we return. */
+ int pass_next, backquote, si; /* State variables for the machine. */
+ int dquote;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string + *sindex) + *sindex;
+ send = string + slen;
+
+ pass_next = backquote = dquote = 0;
+ temp = (char *)xmalloc (1 + slen - *sindex);
+
+ j = 0;
+ i = *sindex;
+ while (c = string[i])
+ {
+ /* Process a character that was quoted by a backslash. */
+ if (pass_next)
+ {
+ /* XXX - take another look at this in light of Interp 221 */
+ /* Posix.2 sez:
+
+ ``The backslash shall retain its special meaning as an escape
+ character only when followed by one of the characters:
+ $ ` " \ <newline>''.
+
+ If STRIPDQ is zero, we handle the double quotes here and let
+ expand_word_internal handle the rest. If STRIPDQ is non-zero,
+ we have already been through one round of backslash stripping,
+ and want to strip these backslashes only if DQUOTE is non-zero,
+ indicating that we are inside an embedded double-quoted string. */
+
+ /* If we are in an embedded quoted string, then don't strip
+ backslashes before characters for which the backslash
+ retains its special meaning, but remove backslashes in
+ front of other characters. If we are not in an
+ embedded quoted string, don't strip backslashes at all.
+ This mess is necessary because the string was already
+ surrounded by double quotes (and sh has some really weird
+ quoting rules).
+ The returned string will be run through expansion as if
+ it were double-quoted. */
+ if ((stripdq == 0 && c != '"') ||
+ (stripdq && ((dquote && (sh_syntaxtab[c] & CBSDQUOTE)) || dquote == 0)))
+ temp[j++] = '\\';
+ pass_next = 0;
+
+add_one_character:
+ COPY_CHAR_I (temp, j, string, send, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* A backslash protects the next character. The code just above
+ handles preserving the backslash in front of any character but
+ a double quote. */
+ if (c == '\\')
+ {
+ pass_next++;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Inside backquotes, ``the portion of the quoted string from the
+ initial backquote and the characters up to the next backquote
+ that is not preceded by a backslash, having escape characters
+ removed, defines that command''. */
+ if (backquote)
+ {
+ if (c == '`')
+ backquote = 0;
+ temp[j++] = c;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (c == '`')
+ {
+ temp[j++] = c;
+ backquote++;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Pass everything between `$(' and the matching `)' or a quoted
+ ${ ... } pair through according to the Posix.2 specification. */
+ if (c == '$' && ((string[i + 1] == LPAREN) || (string[i + 1] == LBRACE)))
+ {
+ int free_ret = 1;
+
+ si = i + 2;
+ if (string[i + 1] == LPAREN)
+ ret = extract_command_subst (string, &si, 0);
+ else
+ ret = extract_dollar_brace_string (string, &si, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, 0);
+
+ temp[j++] = '$';
+ temp[j++] = string[i + 1];
+
+ /* Just paranoia; ret will not be 0 unless no_longjmp_on_fatal_error
+ is set. */
+ if (ret == 0 && no_longjmp_on_fatal_error)
+ {
+ free_ret = 0;
+ ret = string + i + 2;
+ }
+
+ for (t = 0; ret[t]; t++, j++)
+ temp[j] = ret[t];
+ temp[j] = string[si];
+
+ if (string[si])
+ {
+ j++;
+ i = si + 1;
+ }
+ else
+ i = si;
+
+ if (free_ret)
+ free (ret);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Add any character but a double quote to the quoted string we're
+ accumulating. */
+ if (c != '"')
+ goto add_one_character;
+
+ /* c == '"' */
+ if (stripdq)
+ {
+ dquote ^= 1;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+ temp[j] = '\0';
+
+ /* Point to after the closing quote. */
+ if (c)
+ i++;
+ *sindex = i;
+
+ return (temp);
+}
+
+/* This should really be another option to string_extract_double_quoted. */
+static int
+skip_double_quoted (string, slen, sind)
+ char *string;
+ size_t slen;
+ int sind;
+{
+ int c, i;
+ char *ret;
+ int pass_next, backquote, si;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ pass_next = backquote = 0;
+ i = sind;
+ while (c = string[i])
+ {
+ if (pass_next)
+ {
+ pass_next = 0;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (c == '\\')
+ {
+ pass_next++;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (backquote)
+ {
+ if (c == '`')
+ backquote = 0;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (c == '`')
+ {
+ backquote++;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (c == '$' && ((string[i + 1] == LPAREN) || (string[i + 1] == LBRACE)))
+ {
+ si = i + 2;
+ if (string[i + 1] == LPAREN)
+ ret = extract_command_subst (string, &si, SX_NOALLOC);
+ else
+ ret = extract_dollar_brace_string (string, &si, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, SX_NOALLOC);
+
+ i = si + 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (c != '"')
+ {
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (c)
+ i++;
+
+ return (i);
+}
+
+/* Extract the contents of STRING as if it is enclosed in single quotes.
+ SINDEX, when passed in, is the offset of the character immediately
+ following the opening single quote; on exit, SINDEX is left pointing after
+ the closing single quote. */
+static inline char *
+string_extract_single_quoted (string, sindex)
+ char *string;
+ int *sindex;
+{
+ register int i;
+ size_t slen;
+ char *t;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ /* Don't need slen for ADVANCE_CHAR unless multibyte chars possible. */
+ slen = (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) ? strlen (string + *sindex) + *sindex : 0;
+ i = *sindex;
+ while (string[i] && string[i] != '\'')
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+
+ t = substring (string, *sindex, i);
+
+ if (string[i])
+ i++;
+ *sindex = i;
+
+ return (t);
+}
+
+static inline int
+skip_single_quoted (string, slen, sind)
+ const char *string;
+ size_t slen;
+ int sind;
+{
+ register int c;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ c = sind;
+ while (string[c] && string[c] != '\'')
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, c);
+
+ if (string[c])
+ c++;
+ return c;
+}
+
+/* Just like string_extract, but doesn't hack backslashes or any of
+ that other stuff. Obeys CTLESC quoting. Used to do splitting on $IFS. */
+static char *
+string_extract_verbatim (string, slen, sindex, charlist, flags)
+ char *string;
+ size_t slen;
+ int *sindex;
+ char *charlist;
+ int flags;
+{
+ register int i;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ size_t clen;
+ wchar_t *wcharlist;
+#endif
+ int c;
+ char *temp;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ if (charlist[0] == '\'' && charlist[1] == '\0')
+ {
+ temp = string_extract_single_quoted (string, sindex);
+ --*sindex; /* leave *sindex at separator character */
+ return temp;
+ }
+
+ i = *sindex;
+#if 0
+ /* See how the MBLEN and ADVANCE_CHAR macros work to understand why we need
+ this only if MB_CUR_MAX > 1. */
+ slen = (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) ? strlen (string + *sindex) + *sindex : 1;
+#endif
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ clen = strlen (charlist);
+ wcharlist = 0;
+#endif
+ while (c = string[i])
+ {
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ size_t mblength;
+#endif
+ if ((flags & SX_NOCTLESC) == 0 && c == CTLESC)
+ {
+ i += 2;
+ continue;
+ }
+ /* Even if flags contains SX_NOCTLESC, we let CTLESC quoting CTLNUL
+ through, to protect the CTLNULs from later calls to
+ remove_quoted_nulls. */
+ else if ((flags & SX_NOESCCTLNUL) == 0 && c == CTLESC && string[i+1] == CTLNUL)
+ {
+ i += 2;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ mblength = MBLEN (string + i, slen - i);
+ if (mblength > 1)
+ {
+ wchar_t wc;
+ mblength = mbtowc (&wc, string + i, slen - i);
+ if (MB_INVALIDCH (mblength))
+ {
+ if (MEMBER (c, charlist))
+ break;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (wcharlist == 0)
+ {
+ size_t len;
+ len = mbstowcs (wcharlist, charlist, 0);
+ if (len == -1)
+ len = 0;
+ wcharlist = (wchar_t *)xmalloc (sizeof (wchar_t) * (len + 1));
+ mbstowcs (wcharlist, charlist, len + 1);
+ }
+
+ if (wcschr (wcharlist, wc))
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ if (MEMBER (c, charlist))
+ break;
+
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ }
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ FREE (wcharlist);
+#endif
+
+ temp = substring (string, *sindex, i);
+ *sindex = i;
+
+ return (temp);
+}
+
+/* Extract the $( construct in STRING, and return a new string.
+ Start extracting at (SINDEX) as if we had just seen "$(".
+ Make (SINDEX) get the position of the matching ")". )
+ XFLAGS is additional flags to pass to other extraction functions. */
+char *
+extract_command_subst (string, sindex, xflags)
+ char *string;
+ int *sindex;
+ int xflags;
+{
+ if (string[*sindex] == LPAREN)
+ return (extract_delimited_string (string, sindex, "$(", "(", ")", xflags|SX_COMMAND)); /*)*/
+ else
+ {
+ xflags |= (no_longjmp_on_fatal_error ? SX_NOLONGJMP : 0);
+ return (xparse_dolparen (string, string+*sindex, sindex, xflags));
+ }
+}
+
+/* Extract the $[ construct in STRING, and return a new string. (])
+ Start extracting at (SINDEX) as if we had just seen "$[".
+ Make (SINDEX) get the position of the matching "]". */
+char *
+extract_arithmetic_subst (string, sindex)
+ char *string;
+ int *sindex;
+{
+ return (extract_delimited_string (string, sindex, "$[", "[", "]", 0)); /*]*/
+}
+
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+/* Extract the <( or >( construct in STRING, and return a new string.
+ Start extracting at (SINDEX) as if we had just seen "<(".
+ Make (SINDEX) get the position of the matching ")". */ /*))*/
+char *
+extract_process_subst (string, starter, sindex)
+ char *string;
+ char *starter;
+ int *sindex;
+{
+ return (extract_delimited_string (string, sindex, starter, "(", ")", SX_COMMAND));
+}
+#endif /* PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION */
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+/* This can be fooled by unquoted right parens in the passed string. If
+ each caller verifies that the last character in STRING is a right paren,
+ we don't even need to call extract_delimited_string. */
+char *
+extract_array_assignment_list (string, sindex)
+ char *string;
+ int *sindex;
+{
+ int slen;
+ char *ret;
+
+ slen = strlen (string); /* ( */
+ if (string[slen - 1] == ')')
+ {
+ ret = substring (string, *sindex, slen - 1);
+ *sindex = slen - 1;
+ return ret;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Extract and create a new string from the contents of STRING, a
+ character string delimited with OPENER and CLOSER. SINDEX is
+ the address of an int describing the current offset in STRING;
+ it should point to just after the first OPENER found. On exit,
+ SINDEX gets the position of the last character of the matching CLOSER.
+ If OPENER is more than a single character, ALT_OPENER, if non-null,
+ contains a character string that can also match CLOSER and thus
+ needs to be skipped. */
+static char *
+extract_delimited_string (string, sindex, opener, alt_opener, closer, flags)
+ char *string;
+ int *sindex;
+ char *opener, *alt_opener, *closer;
+ int flags;
+{
+ int i, c, si;
+ size_t slen;
+ char *t, *result;
+ int pass_character, nesting_level, in_comment;
+ int len_closer, len_opener, len_alt_opener;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string + *sindex) + *sindex;
+ len_opener = STRLEN (opener);
+ len_alt_opener = STRLEN (alt_opener);
+ len_closer = STRLEN (closer);
+
+ pass_character = in_comment = 0;
+
+ nesting_level = 1;
+ i = *sindex;
+
+ while (nesting_level)
+ {
+ c = string[i];
+
+ if (c == 0)
+ break;
+
+ if (in_comment)
+ {
+ if (c == '\n')
+ in_comment = 0;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (pass_character) /* previous char was backslash */
+ {
+ pass_character = 0;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Not exactly right yet; should handle shell metacharacters and
+ multibyte characters, too. See COMMENT_BEGIN define in parse.y */
+ if ((flags & SX_COMMAND) && c == '#' && (i == 0 || string[i - 1] == '\n' || shellblank (string[i - 1])))
+ {
+ in_comment = 1;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (c == CTLESC || c == '\\')
+ {
+ pass_character++;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Process a nested command substitution, but only if we're parsing an
+ arithmetic substitution. */
+ if ((flags & SX_COMMAND) && string[i] == '$' && string[i+1] == LPAREN)
+ {
+ si = i + 2;
+ t = extract_command_subst (string, &si, flags|SX_NOALLOC);
+ i = si + 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Process a nested OPENER. */
+ if (STREQN (string + i, opener, len_opener))
+ {
+ si = i + len_opener;
+ t = extract_delimited_string (string, &si, opener, alt_opener, closer, flags|SX_NOALLOC);
+ i = si + 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Process a nested ALT_OPENER */
+ if (len_alt_opener && STREQN (string + i, alt_opener, len_alt_opener))
+ {
+ si = i + len_alt_opener;
+ t = extract_delimited_string (string, &si, alt_opener, alt_opener, closer, flags|SX_NOALLOC);
+ i = si + 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* If the current substring terminates the delimited string, decrement
+ the nesting level. */
+ if (STREQN (string + i, closer, len_closer))
+ {
+ i += len_closer - 1; /* move to last byte of the closer */
+ nesting_level--;
+ if (nesting_level == 0)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Pass old-style command substitution through verbatim. */
+ if (c == '`')
+ {
+ si = i + 1;
+ t = string_extract (string, &si, "`", flags|SX_NOALLOC);
+ i = si + 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Pass single-quoted and double-quoted strings through verbatim. */
+ if (c == '\'' || c == '"')
+ {
+ si = i + 1;
+ i = (c == '\'') ? skip_single_quoted (string, slen, si)
+ : skip_double_quoted (string, slen, si);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* move past this character, which was not special. */
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ }
+
+ if (c == 0 && nesting_level)
+ {
+ if (no_longjmp_on_fatal_error == 0)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ report_error (_("bad substitution: no closing `%s' in %s"), closer, string);
+ exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *sindex = i;
+ return (char *)NULL;
+ }
+ }
+
+ si = i - *sindex - len_closer + 1;
+ if (flags & SX_NOALLOC)
+ result = (char *)NULL;
+ else
+ {
+ result = (char *)xmalloc (1 + si);
+ strncpy (result, string + *sindex, si);
+ result[si] = '\0';
+ }
+ *sindex = i;
+
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/* Extract a parameter expansion expression within ${ and } from STRING.
+ Obey the Posix.2 rules for finding the ending `}': count braces while
+ skipping over enclosed quoted strings and command substitutions.
+ SINDEX is the address of an int describing the current offset in STRING;
+ it should point to just after the first `{' found. On exit, SINDEX
+ gets the position of the matching `}'. QUOTED is non-zero if this
+ occurs inside double quotes. */
+/* XXX -- this is very similar to extract_delimited_string -- XXX */
+static char *
+extract_dollar_brace_string (string, sindex, quoted, flags)
+ char *string;
+ int *sindex, quoted, flags;
+{
+ register int i, c;
+ size_t slen;
+ int pass_character, nesting_level, si, dolbrace_state;
+ char *result, *t;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ pass_character = 0;
+ nesting_level = 1;
+ slen = strlen (string + *sindex) + *sindex;
+
+ /* The handling of dolbrace_state needs to agree with the code in parse.y:
+ parse_matched_pair(). The different initial value is to handle the
+ case where this function is called to parse the word in
+ ${param op word} (SX_WORD). */
+ dolbrace_state = (flags & SX_WORD) ? DOLBRACE_WORD : DOLBRACE_PARAM;
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && (flags & SX_POSIXEXP))
+ dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_QUOTE;
+
+ i = *sindex;
+ while (c = string[i])
+ {
+ if (pass_character)
+ {
+ pass_character = 0;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* CTLESCs and backslashes quote the next character. */
+ if (c == CTLESC || c == '\\')
+ {
+ pass_character++;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (string[i] == '$' && string[i+1] == LBRACE)
+ {
+ nesting_level++;
+ i += 2;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (c == RBRACE)
+ {
+ nesting_level--;
+ if (nesting_level == 0)
+ break;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Pass the contents of old-style command substitutions through
+ verbatim. */
+ if (c == '`')
+ {
+ si = i + 1;
+ t = string_extract (string, &si, "`", flags|SX_NOALLOC);
+ i = si + 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Pass the contents of new-style command substitutions and
+ arithmetic substitutions through verbatim. */
+ if (string[i] == '$' && string[i+1] == LPAREN)
+ {
+ si = i + 2;
+ t = extract_command_subst (string, &si, flags|SX_NOALLOC);
+ i = si + 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+#if 0
+ /* Pass the contents of single-quoted and double-quoted strings
+ through verbatim. */
+ if (c == '\'' || c == '"')
+ {
+ si = i + 1;
+ i = (c == '\'') ? skip_single_quoted (string, slen, si)
+ : skip_double_quoted (string, slen, si);
+ /* skip_XXX_quoted leaves index one past close quote */
+ continue;
+ }
+#else /* XXX - bash-4.2 */
+ /* Pass the contents of double-quoted strings through verbatim. */
+ if (c == '"')
+ {
+ si = i + 1;
+ i = skip_double_quoted (string, slen, si);
+ /* skip_XXX_quoted leaves index one past close quote */
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (c == '\'')
+ {
+/*itrace("extract_dollar_brace_string: c == single quote flags = %d quoted = %d dolbrace_state = %d", flags, quoted, dolbrace_state);*/
+ if (posixly_correct && shell_compatibility_level > 41 && dolbrace_state != DOLBRACE_QUOTE && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ else
+ {
+ si = i + 1;
+ i = skip_single_quoted (string, slen, si);
+ }
+
+ continue;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* move past this character, which was not special. */
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+
+ /* This logic must agree with parse.y:parse_matched_pair, since they
+ share the same defines. */
+ if (dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_PARAM && c == '%' && (i - *sindex) > 1)
+ dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_QUOTE;
+ else if (dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_PARAM && c == '#' && (i - *sindex) > 1)
+ dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_QUOTE;
+ else if (dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_PARAM && c == '/' && (i - *sindex) > 1)
+ dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_QUOTE;
+ else if (dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_PARAM && c == '^' && (i - *sindex) > 1)
+ dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_QUOTE;
+ else if (dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_PARAM && c == ',' && (i - *sindex) > 1)
+ dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_QUOTE;
+ else if (dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_PARAM && strchr ("#%^,~:-=?+/", c) != 0)
+ dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_OP;
+ else if (dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_OP && strchr ("#%^,~:-=?+/", c) == 0)
+ dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_WORD;
+ }
+
+ if (c == 0 && nesting_level)
+ {
+ if (no_longjmp_on_fatal_error == 0)
+ { /* { */
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ report_error (_("bad substitution: no closing `%s' in %s"), "}", string);
+ exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *sindex = i;
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+ }
+
+ result = (flags & SX_NOALLOC) ? (char *)NULL : substring (string, *sindex, i);
+ *sindex = i;
+
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/* Remove backslashes which are quoting backquotes from STRING. Modifies
+ STRING, and returns a pointer to it. */
+char *
+de_backslash (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ register size_t slen;
+ register int i, j, prev_i;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ i = j = 0;
+
+ /* Loop copying string[i] to string[j], i >= j. */
+ while (i < slen)
+ {
+ if (string[i] == '\\' && (string[i + 1] == '`' || string[i + 1] == '\\' ||
+ string[i + 1] == '$'))
+ i++;
+ prev_i = i;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ if (j < prev_i)
+ do string[j++] = string[prev_i++]; while (prev_i < i);
+ else
+ j = i;
+ }
+ string[j] = '\0';
+
+ return (string);
+}
+
+#if 0
+/*UNUSED*/
+/* Replace instances of \! in a string with !. */
+void
+unquote_bang (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ register int i, j;
+ register char *temp;
+
+ temp = (char *)xmalloc (1 + strlen (string));
+
+ for (i = 0, j = 0; (temp[j] = string[i]); i++, j++)
+ {
+ if (string[i] == '\\' && string[i + 1] == '!')
+ {
+ temp[j] = '!';
+ i++;
+ }
+ }
+ strcpy (string, temp);
+ free (temp);
+}
+#endif
+
+#define CQ_RETURN(x) do { no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = 0; return (x); } while (0)
+
+/* This function assumes s[i] == open; returns with s[ret] == close; used to
+ parse array subscripts. FLAGS & 1 means to not attempt to skip over
+ matched pairs of quotes or backquotes, or skip word expansions; it is
+ intended to be used after expansion has been performed and during final
+ assignment parsing (see arrayfunc.c:assign_compound_array_list()). */
+static int
+skip_matched_pair (string, start, open, close, flags)
+ const char *string;
+ int start, open, close, flags;
+{
+ int i, pass_next, backq, si, c, count;
+ size_t slen;
+ char *temp, *ss;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string + start) + start;
+ no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = 1;
+
+ i = start + 1; /* skip over leading bracket */
+ count = 1;
+ pass_next = backq = 0;
+ ss = (char *)string;
+ while (c = string[i])
+ {
+ if (pass_next)
+ {
+ pass_next = 0;
+ if (c == 0)
+ CQ_RETURN(i);
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (c == '\\')
+ {
+ pass_next = 1;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (backq)
+ {
+ if (c == '`')
+ backq = 0;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if ((flags & 1) == 0 && c == '`')
+ {
+ backq = 1;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if ((flags & 1) == 0 && c == open)
+ {
+ count++;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (c == close)
+ {
+ count--;
+ if (count == 0)
+ break;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if ((flags & 1) == 0 && (c == '\'' || c == '"'))
+ {
+ i = (c == '\'') ? skip_single_quoted (ss, slen, ++i)
+ : skip_double_quoted (ss, slen, ++i);
+ /* no increment, the skip functions increment past the closing quote. */
+ }
+ else if ((flags&1) == 0 && c == '$' && (string[i+1] == LPAREN || string[i+1] == LBRACE))
+ {
+ si = i + 2;
+ if (string[si] == '\0')
+ CQ_RETURN(si);
+
+ if (string[i+1] == LPAREN)
+ temp = extract_delimited_string (ss, &si, "$(", "(", ")", SX_NOALLOC|SX_COMMAND); /* ) */
+ else
+ temp = extract_dollar_brace_string (ss, &si, 0, SX_NOALLOC);
+ i = si;
+ if (string[i] == '\0') /* don't increment i past EOS in loop */
+ break;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ }
+
+ CQ_RETURN(i);
+}
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+int
+skipsubscript (string, start, flags)
+ const char *string;
+ int start, flags;
+{
+ return (skip_matched_pair (string, start, '[', ']', flags));
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Skip characters in STRING until we find a character in DELIMS, and return
+ the index of that character. START is the index into string at which we
+ begin. This is similar in spirit to strpbrk, but it returns an index into
+ STRING and takes a starting index. This little piece of code knows quite
+ a lot of shell syntax. It's very similar to skip_double_quoted and other
+ functions of that ilk. */
+int
+skip_to_delim (string, start, delims, flags)
+ char *string;
+ int start;
+ char *delims;
+ int flags;
+{
+ int i, pass_next, backq, si, c, invert, skipquote, skipcmd;
+ size_t slen;
+ char *temp, open[3];
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string + start) + start;
+ if (flags & SD_NOJMP)
+ no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = 1;
+ invert = (flags & SD_INVERT);
+ skipcmd = (flags & SD_NOSKIPCMD) == 0;
+
+ i = start;
+ pass_next = backq = 0;
+ while (c = string[i])
+ {
+ /* If this is non-zero, we should not let quote characters be delimiters
+ and the current character is a single or double quote. We should not
+ test whether or not it's a delimiter until after we skip single- or
+ double-quoted strings. */
+ skipquote = ((flags & SD_NOQUOTEDELIM) && (c == '\'' || c =='"'));
+ if (pass_next)
+ {
+ pass_next = 0;
+ if (c == 0)
+ CQ_RETURN(i);
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (c == '\\')
+ {
+ pass_next = 1;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (backq)
+ {
+ if (c == '`')
+ backq = 0;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (c == '`')
+ {
+ backq = 1;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (skipquote == 0 && invert == 0 && member (c, delims))
+ break;
+ else if (c == '\'' || c == '"')
+ {
+ i = (c == '\'') ? skip_single_quoted (string, slen, ++i)
+ : skip_double_quoted (string, slen, ++i);
+ /* no increment, the skip functions increment past the closing quote. */
+ }
+ else if (c == '$' && ((skipcmd && string[i+1] == LPAREN) || string[i+1] == LBRACE))
+ {
+ si = i + 2;
+ if (string[si] == '\0')
+ CQ_RETURN(si);
+
+ if (string[i+1] == LPAREN)
+ temp = extract_delimited_string (string, &si, "$(", "(", ")", SX_NOALLOC|SX_COMMAND); /* ) */
+ else
+ temp = extract_dollar_brace_string (string, &si, 0, SX_NOALLOC);
+ i = si;
+ if (string[i] == '\0') /* don't increment i past EOS in loop */
+ break;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+ else if (skipcmd && (c == '<' || c == '>') && string[i+1] == LPAREN)
+ {
+ si = i + 2;
+ if (string[si] == '\0')
+ CQ_RETURN(si);
+ temp = extract_process_subst (string, (c == '<') ? "<(" : ">(", &si);
+ free (temp); /* no SX_ALLOC here */
+ i = si;
+ if (string[i] == '\0')
+ break;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+#endif /* PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION */
+#if defined (EXTENDED_GLOB)
+ else if ((flags & SD_EXTGLOB) && extended_glob && string[i+1] == LPAREN && member (c, "?*+!@"))
+ {
+ si = i + 2;
+ if (string[si] == '\0')
+ CQ_RETURN(si);
+
+ open[0] = c;
+ open[1] = LPAREN;
+ open[2] = '\0';
+ temp = extract_delimited_string (string, &si, open, "(", ")", SX_NOALLOC); /* ) */
+
+ i = si;
+ if (string[i] == '\0') /* don't increment i past EOS in loop */
+ break;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+#endif
+ else if ((skipquote || invert) && (member (c, delims) == 0))
+ break;
+ else
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ }
+
+ CQ_RETURN(i);
+}
+
+#if defined (READLINE)
+/* Return 1 if the portion of STRING ending at EINDEX is quoted (there is
+ an unclosed quoted string), or if the character at EINDEX is quoted
+ by a backslash. NO_LONGJMP_ON_FATAL_ERROR is used to flag that the various
+ single and double-quoted string parsing functions should not return an
+ error if there are unclosed quotes or braces. The characters that this
+ recognizes need to be the same as the contents of
+ rl_completer_quote_characters. */
+
+int
+char_is_quoted (string, eindex)
+ char *string;
+ int eindex;
+{
+ int i, pass_next, c;
+ size_t slen;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = 1;
+ i = pass_next = 0;
+ while (i <= eindex)
+ {
+ c = string[i];
+
+ if (pass_next)
+ {
+ pass_next = 0;
+ if (i >= eindex) /* XXX was if (i >= eindex - 1) */
+ CQ_RETURN(1);
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (c == '\\')
+ {
+ pass_next = 1;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (c == '\'' || c == '"')
+ {
+ i = (c == '\'') ? skip_single_quoted (string, slen, ++i)
+ : skip_double_quoted (string, slen, ++i);
+ if (i > eindex)
+ CQ_RETURN(1);
+ /* no increment, the skip_xxx functions go one past end */
+ }
+ else
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ }
+
+ CQ_RETURN(0);
+}
+
+int
+unclosed_pair (string, eindex, openstr)
+ char *string;
+ int eindex;
+ char *openstr;
+{
+ int i, pass_next, openc, olen;
+ size_t slen;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ olen = strlen (openstr);
+ i = pass_next = openc = 0;
+ while (i <= eindex)
+ {
+ if (pass_next)
+ {
+ pass_next = 0;
+ if (i >= eindex) /* XXX was if (i >= eindex - 1) */
+ return 0;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (string[i] == '\\')
+ {
+ pass_next = 1;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (STREQN (string + i, openstr, olen))
+ {
+ openc = 1 - openc;
+ i += olen;
+ }
+ else if (string[i] == '\'' || string[i] == '"')
+ {
+ i = (string[i] == '\'') ? skip_single_quoted (string, slen, i)
+ : skip_double_quoted (string, slen, i);
+ if (i > eindex)
+ return 0;
+ }
+ else
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ }
+ return (openc);
+}
+
+/* Split STRING (length SLEN) at DELIMS, and return a WORD_LIST with the
+ individual words. If DELIMS is NULL, the current value of $IFS is used
+ to split the string, and the function follows the shell field splitting
+ rules. SENTINEL is an index to look for. NWP, if non-NULL,
+ gets the number of words in the returned list. CWP, if non-NULL, gets
+ the index of the word containing SENTINEL. Non-whitespace chars in
+ DELIMS delimit separate fields. */
+WORD_LIST *
+split_at_delims (string, slen, delims, sentinel, flags, nwp, cwp)
+ char *string;
+ int slen;
+ char *delims;
+ int sentinel, flags;
+ int *nwp, *cwp;
+{
+ int ts, te, i, nw, cw, ifs_split, dflags;
+ char *token, *d, *d2;
+ WORD_LIST *ret, *tl;
+
+ if (string == 0 || *string == '\0')
+ {
+ if (nwp)
+ *nwp = 0;
+ if (cwp)
+ *cwp = 0;
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+ }
+
+ d = (delims == 0) ? ifs_value : delims;
+ ifs_split = delims == 0;
+
+ /* Make d2 the non-whitespace characters in delims */
+ d2 = 0;
+ if (delims)
+ {
+ size_t slength;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ size_t mblength = 1;
+#endif
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slength = strlen (delims);
+ d2 = (char *)xmalloc (slength + 1);
+ i = ts = 0;
+ while (delims[i])
+ {
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ mbstate_t state_bak;
+ state_bak = state;
+ mblength = MBRLEN (delims + i, slength, &state);
+ if (MB_INVALIDCH (mblength))
+ state = state_bak;
+ else if (mblength > 1)
+ {
+ memcpy (d2 + ts, delims + i, mblength);
+ ts += mblength;
+ i += mblength;
+ slength -= mblength;
+ continue;
+ }
+#endif
+ if (whitespace (delims[i]) == 0)
+ d2[ts++] = delims[i];
+
+ i++;
+ slength--;
+ }
+ d2[ts] = '\0';
+ }
+
+ ret = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+
+ /* Remove sequences of whitespace characters at the start of the string, as
+ long as those characters are delimiters. */
+ for (i = 0; member (string[i], d) && spctabnl (string[i]); i++)
+ ;
+ if (string[i] == '\0')
+ return (ret);
+
+ ts = i;
+ nw = 0;
+ cw = -1;
+ dflags = flags|SD_NOJMP;
+ while (1)
+ {
+ te = skip_to_delim (string, ts, d, dflags);
+
+ /* If we have a non-whitespace delimiter character, use it to make a
+ separate field. This is just about what $IFS splitting does and
+ is closer to the behavior of the shell parser. */
+ if (ts == te && d2 && member (string[ts], d2))
+ {
+ te = ts + 1;
+ /* If we're using IFS splitting, the non-whitespace delimiter char
+ and any additional IFS whitespace delimits a field. */
+ if (ifs_split)
+ while (member (string[te], d) && spctabnl (string[te]))
+ te++;
+ else
+ while (member (string[te], d2))
+ te++;
+ }
+
+ token = substring (string, ts, te);
+
+ ret = add_string_to_list (token, ret);
+ free (token);
+ nw++;
+
+ if (sentinel >= ts && sentinel <= te)
+ cw = nw;
+
+ /* If the cursor is at whitespace just before word start, set the
+ sentinel word to the current word. */
+ if (cwp && cw == -1 && sentinel == ts-1)
+ cw = nw;
+
+ /* If the cursor is at whitespace between two words, make a new, empty
+ word, add it before (well, after, since the list is in reverse order)
+ the word we just added, and set the current word to that one. */
+ if (cwp && cw == -1 && sentinel < ts)
+ {
+ tl = make_word_list (make_word (""), ret->next);
+ ret->next = tl;
+ cw = nw;
+ nw++;
+ }
+
+ if (string[te] == 0)
+ break;
+
+ i = te;
+ while (member (string[i], d) && (ifs_split || spctabnl(string[i])))
+ i++;
+
+ if (string[i])
+ ts = i;
+ else
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Special case for SENTINEL at the end of STRING. If we haven't found
+ the word containing SENTINEL yet, and the index we're looking for is at
+ the end of STRING (or past the end of the previously-found token,
+ possible if the end of the line is composed solely of IFS whitespace)
+ add an additional null argument and set the current word pointer to that. */
+ if (cwp && cw == -1 && (sentinel >= slen || sentinel >= te))
+ {
+ if (whitespace (string[sentinel - 1]))
+ {
+ token = "";
+ ret = add_string_to_list (token, ret);
+ nw++;
+ }
+ cw = nw;
+ }
+
+ if (nwp)
+ *nwp = nw;
+ if (cwp)
+ *cwp = cw;
+
+ FREE (d2);
+
+ return (REVERSE_LIST (ret, WORD_LIST *));
+}
+#endif /* READLINE */
+
+#if 0
+/* UNUSED */
+/* Extract the name of the variable to bind to from the assignment string. */
+char *
+assignment_name (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ int offset;
+ char *temp;
+
+ offset = assignment (string, 0);
+ if (offset == 0)
+ return (char *)NULL;
+ temp = substring (string, 0, offset);
+ return (temp);
+}
+#endif
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Functions to convert strings to WORD_LISTs and vice versa */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Return a single string of all the words in LIST. SEP is the separator
+ to put between individual elements of LIST in the output string. */
+char *
+string_list_internal (list, sep)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ char *sep;
+{
+ register WORD_LIST *t;
+ char *result, *r;
+ int word_len, sep_len, result_size;
+
+ if (list == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ /* Short-circuit quickly if we don't need to separate anything. */
+ if (list->next == 0)
+ return (savestring (list->word->word));
+
+ /* This is nearly always called with either sep[0] == 0 or sep[1] == 0. */
+ sep_len = STRLEN (sep);
+ result_size = 0;
+
+ for (t = list; t; t = t->next)
+ {
+ if (t != list)
+ result_size += sep_len;
+ result_size += strlen (t->word->word);
+ }
+
+ r = result = (char *)xmalloc (result_size + 1);
+
+ for (t = list; t; t = t->next)
+ {
+ if (t != list && sep_len)
+ {
+ if (sep_len > 1)
+ {
+ FASTCOPY (sep, r, sep_len);
+ r += sep_len;
+ }
+ else
+ *r++ = sep[0];
+ }
+
+ word_len = strlen (t->word->word);
+ FASTCOPY (t->word->word, r, word_len);
+ r += word_len;
+ }
+
+ *r = '\0';
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/* Return a single string of all the words present in LIST, separating
+ each word with a space. */
+char *
+string_list (list)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+{
+ return (string_list_internal (list, " "));
+}
+
+/* An external interface that can be used by the rest of the shell to
+ obtain a string containing the first character in $IFS. Handles all
+ the multibyte complications. If LENP is non-null, it is set to the
+ length of the returned string. */
+char *
+ifs_firstchar (lenp)
+ int *lenp;
+{
+ char *ret;
+ int len;
+
+ ret = xmalloc (MB_LEN_MAX + 1);
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (ifs_firstc_len == 1)
+ {
+ ret[0] = ifs_firstc[0];
+ ret[1] = '\0';
+ len = ret[0] ? 1 : 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ memcpy (ret, ifs_firstc, ifs_firstc_len);
+ ret[len = ifs_firstc_len] = '\0';
+ }
+#else
+ ret[0] = ifs_firstc;
+ ret[1] = '\0';
+ len = ret[0] ? 0 : 1;
+#endif
+
+ if (lenp)
+ *lenp = len;
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Return a single string of all the words present in LIST, obeying the
+ quoting rules for "$*", to wit: (P1003.2, draft 11, 3.5.2) "If the
+ expansion [of $*] appears within a double quoted string, it expands
+ to a single field with the value of each parameter separated by the
+ first character of the IFS variable, or by a <space> if IFS is unset." */
+char *
+string_list_dollar_star (list)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+{
+ char *ret;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+# if defined (__GNUC__)
+ char sep[MB_CUR_MAX + 1];
+# else
+ char *sep = 0;
+# endif
+#else
+ char sep[2];
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+# if !defined (__GNUC__)
+ sep = (char *)xmalloc (MB_CUR_MAX + 1);
+# endif /* !__GNUC__ */
+ if (ifs_firstc_len == 1)
+ {
+ sep[0] = ifs_firstc[0];
+ sep[1] = '\0';
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ memcpy (sep, ifs_firstc, ifs_firstc_len);
+ sep[ifs_firstc_len] = '\0';
+ }
+#else
+ sep[0] = ifs_firstc;
+ sep[1] = '\0';
+#endif
+
+ ret = string_list_internal (list, sep);
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) && !defined (__GNUC__)
+ free (sep);
+#endif
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Turn $@ into a string. If (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
+ is non-zero, the $@ appears within double quotes, and we should quote
+ the list before converting it into a string. If IFS is unset, and the
+ word is not quoted, we just need to quote CTLESC and CTLNUL characters
+ in the words in the list, because the default value of $IFS is
+ <space><tab><newline>, IFS characters in the words in the list should
+ also be split. If IFS is null, and the word is not quoted, we need
+ to quote the words in the list to preserve the positional parameters
+ exactly. */
+char *
+string_list_dollar_at (list, quoted)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ char *ifs, *ret;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+# if defined (__GNUC__)
+ char sep[MB_CUR_MAX + 1];
+# else
+ char *sep = 0;
+# endif /* !__GNUC__ */
+#else
+ char sep[2];
+#endif
+ WORD_LIST *tlist;
+
+ /* XXX this could just be ifs = ifs_value; */
+ ifs = ifs_var ? value_cell (ifs_var) : (char *)0;
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+# if !defined (__GNUC__)
+ sep = (char *)xmalloc (MB_CUR_MAX + 1);
+# endif /* !__GNUC__ */
+ if (ifs && *ifs)
+ {
+ if (ifs_firstc_len == 1)
+ {
+ sep[0] = ifs_firstc[0];
+ sep[1] = '\0';
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ memcpy (sep, ifs_firstc, ifs_firstc_len);
+ sep[ifs_firstc_len] = '\0';
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ sep[0] = ' ';
+ sep[1] = '\0';
+ }
+#else
+ sep[0] = (ifs == 0 || *ifs == 0) ? ' ' : *ifs;
+ sep[1] = '\0';
+#endif
+
+ /* XXX -- why call quote_list if ifs == 0? we can get away without doing
+ it now that quote_escapes quotes spaces */
+ tlist = (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_PATQUOTE))
+ ? quote_list (list)
+ : list_quote_escapes (list);
+
+ ret = string_list_internal (tlist, sep);
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) && !defined (__GNUC__)
+ free (sep);
+#endif
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Turn the positional paramters into a string, understanding quoting and
+ the various subtleties of using the first character of $IFS as the
+ separator. Calls string_list_dollar_at, string_list_dollar_star, and
+ string_list as appropriate. */
+char *
+string_list_pos_params (pchar, list, quoted)
+ int pchar;
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ char *ret;
+ WORD_LIST *tlist;
+
+ if (pchar == '*' && (quoted & Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
+ {
+ tlist = quote_list (list);
+ word_list_remove_quoted_nulls (tlist);
+ ret = string_list_dollar_star (tlist);
+ }
+ else if (pchar == '*' && (quoted & Q_HERE_DOCUMENT))
+ {
+ tlist = quote_list (list);
+ word_list_remove_quoted_nulls (tlist);
+ ret = string_list (tlist);
+ }
+ else if (pchar == '*')
+ {
+ /* Even when unquoted, string_list_dollar_star does the right thing
+ making sure that the first character of $IFS is used as the
+ separator. */
+ ret = string_list_dollar_star (list);
+ }
+ else if (pchar == '@' && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
+ /* We use string_list_dollar_at, but only if the string is quoted, since
+ that quotes the escapes if it's not, which we don't want. We could
+ use string_list (the old code did), but that doesn't do the right
+ thing if the first character of $IFS is not a space. We use
+ string_list_dollar_star if the string is unquoted so we make sure that
+ the elements of $@ are separated by the first character of $IFS for
+ later splitting. */
+ ret = string_list_dollar_at (list, quoted);
+ else if (pchar == '@')
+ ret = string_list_dollar_star (list);
+ else
+ ret = string_list ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) ? quote_list (list) : list);
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Return the list of words present in STRING. Separate the string into
+ words at any of the characters found in SEPARATORS. If QUOTED is
+ non-zero then word in the list will have its quoted flag set, otherwise
+ the quoted flag is left as make_word () deemed fit.
+
+ This obeys the P1003.2 word splitting semantics. If `separators' is
+ exactly <space><tab><newline>, then the splitting algorithm is that of
+ the Bourne shell, which treats any sequence of characters from `separators'
+ as a delimiter. If IFS is unset, which results in `separators' being set
+ to "", no splitting occurs. If separators has some other value, the
+ following rules are applied (`IFS white space' means zero or more
+ occurrences of <space>, <tab>, or <newline>, as long as those characters
+ are in `separators'):
+
+ 1) IFS white space is ignored at the start and the end of the
+ string.
+ 2) Each occurrence of a character in `separators' that is not
+ IFS white space, along with any adjacent occurrences of
+ IFS white space delimits a field.
+ 3) Any nonzero-length sequence of IFS white space delimits a field.
+ */
+
+/* BEWARE! list_string strips null arguments. Don't call it twice and
+ expect to have "" preserved! */
+
+/* This performs word splitting and quoted null character removal on
+ STRING. */
+#define issep(c) \
+ (((separators)[0]) ? ((separators)[1] ? isifs(c) \
+ : (c) == (separators)[0]) \
+ : 0)
+
+WORD_LIST *
+list_string (string, separators, quoted)
+ register char *string, *separators;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *result;
+ WORD_DESC *t;
+ char *current_word, *s;
+ int sindex, sh_style_split, whitesep, xflags;
+ size_t slen;
+
+ if (!string || !*string)
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+
+ sh_style_split = separators && separators[0] == ' ' &&
+ separators[1] == '\t' &&
+ separators[2] == '\n' &&
+ separators[3] == '\0';
+ for (xflags = 0, s = ifs_value; s && *s; s++)
+ {
+ if (*s == CTLESC) xflags |= SX_NOCTLESC;
+ else if (*s == CTLNUL) xflags |= SX_NOESCCTLNUL;
+ }
+
+ slen = 0;
+ /* Remove sequences of whitespace at the beginning of STRING, as
+ long as those characters appear in IFS. Do not do this if
+ STRING is quoted or if there are no separator characters. */
+ if (!quoted || !separators || !*separators)
+ {
+ for (s = string; *s && spctabnl (*s) && issep (*s); s++);
+
+ if (!*s)
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+
+ string = s;
+ }
+
+ /* OK, now STRING points to a word that does not begin with white space.
+ The splitting algorithm is:
+ extract a word, stopping at a separator
+ skip sequences of spc, tab, or nl as long as they are separators
+ This obeys the field splitting rules in Posix.2. */
+ slen = (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) ? strlen (string) : 1;
+ for (result = (WORD_LIST *)NULL, sindex = 0; string[sindex]; )
+ {
+ /* Don't need string length in ADVANCE_CHAR or string_extract_verbatim
+ unless multibyte chars are possible. */
+ current_word = string_extract_verbatim (string, slen, &sindex, separators, xflags);
+ if (current_word == 0)
+ break;
+
+ /* If we have a quoted empty string, add a quoted null argument. We
+ want to preserve the quoted null character iff this is a quoted
+ empty string; otherwise the quoted null characters are removed
+ below. */
+ if (QUOTED_NULL (current_word))
+ {
+ t = alloc_word_desc ();
+ t->word = make_quoted_char ('\0');
+ t->flags |= W_QUOTED|W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ result = make_word_list (t, result);
+ }
+ else if (current_word[0] != '\0')
+ {
+ /* If we have something, then add it regardless. However,
+ perform quoted null character removal on the current word. */
+ remove_quoted_nulls (current_word);
+ result = add_string_to_list (current_word, result);
+ result->word->flags &= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL; /* just to be sure */
+ if (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT))
+ result->word->flags |= W_QUOTED;
+ }
+
+ /* If we're not doing sequences of separators in the traditional
+ Bourne shell style, then add a quoted null argument. */
+ else if (!sh_style_split && !spctabnl (string[sindex]))
+ {
+ t = alloc_word_desc ();
+ t->word = make_quoted_char ('\0');
+ t->flags |= W_QUOTED|W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ result = make_word_list (t, result);
+ }
+
+ free (current_word);
+
+ /* Note whether or not the separator is IFS whitespace, used later. */
+ whitesep = string[sindex] && spctabnl (string[sindex]);
+
+ /* Move past the current separator character. */
+ if (string[sindex])
+ {
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, sindex);
+ }
+
+ /* Now skip sequences of space, tab, or newline characters if they are
+ in the list of separators. */
+ while (string[sindex] && spctabnl (string[sindex]) && issep (string[sindex]))
+ sindex++;
+
+ /* If the first separator was IFS whitespace and the current character
+ is a non-whitespace IFS character, it should be part of the current
+ field delimiter, not a separate delimiter that would result in an
+ empty field. Look at POSIX.2, 3.6.5, (3)(b). */
+ if (string[sindex] && whitesep && issep (string[sindex]) && !spctabnl (string[sindex]))
+ {
+ sindex++;
+ /* An IFS character that is not IFS white space, along with any
+ adjacent IFS white space, shall delimit a field. (SUSv3) */
+ while (string[sindex] && spctabnl (string[sindex]) && isifs (string[sindex]))
+ sindex++;
+ }
+ }
+ return (REVERSE_LIST (result, WORD_LIST *));
+}
+
+/* Parse a single word from STRING, using SEPARATORS to separate fields.
+ ENDPTR is set to the first character after the word. This is used by
+ the `read' builtin. This is never called with SEPARATORS != $IFS;
+ it should be simplified.
+
+ XXX - this function is very similar to list_string; they should be
+ combined - XXX */
+char *
+get_word_from_string (stringp, separators, endptr)
+ char **stringp, *separators, **endptr;
+{
+ register char *s;
+ char *current_word;
+ int sindex, sh_style_split, whitesep, xflags;
+ size_t slen;
+
+ if (!stringp || !*stringp || !**stringp)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ sh_style_split = separators && separators[0] == ' ' &&
+ separators[1] == '\t' &&
+ separators[2] == '\n' &&
+ separators[3] == '\0';
+ for (xflags = 0, s = ifs_value; s && *s; s++)
+ {
+ if (*s == CTLESC) xflags |= SX_NOCTLESC;
+ if (*s == CTLNUL) xflags |= SX_NOESCCTLNUL;
+ }
+
+ s = *stringp;
+ slen = 0;
+
+ /* Remove sequences of whitespace at the beginning of STRING, as
+ long as those characters appear in IFS. */
+ if (sh_style_split || !separators || !*separators)
+ {
+ for (; *s && spctabnl (*s) && isifs (*s); s++);
+
+ /* If the string is nothing but whitespace, update it and return. */
+ if (!*s)
+ {
+ *stringp = s;
+ if (endptr)
+ *endptr = s;
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* OK, S points to a word that does not begin with white space.
+ Now extract a word, stopping at a separator, save a pointer to
+ the first character after the word, then skip sequences of spc,
+ tab, or nl as long as they are separators.
+
+ This obeys the field splitting rules in Posix.2. */
+ sindex = 0;
+ /* Don't need string length in ADVANCE_CHAR or string_extract_verbatim
+ unless multibyte chars are possible. */
+ slen = (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) ? strlen (s) : 1;
+ current_word = string_extract_verbatim (s, slen, &sindex, separators, xflags);
+
+ /* Set ENDPTR to the first character after the end of the word. */
+ if (endptr)
+ *endptr = s + sindex;
+
+ /* Note whether or not the separator is IFS whitespace, used later. */
+ whitesep = s[sindex] && spctabnl (s[sindex]);
+
+ /* Move past the current separator character. */
+ if (s[sindex])
+ {
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (s, slen, sindex);
+ }
+
+ /* Now skip sequences of space, tab, or newline characters if they are
+ in the list of separators. */
+ while (s[sindex] && spctabnl (s[sindex]) && isifs (s[sindex]))
+ sindex++;
+
+ /* If the first separator was IFS whitespace and the current character is
+ a non-whitespace IFS character, it should be part of the current field
+ delimiter, not a separate delimiter that would result in an empty field.
+ Look at POSIX.2, 3.6.5, (3)(b). */
+ if (s[sindex] && whitesep && isifs (s[sindex]) && !spctabnl (s[sindex]))
+ {
+ sindex++;
+ /* An IFS character that is not IFS white space, along with any adjacent
+ IFS white space, shall delimit a field. */
+ while (s[sindex] && spctabnl (s[sindex]) && isifs (s[sindex]))
+ sindex++;
+ }
+
+ /* Update STRING to point to the next field. */
+ *stringp = s + sindex;
+ return (current_word);
+}
+
+/* Remove IFS white space at the end of STRING. Start at the end
+ of the string and walk backwards until the beginning of the string
+ or we find a character that's not IFS white space and not CTLESC.
+ Only let CTLESC escape a white space character if SAW_ESCAPE is
+ non-zero. */
+char *
+strip_trailing_ifs_whitespace (string, separators, saw_escape)
+ char *string, *separators;
+ int saw_escape;
+{
+ char *s;
+
+ s = string + STRLEN (string) - 1;
+ while (s > string && ((spctabnl (*s) && isifs (*s)) ||
+ (saw_escape && *s == CTLESC && spctabnl (s[1]))))
+ s--;
+ *++s = '\0';
+ return string;
+}
+
+#if 0
+/* UNUSED */
+/* Split STRING into words at whitespace. Obeys shell-style quoting with
+ backslashes, single and double quotes. */
+WORD_LIST *
+list_string_with_quotes (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ char *token, *s;
+ size_t s_len;
+ int c, i, tokstart, len;
+
+ for (s = string; s && *s && spctabnl (*s); s++)
+ ;
+ if (s == 0 || *s == 0)
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+
+ s_len = strlen (s);
+ tokstart = i = 0;
+ list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+ while (1)
+ {
+ c = s[i];
+ if (c == '\\')
+ {
+ i++;
+ if (s[i])
+ i++;
+ }
+ else if (c == '\'')
+ i = skip_single_quoted (s, s_len, ++i);
+ else if (c == '"')
+ i = skip_double_quoted (s, s_len, ++i);
+ else if (c == 0 || spctabnl (c))
+ {
+ /* We have found the end of a token. Make a word out of it and
+ add it to the word list. */
+ token = substring (s, tokstart, i);
+ list = add_string_to_list (token, list);
+ free (token);
+ while (spctabnl (s[i]))
+ i++;
+ if (s[i])
+ tokstart = i;
+ else
+ break;
+ }
+ else
+ i++; /* normal character */
+ }
+ return (REVERSE_LIST (list, WORD_LIST *));
+}
+#endif
+
+/********************************************************/
+/* */
+/* Functions to perform assignment statements */
+/* */
+/********************************************************/
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+static SHELL_VAR *
+do_compound_assignment (name, value, flags)
+ char *name, *value;
+ int flags;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+ int mklocal, mkassoc;
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+
+ mklocal = flags & ASS_MKLOCAL;
+ mkassoc = flags & ASS_MKASSOC;
+
+ if (mklocal && variable_context)
+ {
+ v = find_variable (name);
+ list = expand_compound_array_assignment (v, value, flags);
+ if (mkassoc)
+ v = make_local_assoc_variable (name);
+ else if (v == 0 || (array_p (v) == 0 && assoc_p (v) == 0) || v->context != variable_context)
+ v = make_local_array_variable (name, 0);
+ assign_compound_array_list (v, list, flags);
+ }
+ else
+ v = assign_array_from_string (name, value, flags);
+
+ return (v);
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Given STRING, an assignment string, get the value of the right side
+ of the `=', and bind it to the left side. If EXPAND is true, then
+ perform parameter expansion, command substitution, and arithmetic
+ expansion on the right-hand side. Perform tilde expansion in any
+ case. Do not perform word splitting on the result of expansion. */
+static int
+do_assignment_internal (word, expand)
+ const WORD_DESC *word;
+ int expand;
+{
+ int offset, appendop, assign_list, aflags, retval;
+ char *name, *value, *temp;
+ SHELL_VAR *entry;
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ char *t;
+ int ni;
+#endif
+ const char *string;
+
+ if (word == 0 || word->word == 0)
+ return 0;
+
+ appendop = assign_list = aflags = 0;
+ string = word->word;
+ offset = assignment (string, 0);
+ name = savestring (string);
+ value = (char *)NULL;
+
+ if (name[offset] == '=')
+ {
+ if (name[offset - 1] == '+')
+ {
+ appendop = 1;
+ name[offset - 1] = '\0';
+ }
+
+ name[offset] = 0; /* might need this set later */
+ temp = name + offset + 1;
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ if (expand && (word->flags & W_COMPASSIGN))
+ {
+ assign_list = ni = 1;
+ value = extract_array_assignment_list (temp, &ni);
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ if (expand && temp[0])
+ value = expand_string_if_necessary (temp, 0, expand_string_assignment);
+ else
+ value = savestring (temp);
+ }
+
+ if (value == 0)
+ {
+ value = (char *)xmalloc (1);
+ value[0] = '\0';
+ }
+
+ if (echo_command_at_execute)
+ {
+ if (appendop)
+ name[offset - 1] = '+';
+ xtrace_print_assignment (name, value, assign_list, 1);
+ if (appendop)
+ name[offset - 1] = '\0';
+ }
+
+#define ASSIGN_RETURN(r) do { FREE (value); free (name); return (r); } while (0)
+
+ if (appendop)
+ aflags |= ASS_APPEND;
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ if (t = mbschr (name, '[')) /*]*/
+ {
+ if (assign_list)
+ {
+ report_error (_("%s: cannot assign list to array member"), name);
+ ASSIGN_RETURN (0);
+ }
+ entry = assign_array_element (name, value, aflags);
+ if (entry == 0)
+ ASSIGN_RETURN (0);
+ }
+ else if (assign_list)
+ {
+ if ((word->flags & W_ASSIGNARG) && (word->flags & W_ASSNGLOBAL) == 0)
+ aflags |= ASS_MKLOCAL;
+ if (word->flags & W_ASSIGNASSOC)
+ aflags |= ASS_MKASSOC;
+ entry = do_compound_assignment (name, value, aflags);
+ }
+ else
+#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
+ entry = bind_variable (name, value, aflags);
+
+ stupidly_hack_special_variables (name);
+
+#if 1
+ /* Return 1 if the assignment seems to have been performed correctly. */
+ if (entry == 0 || readonly_p (entry))
+ retval = 0; /* assignment failure */
+ else if (noassign_p (entry))
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ retval = 1; /* error status, but not assignment failure */
+ }
+ else
+ retval = 1;
+
+ if (entry && retval != 0 && noassign_p (entry) == 0)
+ VUNSETATTR (entry, att_invisible);
+
+ ASSIGN_RETURN (retval);
+#else
+ if (entry)
+ VUNSETATTR (entry, att_invisible);
+
+ ASSIGN_RETURN (entry ? ((readonly_p (entry) == 0) && noassign_p (entry) == 0) : 0);
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Perform the assignment statement in STRING, and expand the
+ right side by doing tilde, command and parameter expansion. */
+int
+do_assignment (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ WORD_DESC td;
+
+ td.flags = W_ASSIGNMENT;
+ td.word = string;
+
+ return do_assignment_internal (&td, 1);
+}
+
+int
+do_word_assignment (word, flags)
+ WORD_DESC *word;
+ int flags;
+{
+ return do_assignment_internal (word, 1);
+}
+
+/* Given STRING, an assignment string, get the value of the right side
+ of the `=', and bind it to the left side. Do not perform any word
+ expansions on the right hand side. */
+int
+do_assignment_no_expand (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ WORD_DESC td;
+
+ td.flags = W_ASSIGNMENT;
+ td.word = string;
+
+ return (do_assignment_internal (&td, 0));
+}
+
+/***************************************************
+ * *
+ * Functions to manage the positional parameters *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************/
+
+/* Return the word list that corresponds to `$*'. */
+WORD_LIST *
+list_rest_of_args ()
+{
+ register WORD_LIST *list, *args;
+ int i;
+
+ /* Break out of the loop as soon as one of the dollar variables is null. */
+ for (i = 1, list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; i < 10 && dollar_vars[i]; i++)
+ list = make_word_list (make_bare_word (dollar_vars[i]), list);
+
+ for (args = rest_of_args; args; args = args->next)
+ list = make_word_list (make_bare_word (args->word->word), list);
+
+ return (REVERSE_LIST (list, WORD_LIST *));
+}
+
+int
+number_of_args ()
+{
+ register WORD_LIST *list;
+ int n;
+
+ for (n = 0; n < 9 && dollar_vars[n+1]; n++)
+ ;
+ for (list = rest_of_args; list; list = list->next)
+ n++;
+ return n;
+}
+
+/* Return the value of a positional parameter. This handles values > 10. */
+char *
+get_dollar_var_value (ind)
+ intmax_t ind;
+{
+ char *temp;
+ WORD_LIST *p;
+
+ if (ind < 10)
+ temp = dollar_vars[ind] ? savestring (dollar_vars[ind]) : (char *)NULL;
+ else /* We want something like ${11} */
+ {
+ ind -= 10;
+ for (p = rest_of_args; p && ind--; p = p->next)
+ ;
+ temp = p ? savestring (p->word->word) : (char *)NULL;
+ }
+ return (temp);
+}
+
+/* Make a single large string out of the dollar digit variables,
+ and the rest_of_args. If DOLLAR_STAR is 1, then obey the special
+ case of "$*" with respect to IFS. */
+char *
+string_rest_of_args (dollar_star)
+ int dollar_star;
+{
+ register WORD_LIST *list;
+ char *string;
+
+ list = list_rest_of_args ();
+ string = dollar_star ? string_list_dollar_star (list) : string_list (list);
+ dispose_words (list);
+ return (string);
+}
+
+/* Return a string containing the positional parameters from START to
+ END, inclusive. If STRING[0] == '*', we obey the rules for $*,
+ which only makes a difference if QUOTED is non-zero. If QUOTED includes
+ Q_HERE_DOCUMENT or Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, this returns a quoted list, otherwise
+ no quoting chars are added. */
+static char *
+pos_params (string, start, end, quoted)
+ char *string;
+ int start, end, quoted;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *save, *params, *h, *t;
+ char *ret;
+ int i;
+
+ /* see if we can short-circuit. if start == end, we want 0 parameters. */
+ if (start == end)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ save = params = list_rest_of_args ();
+ if (save == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ if (start == 0) /* handle ${@:0[:x]} specially */
+ {
+ t = make_word_list (make_word (dollar_vars[0]), params);
+ save = params = t;
+ }
+
+ for (i = start ? 1 : 0; params && i < start; i++)
+ params = params->next;
+ if (params == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ for (h = t = params; params && i < end; i++)
+ {
+ t = params;
+ params = params->next;
+ }
+
+ t->next = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+
+ ret = string_list_pos_params (string[0], h, quoted);
+
+ if (t != params)
+ t->next = params;
+
+ dispose_words (save);
+ return (ret);
+}
+
+/******************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* Functions to expand strings to strings or WORD_LISTs */
+/* */
+/******************************************************************/
+
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+#define EXP_CHAR(s) (s == '$' || s == '`' || s == '<' || s == '>' || s == CTLESC || s == '~')
+#else
+#define EXP_CHAR(s) (s == '$' || s == '`' || s == CTLESC || s == '~')
+#endif
+
+/* If there are any characters in STRING that require full expansion,
+ then call FUNC to expand STRING; otherwise just perform quote
+ removal if necessary. This returns a new string. */
+static char *
+expand_string_if_necessary (string, quoted, func)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+ EXPFUNC *func;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ size_t slen;
+ int i, saw_quote;
+ char *ret;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ /* Don't need string length for ADVANCE_CHAR unless multibyte chars possible. */
+ slen = (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) ? strlen (string) : 0;
+ i = saw_quote = 0;
+ while (string[i])
+ {
+ if (EXP_CHAR (string[i]))
+ break;
+ else if (string[i] == '\'' || string[i] == '\\' || string[i] == '"')
+ saw_quote = 1;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ }
+
+ if (string[i])
+ {
+ list = (*func) (string, quoted);
+ if (list)
+ {
+ ret = string_list (list);
+ dispose_words (list);
+ }
+ else
+ ret = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+ else if (saw_quote && ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) == 0))
+ ret = string_quote_removal (string, quoted);
+ else
+ ret = savestring (string);
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+static inline char *
+expand_string_to_string_internal (string, quoted, func)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+ EXPFUNC *func;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ char *ret;
+
+ if (string == 0 || *string == '\0')
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ list = (*func) (string, quoted);
+ if (list)
+ {
+ ret = string_list (list);
+ dispose_words (list);
+ }
+ else
+ ret = (char *)NULL;
+
+ return (ret);
+}
+
+char *
+expand_string_to_string (string, quoted)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ return (expand_string_to_string_internal (string, quoted, expand_string));
+}
+
+char *
+expand_string_unsplit_to_string (string, quoted)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ return (expand_string_to_string_internal (string, quoted, expand_string_unsplit));
+}
+
+char *
+expand_assignment_string_to_string (string, quoted)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ return (expand_string_to_string_internal (string, quoted, expand_string_assignment));
+}
+
+char *
+expand_arith_string (string, quoted)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ return (expand_string_if_necessary (string, quoted, expand_string));
+}
+
+#if defined (COND_COMMAND)
+/* Just remove backslashes in STRING. Returns a new string. */
+char *
+remove_backslashes (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ char *r, *ret, *s;
+
+ r = ret = (char *)xmalloc (strlen (string) + 1);
+ for (s = string; s && *s; )
+ {
+ if (*s == '\\')
+ s++;
+ if (*s == 0)
+ break;
+ *r++ = *s++;
+ }
+ *r = '\0';
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* This needs better error handling. */
+/* Expand W for use as an argument to a unary or binary operator in a
+ [[...]] expression. If SPECIAL is 1, this is the rhs argument
+ to the != or == operator, and should be treated as a pattern. In
+ this case, we quote the string specially for the globbing code. If
+ SPECIAL is 2, this is an rhs argument for the =~ operator, and should
+ be quoted appropriately for regcomp/regexec. The caller is responsible
+ for removing the backslashes if the unquoted word is needed later. */
+char *
+cond_expand_word (w, special)
+ WORD_DESC *w;
+ int special;
+{
+ char *r, *p;
+ WORD_LIST *l;
+ int qflags;
+
+ if (w->word == 0 || w->word[0] == '\0')
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ w->flags |= W_NOSPLIT2;
+ l = call_expand_word_internal (w, 0, 0, (int *)0, (int *)0);
+ if (l)
+ {
+ if (special == 0)
+ {
+ dequote_list (l);
+ r = string_list (l);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ qflags = QGLOB_CVTNULL;
+ if (special == 2)
+ qflags |= QGLOB_REGEXP;
+ p = string_list (l);
+ r = quote_string_for_globbing (p, qflags);
+ free (p);
+ }
+ dispose_words (l);
+ }
+ else
+ r = (char *)NULL;
+
+ return r;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Call expand_word_internal to expand W and handle error returns.
+ A convenience function for functions that don't want to handle
+ any errors or free any memory before aborting. */
+static WORD_LIST *
+call_expand_word_internal (w, q, i, c, e)
+ WORD_DESC *w;
+ int q, i, *c, *e;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *result;
+
+ result = expand_word_internal (w, q, i, c, e);
+ if (result == &expand_word_error || result == &expand_word_fatal)
+ {
+ /* By convention, each time this error is returned, w->word has
+ already been freed (it sometimes may not be in the fatal case,
+ but that doesn't result in a memory leak because we're going
+ to exit in most cases). */
+ w->word = (char *)NULL;
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ exp_jump_to_top_level ((result == &expand_word_error) ? DISCARD : FORCE_EOF);
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ }
+ else
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/* Perform parameter expansion, command substitution, and arithmetic
+ expansion on STRING, as if it were a word. Leave the result quoted.
+ Since this does not perform word splitting, it leaves quoted nulls
+ in the result. */
+static WORD_LIST *
+expand_string_internal (string, quoted)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ WORD_DESC td;
+ WORD_LIST *tresult;
+
+ if (string == 0 || *string == 0)
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+
+ td.flags = 0;
+ td.word = savestring (string);
+
+ tresult = call_expand_word_internal (&td, quoted, 0, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL);
+
+ FREE (td.word);
+ return (tresult);
+}
+
+/* Expand STRING by performing parameter expansion, command substitution,
+ and arithmetic expansion. Dequote the resulting WORD_LIST before
+ returning it, but do not perform word splitting. The call to
+ remove_quoted_nulls () is in here because word splitting normally
+ takes care of quote removal. */
+WORD_LIST *
+expand_string_unsplit (string, quoted)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *value;
+
+ if (string == 0 || *string == '\0')
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+
+ expand_no_split_dollar_star = 1;
+ value = expand_string_internal (string, quoted);
+ expand_no_split_dollar_star = 0;
+
+ if (value)
+ {
+ if (value->word)
+ {
+ remove_quoted_nulls (value->word->word);
+ value->word->flags &= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ }
+ dequote_list (value);
+ }
+ return (value);
+}
+
+/* Expand the rhs of an assignment statement */
+WORD_LIST *
+expand_string_assignment (string, quoted)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ WORD_DESC td;
+ WORD_LIST *value;
+
+ if (string == 0 || *string == '\0')
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+
+ expand_no_split_dollar_star = 1;
+
+ td.flags = W_ASSIGNRHS;
+ td.word = savestring (string);
+ value = call_expand_word_internal (&td, quoted, 0, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL);
+ FREE (td.word);
+
+ expand_no_split_dollar_star = 0;
+
+ if (value)
+ {
+ if (value->word)
+ {
+ remove_quoted_nulls (value->word->word);
+ value->word->flags &= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ }
+ dequote_list (value);
+ }
+ return (value);
+}
+
+
+/* Expand one of the PS? prompt strings. This is a sort of combination of
+ expand_string_unsplit and expand_string_internal, but returns the
+ passed string when an error occurs. Might want to trap other calls
+ to jump_to_top_level here so we don't endlessly loop. */
+WORD_LIST *
+expand_prompt_string (string, quoted, wflags)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+ int wflags;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *value;
+ WORD_DESC td;
+
+ if (string == 0 || *string == 0)
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+
+ td.flags = wflags;
+ td.word = savestring (string);
+
+ no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = 1;
+ value = expand_word_internal (&td, quoted, 0, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL);
+ no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = 0;
+
+ if (value == &expand_word_error || value == &expand_word_fatal)
+ {
+ value = make_word_list (make_bare_word (string), (WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+ return value;
+ }
+ FREE (td.word);
+ if (value)
+ {
+ if (value->word)
+ {
+ remove_quoted_nulls (value->word->word);
+ value->word->flags &= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ }
+ dequote_list (value);
+ }
+ return (value);
+}
+
+/* Expand STRING just as if you were expanding a word, but do not dequote
+ the resultant WORD_LIST. This is called only from within this file,
+ and is used to correctly preserve quoted characters when expanding
+ things like ${1+"$@"}. This does parameter expansion, command
+ substitution, arithmetic expansion, and word splitting. */
+static WORD_LIST *
+expand_string_leave_quoted (string, quoted)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *tlist;
+ WORD_LIST *tresult;
+
+ if (string == 0 || *string == '\0')
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+
+ tlist = expand_string_internal (string, quoted);
+
+ if (tlist)
+ {
+ tresult = word_list_split (tlist);
+ dispose_words (tlist);
+ return (tresult);
+ }
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+}
+
+/* This does not perform word splitting or dequote the WORD_LIST
+ it returns. */
+static WORD_LIST *
+expand_string_for_rhs (string, quoted, dollar_at_p, has_dollar_at)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted, *dollar_at_p, *has_dollar_at;
+{
+ WORD_DESC td;
+ WORD_LIST *tresult;
+
+ if (string == 0 || *string == '\0')
+ return (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+
+ td.flags = W_NOSPLIT2; /* no splitting, remove "" and '' */
+ td.word = string;
+ tresult = call_expand_word_internal (&td, quoted, 1, dollar_at_p, has_dollar_at);
+ return (tresult);
+}
+
+/* Expand STRING just as if you were expanding a word. This also returns
+ a list of words. Note that filename globbing is *NOT* done for word
+ or string expansion, just when the shell is expanding a command. This
+ does parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion,
+ and word splitting. Dequote the resultant WORD_LIST before returning. */
+WORD_LIST *
+expand_string (string, quoted)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *result;
+
+ if (string == 0 || *string == '\0')
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+
+ result = expand_string_leave_quoted (string, quoted);
+ return (result ? dequote_list (result) : result);
+}
+
+/***************************************************
+ * *
+ * Functions to handle quoting chars *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************/
+
+/* Conventions:
+
+ A string with s[0] == CTLNUL && s[1] == 0 is a quoted null string.
+ The parser passes CTLNUL as CTLESC CTLNUL. */
+
+/* Quote escape characters in string s, but no other characters. This is
+ used to protect CTLESC and CTLNUL in variable values from the rest of
+ the word expansion process after the variable is expanded (word splitting
+ and filename generation). If IFS is null, we quote spaces as well, just
+ in case we split on spaces later (in the case of unquoted $@, we will
+ eventually attempt to split the entire word on spaces). Corresponding
+ code exists in dequote_escapes. Even if we don't end up splitting on
+ spaces, quoting spaces is not a problem. This should never be called on
+ a string that is quoted with single or double quotes or part of a here
+ document (effectively double-quoted). */
+char *
+quote_escapes (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ register char *s, *t;
+ size_t slen;
+ char *result, *send;
+ int quote_spaces, skip_ctlesc, skip_ctlnul;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ send = string + slen;
+
+ quote_spaces = (ifs_value && *ifs_value == 0);
+
+ for (skip_ctlesc = skip_ctlnul = 0, s = ifs_value; s && *s; s++)
+ skip_ctlesc |= *s == CTLESC, skip_ctlnul |= *s == CTLNUL;
+
+ t = result = (char *)xmalloc ((slen * 2) + 1);
+ s = string;
+
+ while (*s)
+ {
+ if ((skip_ctlesc == 0 && *s == CTLESC) || (skip_ctlnul == 0 && *s == CTLNUL) || (quote_spaces && *s == ' '))
+ *t++ = CTLESC;
+ COPY_CHAR_P (t, s, send);
+ }
+ *t = '\0';
+ return (result);
+}
+
+static WORD_LIST *
+list_quote_escapes (list)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+{
+ register WORD_LIST *w;
+ char *t;
+
+ for (w = list; w; w = w->next)
+ {
+ t = w->word->word;
+ w->word->word = quote_escapes (t);
+ free (t);
+ }
+ return list;
+}
+
+/* Inverse of quote_escapes; remove CTLESC protecting CTLESC or CTLNUL.
+
+ The parser passes us CTLESC as CTLESC CTLESC and CTLNUL as CTLESC CTLNUL.
+ This is necessary to make unquoted CTLESC and CTLNUL characters in the
+ data stream pass through properly.
+
+ We need to remove doubled CTLESC characters inside quoted strings before
+ quoting the entire string, so we do not double the number of CTLESC
+ characters.
+
+ Also used by parts of the pattern substitution code. */
+char *
+dequote_escapes (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ register char *s, *t, *s1;
+ size_t slen;
+ char *result, *send;
+ int quote_spaces;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ if (string == 0)
+ return string;
+
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ send = string + slen;
+
+ t = result = (char *)xmalloc (slen + 1);
+
+ if (strchr (string, CTLESC) == 0)
+ return (strcpy (result, string));
+
+ quote_spaces = (ifs_value && *ifs_value == 0);
+
+ s = string;
+ while (*s)
+ {
+ if (*s == CTLESC && (s[1] == CTLESC || s[1] == CTLNUL || (quote_spaces && s[1] == ' ')))
+ {
+ s++;
+ if (*s == '\0')
+ break;
+ }
+ COPY_CHAR_P (t, s, send);
+ }
+ *t = '\0';
+ return result;
+}
+
+/* Return a new string with the quoted representation of character C.
+ This turns "" into QUOTED_NULL, so the W_HASQUOTEDNULL flag needs to be
+ set in any resultant WORD_DESC where this value is the word. */
+static char *
+make_quoted_char (c)
+ int c;
+{
+ char *temp;
+
+ temp = (char *)xmalloc (3);
+ if (c == 0)
+ {
+ temp[0] = CTLNUL;
+ temp[1] = '\0';
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ temp[0] = CTLESC;
+ temp[1] = c;
+ temp[2] = '\0';
+ }
+ return (temp);
+}
+
+/* Quote STRING, returning a new string. This turns "" into QUOTED_NULL, so
+ the W_HASQUOTEDNULL flag needs to be set in any resultant WORD_DESC where
+ this value is the word. */
+char *
+quote_string (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ register char *t;
+ size_t slen;
+ char *result, *send;
+
+ if (*string == 0)
+ {
+ result = (char *)xmalloc (2);
+ result[0] = CTLNUL;
+ result[1] = '\0';
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ send = string + slen;
+
+ result = (char *)xmalloc ((slen * 2) + 1);
+
+ for (t = result; string < send; )
+ {
+ *t++ = CTLESC;
+ COPY_CHAR_P (t, string, send);
+ }
+ *t = '\0';
+ }
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/* De-quote quoted characters in STRING. */
+char *
+dequote_string (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ register char *s, *t;
+ size_t slen;
+ char *result, *send;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string);
+
+ t = result = (char *)xmalloc (slen + 1);
+
+ if (QUOTED_NULL (string))
+ {
+ result[0] = '\0';
+ return (result);
+ }
+
+ /* If no character in the string can be quoted, don't bother examining
+ each character. Just return a copy of the string passed to us. */
+ if (strchr (string, CTLESC) == NULL)
+ return (strcpy (result, string));
+
+ send = string + slen;
+ s = string;
+ while (*s)
+ {
+ if (*s == CTLESC)
+ {
+ s++;
+ if (*s == '\0')
+ break;
+ }
+ COPY_CHAR_P (t, s, send);
+ }
+
+ *t = '\0';
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/* Quote the entire WORD_LIST list. */
+static WORD_LIST *
+quote_list (list)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+{
+ register WORD_LIST *w;
+ char *t;
+
+ for (w = list; w; w = w->next)
+ {
+ t = w->word->word;
+ w->word->word = quote_string (t);
+ if (*t == 0)
+ w->word->flags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL; /* XXX - turn on W_HASQUOTEDNULL here? */
+ w->word->flags |= W_QUOTED;
+ free (t);
+ }
+ return list;
+}
+
+/* De-quote quoted characters in each word in LIST. */
+WORD_LIST *
+dequote_list (list)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+{
+ register char *s;
+ register WORD_LIST *tlist;
+
+ for (tlist = list; tlist; tlist = tlist->next)
+ {
+ s = dequote_string (tlist->word->word);
+ if (QUOTED_NULL (tlist->word->word))
+ tlist->word->flags &= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ free (tlist->word->word);
+ tlist->word->word = s;
+ }
+ return list;
+}
+
+/* Remove CTLESC protecting a CTLESC or CTLNUL in place. Return the passed
+ string. */
+char *
+remove_quoted_escapes (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ char *t;
+
+ if (string)
+ {
+ t = dequote_escapes (string);
+ strcpy (string, t);
+ free (t);
+ }
+
+ return (string);
+}
+
+/* Perform quoted null character removal on STRING. We don't allow any
+ quoted null characters in the middle or at the ends of strings because
+ of how expand_word_internal works. remove_quoted_nulls () turns
+ STRING into an empty string iff it only consists of a quoted null,
+ and removes all unquoted CTLNUL characters. */
+char *
+remove_quoted_nulls (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ register size_t slen;
+ register int i, j, prev_i;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ if (strchr (string, CTLNUL) == 0) /* XXX */
+ return string; /* XXX */
+
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ i = j = 0;
+
+ while (i < slen)
+ {
+ if (string[i] == CTLESC)
+ {
+ /* Old code had j++, but we cannot assume that i == j at this
+ point -- what if a CTLNUL has already been removed from the
+ string? We don't want to drop the CTLESC or recopy characters
+ that we've already copied down. */
+ i++; string[j++] = CTLESC;
+ if (i == slen)
+ break;
+ }
+ else if (string[i] == CTLNUL)
+ {
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ prev_i = i;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ if (j < prev_i)
+ {
+ do string[j++] = string[prev_i++]; while (prev_i < i);
+ }
+ else
+ j = i;
+ }
+ string[j] = '\0';
+
+ return (string);
+}
+
+/* Perform quoted null character removal on each element of LIST.
+ This modifies LIST. */
+void
+word_list_remove_quoted_nulls (list)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+{
+ register WORD_LIST *t;
+
+ for (t = list; t; t = t->next)
+ {
+ remove_quoted_nulls (t->word->word);
+ t->word->flags &= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ }
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Functions for Matching and Removing Patterns */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+#if 0 /* Currently unused */
+static unsigned char *
+mb_getcharlens (string, len)
+ char *string;
+ int len;
+{
+ int i, offset, last;
+ unsigned char *ret;
+ char *p;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ i = offset = 0;
+ last = 0;
+ ret = (unsigned char *)xmalloc (len);
+ memset (ret, 0, len);
+ while (string[last])
+ {
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, len, offset);
+ ret[last] = offset - last;
+ last = offset;
+ }
+ return ret;
+}
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* Remove the portion of PARAM matched by PATTERN according to OP, where OP
+ can have one of 4 values:
+ RP_LONG_LEFT remove longest matching portion at start of PARAM
+ RP_SHORT_LEFT remove shortest matching portion at start of PARAM
+ RP_LONG_RIGHT remove longest matching portion at end of PARAM
+ RP_SHORT_RIGHT remove shortest matching portion at end of PARAM
+*/
+
+#define RP_LONG_LEFT 1
+#define RP_SHORT_LEFT 2
+#define RP_LONG_RIGHT 3
+#define RP_SHORT_RIGHT 4
+
+/* Returns its first argument if nothing matched; new memory otherwise */
+static char *
+remove_upattern (param, pattern, op)
+ char *param, *pattern;
+ int op;
+{
+ register int len;
+ register char *end;
+ register char *p, *ret, c;
+
+ len = STRLEN (param);
+ end = param + len;
+
+ switch (op)
+ {
+ case RP_LONG_LEFT: /* remove longest match at start */
+ for (p = end; p >= param; p--)
+ {
+ c = *p; *p = '\0';
+ if (strmatch (pattern, param, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH)
+ {
+ *p = c;
+ return (savestring (p));
+ }
+ *p = c;
+
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case RP_SHORT_LEFT: /* remove shortest match at start */
+ for (p = param; p <= end; p++)
+ {
+ c = *p; *p = '\0';
+ if (strmatch (pattern, param, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH)
+ {
+ *p = c;
+ return (savestring (p));
+ }
+ *p = c;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case RP_LONG_RIGHT: /* remove longest match at end */
+ for (p = param; p <= end; p++)
+ {
+ if (strmatch (pattern, p, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH)
+ {
+ c = *p; *p = '\0';
+ ret = savestring (param);
+ *p = c;
+ return (ret);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case RP_SHORT_RIGHT: /* remove shortest match at end */
+ for (p = end; p >= param; p--)
+ {
+ if (strmatch (pattern, p, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH)
+ {
+ c = *p; *p = '\0';
+ ret = savestring (param);
+ *p = c;
+ return (ret);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return (param); /* no match, return original string */
+}
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+/* Returns its first argument if nothing matched; new memory otherwise */
+static wchar_t *
+remove_wpattern (wparam, wstrlen, wpattern, op)
+ wchar_t *wparam;
+ size_t wstrlen;
+ wchar_t *wpattern;
+ int op;
+{
+ wchar_t wc, *ret;
+ int n;
+
+ switch (op)
+ {
+ case RP_LONG_LEFT: /* remove longest match at start */
+ for (n = wstrlen; n >= 0; n--)
+ {
+ wc = wparam[n]; wparam[n] = L'\0';
+ if (wcsmatch (wpattern, wparam, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH)
+ {
+ wparam[n] = wc;
+ return (wcsdup (wparam + n));
+ }
+ wparam[n] = wc;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case RP_SHORT_LEFT: /* remove shortest match at start */
+ for (n = 0; n <= wstrlen; n++)
+ {
+ wc = wparam[n]; wparam[n] = L'\0';
+ if (wcsmatch (wpattern, wparam, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH)
+ {
+ wparam[n] = wc;
+ return (wcsdup (wparam + n));
+ }
+ wparam[n] = wc;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case RP_LONG_RIGHT: /* remove longest match at end */
+ for (n = 0; n <= wstrlen; n++)
+ {
+ if (wcsmatch (wpattern, wparam + n, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH)
+ {
+ wc = wparam[n]; wparam[n] = L'\0';
+ ret = wcsdup (wparam);
+ wparam[n] = wc;
+ return (ret);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case RP_SHORT_RIGHT: /* remove shortest match at end */
+ for (n = wstrlen; n >= 0; n--)
+ {
+ if (wcsmatch (wpattern, wparam + n, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH)
+ {
+ wc = wparam[n]; wparam[n] = L'\0';
+ ret = wcsdup (wparam);
+ wparam[n] = wc;
+ return (ret);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return (wparam); /* no match, return original string */
+}
+#endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+
+static char *
+remove_pattern (param, pattern, op)
+ char *param, *pattern;
+ int op;
+{
+ char *xret;
+
+ if (param == NULL)
+ return (param);
+ if (*param == '\0' || pattern == NULL || *pattern == '\0') /* minor optimization */
+ return (savestring (param));
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1)
+ {
+ wchar_t *ret, *oret;
+ size_t n;
+ wchar_t *wparam, *wpattern;
+ mbstate_t ps;
+
+ n = xdupmbstowcs (&wpattern, NULL, pattern);
+ if (n == (size_t)-1)
+ {
+ xret = remove_upattern (param, pattern, op);
+ return ((xret == param) ? savestring (param) : xret);
+ }
+ n = xdupmbstowcs (&wparam, NULL, param);
+ if (n == (size_t)-1)
+ {
+ free (wpattern);
+ xret = remove_upattern (param, pattern, op);
+ return ((xret == param) ? savestring (param) : xret);
+ }
+ oret = ret = remove_wpattern (wparam, n, wpattern, op);
+ /* Don't bother to convert wparam back to multibyte string if nothing
+ matched; just return copy of original string */
+ if (ret == wparam)
+ {
+ free (wparam);
+ free (wpattern);
+ return (savestring (param));
+ }
+
+ free (wparam);
+ free (wpattern);
+
+ n = strlen (param);
+ xret = (char *)xmalloc (n + 1);
+ memset (&ps, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t));
+ n = wcsrtombs (xret, (const wchar_t **)&ret, n, &ps);
+ xret[n] = '\0'; /* just to make sure */
+ free (oret);
+ return xret;
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ xret = remove_upattern (param, pattern, op);
+ return ((xret == param) ? savestring (param) : xret);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Match PAT anywhere in STRING and return the match boundaries.
+ This returns 1 in case of a successful match, 0 otherwise. SP
+ and EP are pointers into the string where the match begins and
+ ends, respectively. MTYPE controls what kind of match is attempted.
+ MATCH_BEG and MATCH_END anchor the match at the beginning and end
+ of the string, respectively. The longest match is returned. */
+static int
+match_upattern (string, pat, mtype, sp, ep)
+ char *string, *pat;
+ int mtype;
+ char **sp, **ep;
+{
+ int c, len, mlen;
+ register char *p, *p1, *npat;
+ char *end;
+ int n1;
+
+ /* If the pattern doesn't match anywhere in the string, go ahead and
+ short-circuit right away. A minor optimization, saves a bunch of
+ unnecessary calls to strmatch (up to N calls for a string of N
+ characters) if the match is unsuccessful. To preserve the semantics
+ of the substring matches below, we make sure that the pattern has
+ `*' as first and last character, making a new pattern if necessary. */
+ /* XXX - check this later if I ever implement `**' with special meaning,
+ since this will potentially result in `**' at the beginning or end */
+ len = STRLEN (pat);
+ if (pat[0] != '*' || (pat[0] == '*' && pat[1] == LPAREN && extended_glob) || pat[len - 1] != '*')
+ {
+ p = npat = (char *)xmalloc (len + 3);
+ p1 = pat;
+ if (*p1 != '*' || (*p1 == '*' && p1[1] == LPAREN && extended_glob))
+ *p++ = '*';
+ while (*p1)
+ *p++ = *p1++;
+ if (p1[-1] != '*' || p[-2] == '\\')
+ *p++ = '*';
+ *p = '\0';
+ }
+ else
+ npat = pat;
+ c = strmatch (npat, string, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG);
+ if (npat != pat)
+ free (npat);
+ if (c == FNM_NOMATCH)
+ return (0);
+
+ len = STRLEN (string);
+ end = string + len;
+
+ mlen = umatchlen (pat, len);
+
+ switch (mtype)
+ {
+ case MATCH_ANY:
+ for (p = string; p <= end; p++)
+ {
+ if (match_pattern_char (pat, p))
+ {
+#if 0
+ for (p1 = end; p1 >= p; p1--)
+#else
+ p1 = (mlen == -1) ? end : p + mlen;
+ /* p1 - p = length of portion of string to be considered
+ p = current position in string
+ mlen = number of characters consumed by match (-1 for entire string)
+ end = end of string
+ we want to break immediately if the potential match len
+ is greater than the number of characters remaining in the
+ string
+ */
+ if (p1 > end)
+ break;
+ for ( ; p1 >= p; p1--)
+#endif
+ {
+ c = *p1; *p1 = '\0';
+ if (strmatch (pat, p, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) == 0)
+ {
+ *p1 = c;
+ *sp = p;
+ *ep = p1;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ *p1 = c;
+#if 1
+ /* If MLEN != -1, we have a fixed length pattern. */
+ if (mlen != -1)
+ break;
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return (0);
+
+ case MATCH_BEG:
+ if (match_pattern_char (pat, string) == 0)
+ return (0);
+
+#if 0
+ for (p = end; p >= string; p--)
+#else
+ for (p = (mlen == -1) ? end : string + mlen; p >= string; p--)
+#endif
+ {
+ c = *p; *p = '\0';
+ if (strmatch (pat, string, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) == 0)
+ {
+ *p = c;
+ *sp = string;
+ *ep = p;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ *p = c;
+#if 1
+ /* If MLEN != -1, we have a fixed length pattern. */
+ if (mlen != -1)
+ break;
+#endif
+ }
+
+ return (0);
+
+ case MATCH_END:
+#if 0
+ for (p = string; p <= end; p++)
+#else
+ for (p = end - ((mlen == -1) ? len : mlen); p <= end; p++)
+#endif
+ {
+ if (strmatch (pat, p, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) == 0)
+ {
+ *sp = p;
+ *ep = end;
+ return 1;
+ }
+#if 1
+ /* If MLEN != -1, we have a fixed length pattern. */
+ if (mlen != -1)
+ break;
+#endif
+ }
+
+ return (0);
+ }
+
+ return (0);
+}
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+/* Match WPAT anywhere in WSTRING and return the match boundaries.
+ This returns 1 in case of a successful match, 0 otherwise. Wide
+ character version. */
+static int
+match_wpattern (wstring, indices, wstrlen, wpat, mtype, sp, ep)
+ wchar_t *wstring;
+ char **indices;
+ size_t wstrlen;
+ wchar_t *wpat;
+ int mtype;
+ char **sp, **ep;
+{
+ wchar_t wc, *wp, *nwpat, *wp1;
+ size_t len;
+ int mlen;
+ int n, n1, n2, simple;
+
+ simple = (wpat[0] != L'\\' && wpat[0] != L'*' && wpat[0] != L'?' && wpat[0] != L'[');
+#if defined (EXTENDED_GLOB)
+ if (extended_glob)
+ simple |= (wpat[1] != L'(' || (wpat[0] != L'*' && wpat[0] != L'?' && wpat[0] != L'+' && wpat[0] != L'!' && wpat[0] != L'@')); /*)*/
+#endif
+
+ /* If the pattern doesn't match anywhere in the string, go ahead and
+ short-circuit right away. A minor optimization, saves a bunch of
+ unnecessary calls to strmatch (up to N calls for a string of N
+ characters) if the match is unsuccessful. To preserve the semantics
+ of the substring matches below, we make sure that the pattern has
+ `*' as first and last character, making a new pattern if necessary. */
+ len = wcslen (wpat);
+ if (wpat[0] != L'*' || (wpat[0] == L'*' && wpat[1] == WLPAREN && extended_glob) || wpat[len - 1] != L'*')
+ {
+ wp = nwpat = (wchar_t *)xmalloc ((len + 3) * sizeof (wchar_t));
+ wp1 = wpat;
+ if (*wp1 != L'*' || (*wp1 == '*' && wp1[1] == WLPAREN && extended_glob))
+ *wp++ = L'*';
+ while (*wp1 != L'\0')
+ *wp++ = *wp1++;
+ if (wp1[-1] != L'*' || wp1[-2] == L'\\')
+ *wp++ = L'*';
+ *wp = '\0';
+ }
+ else
+ nwpat = wpat;
+ len = wcsmatch (nwpat, wstring, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG);
+ if (nwpat != wpat)
+ free (nwpat);
+ if (len == FNM_NOMATCH)
+ return (0);
+
+ mlen = wmatchlen (wpat, wstrlen);
+
+/* itrace("wmatchlen (%ls) -> %d", wpat, mlen); */
+ switch (mtype)
+ {
+ case MATCH_ANY:
+ for (n = 0; n <= wstrlen; n++)
+ {
+#if 1
+ n2 = simple ? (*wpat == wstring[n]) : match_pattern_wchar (wpat, wstring + n);
+#else
+ n2 = match_pattern_wchar (wpat, wstring + n);
+#endif
+ if (n2)
+ {
+#if 0
+ for (n1 = wstrlen; n1 >= n; n1--)
+#else
+ n1 = (mlen == -1) ? wstrlen : n + mlen;
+ if (n1 > wstrlen)
+ break;
+
+ for ( ; n1 >= n; n1--)
+#endif
+ {
+ wc = wstring[n1]; wstring[n1] = L'\0';
+ if (wcsmatch (wpat, wstring + n, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) == 0)
+ {
+ wstring[n1] = wc;
+ *sp = indices[n];
+ *ep = indices[n1];
+ return 1;
+ }
+ wstring[n1] = wc;
+#if 1
+ /* If MLEN != -1, we have a fixed length pattern. */
+ if (mlen != -1)
+ break;
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return (0);
+
+ case MATCH_BEG:
+ if (match_pattern_wchar (wpat, wstring) == 0)
+ return (0);
+
+#if 0
+ for (n = wstrlen; n >= 0; n--)
+#else
+ for (n = (mlen == -1) ? wstrlen : mlen; n >= 0; n--)
+#endif
+ {
+ wc = wstring[n]; wstring[n] = L'\0';
+ if (wcsmatch (wpat, wstring, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) == 0)
+ {
+ wstring[n] = wc;
+ *sp = indices[0];
+ *ep = indices[n];
+ return 1;
+ }
+ wstring[n] = wc;
+#if 1
+ /* If MLEN != -1, we have a fixed length pattern. */
+ if (mlen != -1)
+ break;
+#endif
+ }
+
+ return (0);
+
+ case MATCH_END:
+#if 0
+ for (n = 0; n <= wstrlen; n++)
+#else
+ for (n = wstrlen - ((mlen == -1) ? wstrlen : mlen); n <= wstrlen; n++)
+#endif
+ {
+ if (wcsmatch (wpat, wstring + n, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) == 0)
+ {
+ *sp = indices[n];
+ *ep = indices[wstrlen];
+ return 1;
+ }
+#if 1
+ /* If MLEN != -1, we have a fixed length pattern. */
+ if (mlen != -1)
+ break;
+#endif
+ }
+
+ return (0);
+ }
+
+ return (0);
+}
+#endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+
+static int
+match_pattern (string, pat, mtype, sp, ep)
+ char *string, *pat;
+ int mtype;
+ char **sp, **ep;
+{
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ int ret;
+ size_t n;
+ wchar_t *wstring, *wpat;
+ char **indices;
+ size_t slen, plen, mslen, mplen;
+#endif
+
+ if (string == 0 || *string == 0 || pat == 0 || *pat == 0)
+ return (0);
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1)
+ {
+#if 0
+ slen = STRLEN (string);
+ mslen = MBSLEN (string);
+ plen = STRLEN (pat);
+ mplen = MBSLEN (pat);
+ if (slen == mslen && plen == mplen)
+#else
+ if (mbsmbchar (string) == 0 && mbsmbchar (pat) == 0)
+#endif
+ return (match_upattern (string, pat, mtype, sp, ep));
+
+ n = xdupmbstowcs (&wpat, NULL, pat);
+ if (n == (size_t)-1)
+ return (match_upattern (string, pat, mtype, sp, ep));
+ n = xdupmbstowcs (&wstring, &indices, string);
+ if (n == (size_t)-1)
+ {
+ free (wpat);
+ return (match_upattern (string, pat, mtype, sp, ep));
+ }
+ ret = match_wpattern (wstring, indices, n, wpat, mtype, sp, ep);
+
+ free (wpat);
+ free (wstring);
+ free (indices);
+
+ return (ret);
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ return (match_upattern (string, pat, mtype, sp, ep));
+}
+
+static int
+getpatspec (c, value)
+ int c;
+ char *value;
+{
+ if (c == '#')
+ return ((*value == '#') ? RP_LONG_LEFT : RP_SHORT_LEFT);
+ else /* c == '%' */
+ return ((*value == '%') ? RP_LONG_RIGHT : RP_SHORT_RIGHT);
+}
+
+/* Posix.2 says that the WORD should be run through tilde expansion,
+ parameter expansion, command substitution and arithmetic expansion.
+ This leaves the result quoted, so quote_string_for_globbing () has
+ to be called to fix it up for strmatch (). If QUOTED is non-zero,
+ it means that the entire expression was enclosed in double quotes.
+ This means that quoting characters in the pattern do not make any
+ special pattern characters quoted. For example, the `*' in the
+ following retains its special meaning: "${foo#'*'}". */
+static char *
+getpattern (value, quoted, expandpat)
+ char *value;
+ int quoted, expandpat;
+{
+ char *pat, *tword;
+ WORD_LIST *l;
+#if 0
+ int i;
+#endif
+ /* There is a problem here: how to handle single or double quotes in the
+ pattern string when the whole expression is between double quotes?
+ POSIX.2 says that enclosing double quotes do not cause the pattern to
+ be quoted, but does that leave us a problem with @ and array[@] and their
+ expansions inside a pattern? */
+#if 0
+ if (expandpat && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && *tword)
+ {
+ i = 0;
+ pat = string_extract_double_quoted (tword, &i, 1);
+ free (tword);
+ tword = pat;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* expand_string_for_rhs () leaves WORD quoted and does not perform
+ word splitting. */
+ l = *value ? expand_string_for_rhs (value,
+ (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) ? Q_PATQUOTE : quoted,
+ (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL)
+ : (WORD_LIST *)0;
+ pat = string_list (l);
+ dispose_words (l);
+ if (pat)
+ {
+ tword = quote_string_for_globbing (pat, QGLOB_CVTNULL);
+ free (pat);
+ pat = tword;
+ }
+ return (pat);
+}
+
+#if 0
+/* Handle removing a pattern from a string as a result of ${name%[%]value}
+ or ${name#[#]value}. */
+static char *
+variable_remove_pattern (value, pattern, patspec, quoted)
+ char *value, *pattern;
+ int patspec, quoted;
+{
+ char *tword;
+
+ tword = remove_pattern (value, pattern, patspec);
+
+ return (tword);
+}
+#endif
+
+static char *
+list_remove_pattern (list, pattern, patspec, itype, quoted)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ char *pattern;
+ int patspec, itype, quoted;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *new, *l;
+ WORD_DESC *w;
+ char *tword;
+
+ for (new = (WORD_LIST *)NULL, l = list; l; l = l->next)
+ {
+ tword = remove_pattern (l->word->word, pattern, patspec);
+ w = alloc_word_desc ();
+ w->word = tword ? tword : savestring ("");
+ new = make_word_list (w, new);
+ }
+
+ l = REVERSE_LIST (new, WORD_LIST *);
+ tword = string_list_pos_params (itype, l, quoted);
+ dispose_words (l);
+
+ return (tword);
+}
+
+static char *
+parameter_list_remove_pattern (itype, pattern, patspec, quoted)
+ int itype;
+ char *pattern;
+ int patspec, quoted;
+{
+ char *ret;
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+
+ list = list_rest_of_args ();
+ if (list == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ ret = list_remove_pattern (list, pattern, patspec, itype, quoted);
+ dispose_words (list);
+ return (ret);
+}
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+static char *
+array_remove_pattern (var, pattern, patspec, varname, quoted)
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+ char *pattern;
+ int patspec;
+ char *varname; /* so we can figure out how it's indexed */
+ int quoted;
+{
+ ARRAY *a;
+ HASH_TABLE *h;
+ int itype;
+ char *ret;
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+
+ /* compute itype from varname here */
+ v = array_variable_part (varname, &ret, 0);
+ itype = ret[0];
+
+ a = (v && array_p (v)) ? array_cell (v) : 0;
+ h = (v && assoc_p (v)) ? assoc_cell (v) : 0;
+
+ list = a ? array_to_word_list (a) : (h ? assoc_to_word_list (h) : 0);
+ if (list == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ ret = list_remove_pattern (list, pattern, patspec, itype, quoted);
+ dispose_words (list);
+
+ return ret;
+}
+#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
+
+static char *
+parameter_brace_remove_pattern (varname, value, ind, patstr, rtype, quoted, flags)
+ char *varname, *value;
+ int ind;
+ char *patstr;
+ int rtype, quoted, flags;
+{
+ int vtype, patspec, starsub;
+ char *temp1, *val, *pattern;
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+
+ if (value == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ this_command_name = varname;
+
+ vtype = get_var_and_type (varname, value, ind, quoted, flags, &v, &val);
+ if (vtype == -1)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ starsub = vtype & VT_STARSUB;
+ vtype &= ~VT_STARSUB;
+
+ patspec = getpatspec (rtype, patstr);
+ if (patspec == RP_LONG_LEFT || patspec == RP_LONG_RIGHT)
+ patstr++;
+
+ /* Need to pass getpattern newly-allocated memory in case of expansion --
+ the expansion code will free the passed string on an error. */
+ temp1 = savestring (patstr);
+ pattern = getpattern (temp1, quoted, 1);
+ free (temp1);
+
+ temp1 = (char *)NULL; /* shut up gcc */
+ switch (vtype)
+ {
+ case VT_VARIABLE:
+ case VT_ARRAYMEMBER:
+ temp1 = remove_pattern (val, pattern, patspec);
+ if (vtype == VT_VARIABLE)
+ FREE (val);
+ if (temp1)
+ {
+ val = (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
+ ? quote_string (temp1)
+ : quote_escapes (temp1);
+ free (temp1);
+ temp1 = val;
+ }
+ break;
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ case VT_ARRAYVAR:
+ temp1 = array_remove_pattern (v, pattern, patspec, varname, quoted);
+ if (temp1 && ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) == 0))
+ {
+ val = quote_escapes (temp1);
+ free (temp1);
+ temp1 = val;
+ }
+ break;
+#endif
+ case VT_POSPARMS:
+ temp1 = parameter_list_remove_pattern (varname[0], pattern, patspec, quoted);
+ if (temp1 && ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) == 0))
+ {
+ val = quote_escapes (temp1);
+ free (temp1);
+ temp1 = val;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ FREE (pattern);
+ return temp1;
+}
+
+/*******************************************
+ * *
+ * Functions to expand WORD_DESCs *
+ * *
+ *******************************************/
+
+/* Expand WORD, performing word splitting on the result. This does
+ parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion,
+ word splitting, and quote removal. */
+
+WORD_LIST *
+expand_word (word, quoted)
+ WORD_DESC *word;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *result, *tresult;
+
+ tresult = call_expand_word_internal (word, quoted, 0, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL);
+ result = word_list_split (tresult);
+ dispose_words (tresult);
+ return (result ? dequote_list (result) : result);
+}
+
+/* Expand WORD, but do not perform word splitting on the result. This
+ does parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion,
+ and quote removal. */
+WORD_LIST *
+expand_word_unsplit (word, quoted)
+ WORD_DESC *word;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *result;
+
+ expand_no_split_dollar_star = 1;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (ifs_firstc[0] == 0)
+#else
+ if (ifs_firstc == 0)
+#endif
+ word->flags |= W_NOSPLIT;
+ word->flags |= W_NOSPLIT2;
+ result = call_expand_word_internal (word, quoted, 0, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL);
+ expand_no_split_dollar_star = 0;
+
+ return (result ? dequote_list (result) : result);
+}
+
+/* Perform shell expansions on WORD, but do not perform word splitting or
+ quote removal on the result. Virtually identical to expand_word_unsplit;
+ could be combined if implementations don't diverge. */
+WORD_LIST *
+expand_word_leave_quoted (word, quoted)
+ WORD_DESC *word;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *result;
+
+ expand_no_split_dollar_star = 1;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (ifs_firstc[0] == 0)
+#else
+ if (ifs_firstc == 0)
+#endif
+ word->flags |= W_NOSPLIT;
+ word->flags |= W_NOSPLIT2;
+ result = call_expand_word_internal (word, quoted, 0, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL);
+ expand_no_split_dollar_star = 0;
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+
+/*****************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* Hacking Process Substitution */
+/* */
+/*****************************************************************/
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
+/* Named pipes must be removed explicitly with `unlink'. This keeps a list
+ of FIFOs the shell has open. unlink_fifo_list will walk the list and
+ unlink all of them. add_fifo_list adds the name of an open FIFO to the
+ list. NFIFO is a count of the number of FIFOs in the list. */
+#define FIFO_INCR 20
+
+struct temp_fifo {
+ char *file;
+ pid_t proc;
+};
+
+static struct temp_fifo *fifo_list = (struct temp_fifo *)NULL;
+static int nfifo;
+static int fifo_list_size;
+
+char *
+copy_fifo_list (sizep)
+ int *sizep;
+{
+ if (sizep)
+ *sizep = 0;
+ return (char *)NULL;
+}
+
+static void
+add_fifo_list (pathname)
+ char *pathname;
+{
+ if (nfifo >= fifo_list_size - 1)
+ {
+ fifo_list_size += FIFO_INCR;
+ fifo_list = (struct temp_fifo *)xrealloc (fifo_list,
+ fifo_list_size * sizeof (struct temp_fifo));
+ }
+
+ fifo_list[nfifo].file = savestring (pathname);
+ nfifo++;
+}
+
+void
+unlink_fifo (i)
+ int i;
+{
+ if ((fifo_list[i].proc == -1) || (kill(fifo_list[i].proc, 0) == -1))
+ {
+ unlink (fifo_list[i].file);
+ free (fifo_list[i].file);
+ fifo_list[i].file = (char *)NULL;
+ fifo_list[i].proc = -1;
+ }
+}
+
+void
+unlink_fifo_list ()
+{
+ int saved, i, j;
+
+ if (nfifo == 0)
+ return;
+
+ for (i = saved = 0; i < nfifo; i++)
+ {
+ if ((fifo_list[i].proc == -1) || (kill(fifo_list[i].proc, 0) == -1))
+ {
+ unlink (fifo_list[i].file);
+ free (fifo_list[i].file);
+ fifo_list[i].file = (char *)NULL;
+ fifo_list[i].proc = -1;
+ }
+ else
+ saved++;
+ }
+
+ /* If we didn't remove some of the FIFOs, compact the list. */
+ if (saved)
+ {
+ for (i = j = 0; i < nfifo; i++)
+ if (fifo_list[i].file)
+ {
+ fifo_list[j].file = fifo_list[i].file;
+ fifo_list[j].proc = fifo_list[i].proc;
+ j++;
+ }
+ nfifo = j;
+ }
+ else
+ nfifo = 0;
+}
+
+/* Take LIST, which is a bitmap denoting active FIFOs in fifo_list
+ from some point in the past, and close all open FIFOs in fifo_list
+ that are not marked as active in LIST. If LIST is NULL, close
+ everything in fifo_list. LSIZE is the number of elements in LIST, in
+ case it's larger than fifo_list_size (size of fifo_list). */
+void
+close_new_fifos (list, lsize)
+ char *list;
+ int lsize;
+{
+ int i;
+
+ if (list == 0)
+ {
+ unlink_fifo_list ();
+ return;
+ }
+
+ for (i = 0; i < lsize; i++)
+ if (list[i] == 0 && i < fifo_list_size && fifo_list[i].proc != -1)
+ unlink_fifo (i);
+
+ for (i = lsize; i < fifo_list_size; i++)
+ unlink_fifo (i);
+}
+
+int
+fifos_pending ()
+{
+ return nfifo;
+}
+
+int
+num_fifos ()
+{
+ return nfifo;
+}
+
+static char *
+make_named_pipe ()
+{
+ char *tname;
+
+ tname = sh_mktmpname ("sh-np", MT_USERANDOM|MT_USETMPDIR);
+ if (mkfifo (tname, 0600) < 0)
+ {
+ free (tname);
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+
+ add_fifo_list (tname);
+ return (tname);
+}
+
+#else /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
+
+/* DEV_FD_LIST is a bitmap of file descriptors attached to pipes the shell
+ has open to children. NFDS is a count of the number of bits currently
+ set in DEV_FD_LIST. TOTFDS is a count of the highest possible number
+ of open files. */
+static char *dev_fd_list = (char *)NULL;
+static int nfds;
+static int totfds; /* The highest possible number of open files. */
+
+char *
+copy_fifo_list (sizep)
+ int *sizep;
+{
+ char *ret;
+
+ if (nfds == 0 || totfds == 0)
+ {
+ if (sizep)
+ *sizep = 0;
+ return (char *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ if (sizep)
+ *sizep = totfds;
+ ret = (char *)xmalloc (totfds);
+ return (memcpy (ret, dev_fd_list, totfds));
+}
+
+static void
+add_fifo_list (fd)
+ int fd;
+{
+ if (dev_fd_list == 0 || fd >= totfds)
+ {
+ int ofds;
+
+ ofds = totfds;
+ totfds = getdtablesize ();
+ if (totfds < 0 || totfds > 256)
+ totfds = 256;
+ if (fd >= totfds)
+ totfds = fd + 2;
+
+ dev_fd_list = (char *)xrealloc (dev_fd_list, totfds);
+ memset (dev_fd_list + ofds, '\0', totfds - ofds);
+ }
+
+ dev_fd_list[fd] = 1;
+ nfds++;
+}
+
+int
+fifos_pending ()
+{
+ return 0; /* used for cleanup; not needed with /dev/fd */
+}
+
+int
+num_fifos ()
+{
+ return nfds;
+}
+
+void
+unlink_fifo (fd)
+ int fd;
+{
+ if (dev_fd_list[fd])
+ {
+ close (fd);
+ dev_fd_list[fd] = 0;
+ nfds--;
+ }
+}
+
+void
+unlink_fifo_list ()
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ if (nfds == 0)
+ return;
+
+ for (i = 0; nfds && i < totfds; i++)
+ unlink_fifo (i);
+
+ nfds = 0;
+}
+
+/* Take LIST, which is a snapshot copy of dev_fd_list from some point in
+ the past, and close all open fds in dev_fd_list that are not marked
+ as open in LIST. If LIST is NULL, close everything in dev_fd_list.
+ LSIZE is the number of elements in LIST, in case it's larger than
+ totfds (size of dev_fd_list). */
+void
+close_new_fifos (list, lsize)
+ char *list;
+ int lsize;
+{
+ int i;
+
+ if (list == 0)
+ {
+ unlink_fifo_list ();
+ return;
+ }
+
+ for (i = 0; i < lsize; i++)
+ if (list[i] == 0 && i < totfds && dev_fd_list[i])
+ unlink_fifo (i);
+
+ for (i = lsize; i < totfds; i++)
+ unlink_fifo (i);
+}
+
+#if defined (NOTDEF)
+print_dev_fd_list ()
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ fprintf (stderr, "pid %ld: dev_fd_list:", (long)getpid ());
+ fflush (stderr);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < totfds; i++)
+ {
+ if (dev_fd_list[i])
+ fprintf (stderr, " %d", i);
+ }
+ fprintf (stderr, "\n");
+}
+#endif /* NOTDEF */
+
+static char *
+make_dev_fd_filename (fd)
+ int fd;
+{
+ char *ret, intbuf[INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int) + 1], *p;
+
+ ret = (char *)xmalloc (sizeof (DEV_FD_PREFIX) + 8);
+
+ strcpy (ret, DEV_FD_PREFIX);
+ p = inttostr (fd, intbuf, sizeof (intbuf));
+ strcpy (ret + sizeof (DEV_FD_PREFIX) - 1, p);
+
+ add_fifo_list (fd);
+ return (ret);
+}
+
+#endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
+
+/* Return a filename that will open a connection to the process defined by
+ executing STRING. HAVE_DEV_FD, if defined, means open a pipe and return
+ a filename in /dev/fd corresponding to a descriptor that is one of the
+ ends of the pipe. If not defined, we use named pipes on systems that have
+ them. Systems without /dev/fd and named pipes are out of luck.
+
+ OPEN_FOR_READ_IN_CHILD, if 1, means open the named pipe for reading or
+ use the read end of the pipe and dup that file descriptor to fd 0 in
+ the child. If OPEN_FOR_READ_IN_CHILD is 0, we open the named pipe for
+ writing or use the write end of the pipe in the child, and dup that
+ file descriptor to fd 1 in the child. The parent does the opposite. */
+
+static char *
+process_substitute (string, open_for_read_in_child)
+ char *string;
+ int open_for_read_in_child;
+{
+ char *pathname;
+ int fd, result;
+ pid_t old_pid, pid;
+#if defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
+ int parent_pipe_fd, child_pipe_fd;
+ int fildes[2];
+#endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ pid_t old_pipeline_pgrp;
+#endif
+
+ if (!string || !*string || wordexp_only)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
+ pathname = make_named_pipe ();
+#else /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
+ if (pipe (fildes) < 0)
+ {
+ sys_error (_("cannot make pipe for process substitution"));
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+ /* If OPEN_FOR_READ_IN_CHILD == 1, we want to use the write end of
+ the pipe in the parent, otherwise the read end. */
+ parent_pipe_fd = fildes[open_for_read_in_child];
+ child_pipe_fd = fildes[1 - open_for_read_in_child];
+ /* Move the parent end of the pipe to some high file descriptor, to
+ avoid clashes with FDs used by the script. */
+ parent_pipe_fd = move_to_high_fd (parent_pipe_fd, 1, 64);
+
+ pathname = make_dev_fd_filename (parent_pipe_fd);
+#endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
+
+ if (pathname == 0)
+ {
+ sys_error (_("cannot make pipe for process substitution"));
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+
+ old_pid = last_made_pid;
+
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ old_pipeline_pgrp = pipeline_pgrp;
+ pipeline_pgrp = shell_pgrp;
+ save_pipeline (1);
+#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
+
+ pid = make_child ((char *)NULL, 1);
+ if (pid == 0)
+ {
+ reset_terminating_signals (); /* XXX */
+ free_pushed_string_input ();
+ /* Cancel traps, in trap.c. */
+ restore_original_signals (); /* XXX - what about special builtins? bash-4.2 */
+ setup_async_signals ();
+ subshell_environment |= SUBSHELL_COMSUB|SUBSHELL_PROCSUB;
+ }
+
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ set_sigchld_handler ();
+ stop_making_children ();
+ /* XXX - should we only do this in the parent? (as in command subst) */
+ pipeline_pgrp = old_pipeline_pgrp;
+#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
+
+ if (pid < 0)
+ {
+ sys_error (_("cannot make child for process substitution"));
+ free (pathname);
+#if defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
+ close (parent_pipe_fd);
+ close (child_pipe_fd);
+#endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+
+ if (pid > 0)
+ {
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ restore_pipeline (1);
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
+ fifo_list[nfifo-1].proc = pid;
+#endif
+
+ last_made_pid = old_pid;
+
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL) && defined (PGRP_PIPE)
+ close_pgrp_pipe ();
+#endif /* JOB_CONTROL && PGRP_PIPE */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
+ close (child_pipe_fd);
+#endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
+
+ return (pathname);
+ }
+
+ set_sigint_handler ();
+
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ set_job_control (0);
+#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
+ /* Open the named pipe in the child. */
+ fd = open (pathname, open_for_read_in_child ? O_RDONLY|O_NONBLOCK : O_WRONLY);
+ if (fd < 0)
+ {
+ /* Two separate strings for ease of translation. */
+ if (open_for_read_in_child)
+ sys_error (_("cannot open named pipe %s for reading"), pathname);
+ else
+ sys_error (_("cannot open named pipe %s for writing"), pathname);
+
+ exit (127);
+ }
+ if (open_for_read_in_child)
+ {
+ if (sh_unset_nodelay_mode (fd) < 0)
+ {
+ sys_error (_("cannot reset nodelay mode for fd %d"), fd);
+ exit (127);
+ }
+ }
+#else /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
+ fd = child_pipe_fd;
+#endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
+
+ if (dup2 (fd, open_for_read_in_child ? 0 : 1) < 0)
+ {
+ sys_error (_("cannot duplicate named pipe %s as fd %d"), pathname,
+ open_for_read_in_child ? 0 : 1);
+ exit (127);
+ }
+
+ if (fd != (open_for_read_in_child ? 0 : 1))
+ close (fd);
+
+ /* Need to close any files that this process has open to pipes inherited
+ from its parent. */
+ if (current_fds_to_close)
+ {
+ close_fd_bitmap (current_fds_to_close);
+ current_fds_to_close = (struct fd_bitmap *)NULL;
+ }
+
+#if defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
+ /* Make sure we close the parent's end of the pipe and clear the slot
+ in the fd list so it is not closed later, if reallocated by, for
+ instance, pipe(2). */
+ close (parent_pipe_fd);
+ dev_fd_list[parent_pipe_fd] = 0;
+#endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
+
+ result = parse_and_execute (string, "process substitution", (SEVAL_NONINT|SEVAL_NOHIST));
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
+ /* Make sure we close the named pipe in the child before we exit. */
+ close (open_for_read_in_child ? 0 : 1);
+#endif /* !HAVE_DEV_FD */
+
+ exit (result);
+ /*NOTREACHED*/
+}
+#endif /* PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION */
+
+/***********************************/
+/* */
+/* Command Substitution */
+/* */
+/***********************************/
+
+static char *
+read_comsub (fd, quoted, rflag)
+ int fd, quoted;
+ int *rflag;
+{
+ char *istring, buf[128], *bufp, *s;
+ int istring_index, istring_size, c, tflag, skip_ctlesc, skip_ctlnul;
+ ssize_t bufn;
+
+ istring = (char *)NULL;
+ istring_index = istring_size = bufn = tflag = 0;
+
+ for (skip_ctlesc = skip_ctlnul = 0, s = ifs_value; s && *s; s++)
+ skip_ctlesc |= *s == CTLESC, skip_ctlnul |= *s == CTLNUL;
+
+ /* Read the output of the command through the pipe. This may need to be
+ changed to understand multibyte characters in the future. */
+ while (1)
+ {
+ if (fd < 0)
+ break;
+ if (--bufn <= 0)
+ {
+ bufn = zread (fd, buf, sizeof (buf));
+ if (bufn <= 0)
+ break;
+ bufp = buf;
+ }
+ c = *bufp++;
+
+ if (c == 0)
+ {
+#if 0
+ internal_warning ("read_comsub: ignored null byte in input");
+#endif
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Add the character to ISTRING, possibly after resizing it. */
+ RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (istring, istring_index, 2, istring_size, DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE);
+
+ /* This is essentially quote_string inline */
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) /* || c == CTLESC || c == CTLNUL */)
+ istring[istring_index++] = CTLESC;
+ /* Escape CTLESC and CTLNUL in the output to protect those characters
+ from the rest of the word expansions (word splitting and globbing.)
+ This is essentially quote_escapes inline. */
+ else if (skip_ctlesc == 0 && c == CTLESC)
+ {
+ tflag |= W_HASCTLESC;
+ istring[istring_index++] = CTLESC;
+ }
+ else if ((skip_ctlnul == 0 && c == CTLNUL) || (c == ' ' && (ifs_value && *ifs_value == 0)))
+ istring[istring_index++] = CTLESC;
+
+ istring[istring_index++] = c;
+
+#if 0
+#if defined (__CYGWIN__)
+ if (c == '\n' && istring_index > 1 && istring[istring_index - 2] == '\r')
+ {
+ istring_index--;
+ istring[istring_index - 1] = '\n';
+ }
+#endif
+#endif
+ }
+
+ if (istring)
+ istring[istring_index] = '\0';
+
+ /* If we read no output, just return now and save ourselves some
+ trouble. */
+ if (istring_index == 0)
+ {
+ FREE (istring);
+ if (rflag)
+ *rflag = tflag;
+ return (char *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Strip trailing newlines from the output of the command. */
+ if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
+ {
+ while (istring_index > 0)
+ {
+ if (istring[istring_index - 1] == '\n')
+ {
+ --istring_index;
+
+ /* If the newline was quoted, remove the quoting char. */
+ if (istring[istring_index - 1] == CTLESC)
+ --istring_index;
+ }
+ else
+ break;
+ }
+ istring[istring_index] = '\0';
+ }
+ else
+ strip_trailing (istring, istring_index - 1, 1);
+
+ if (rflag)
+ *rflag = tflag;
+ return istring;
+}
+
+/* Perform command substitution on STRING. This returns a WORD_DESC * with the
+ contained string possibly quoted. */
+WORD_DESC *
+command_substitute (string, quoted)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ pid_t pid, old_pid, old_pipeline_pgrp, old_async_pid;
+ char *istring;
+ int result, fildes[2], function_value, pflags, rc, tflag;
+ WORD_DESC *ret;
+
+ istring = (char *)NULL;
+
+ /* Don't fork () if there is no need to. In the case of no command to
+ run, just return NULL. */
+ if (!string || !*string || (string[0] == '\n' && !string[1]))
+ return ((WORD_DESC *)NULL);
+
+ if (wordexp_only && read_but_dont_execute)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EX_WEXPCOMSUB;
+ jump_to_top_level (EXITPROG);
+ }
+
+ /* We're making the assumption here that the command substitution will
+ eventually run a command from the file system. Since we'll run
+ maybe_make_export_env in this subshell before executing that command,
+ the parent shell and any other shells it starts will have to remake
+ the environment. If we make it before we fork, other shells won't
+ have to. Don't bother if we have any temporary variable assignments,
+ though, because the export environment will be remade after this
+ command completes anyway, but do it if all the words to be expanded
+ are variable assignments. */
+ if (subst_assign_varlist == 0 || garglist == 0)
+ maybe_make_export_env (); /* XXX */
+
+ /* Flags to pass to parse_and_execute() */
+ pflags = (interactive && sourcelevel == 0) ? SEVAL_RESETLINE : 0;
+
+ /* Pipe the output of executing STRING into the current shell. */
+ if (pipe (fildes) < 0)
+ {
+ sys_error (_("cannot make pipe for command substitution"));
+ goto error_exit;
+ }
+
+ old_pid = last_made_pid;
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ old_pipeline_pgrp = pipeline_pgrp;
+ /* Don't reset the pipeline pgrp if we're already a subshell in a pipeline. */
+ if ((subshell_environment & SUBSHELL_PIPE) == 0)
+ pipeline_pgrp = shell_pgrp;
+ cleanup_the_pipeline ();
+#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
+
+ old_async_pid = last_asynchronous_pid;
+ pid = make_child ((char *)NULL, subshell_environment&SUBSHELL_ASYNC);
+ last_asynchronous_pid = old_async_pid;
+
+ if (pid == 0)
+ {
+ /* Reset the signal handlers in the child, but don't free the
+ trap strings. Set a flag noting that we have to free the
+ trap strings if we run trap to change a signal disposition. */
+ reset_signal_handlers ();
+ subshell_environment |= SUBSHELL_RESETTRAP;
+ }
+
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ /* XXX DO THIS ONLY IN PARENT ? XXX */
+ set_sigchld_handler ();
+ stop_making_children ();
+ if (pid != 0)
+ pipeline_pgrp = old_pipeline_pgrp;
+#else
+ stop_making_children ();
+#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
+
+ if (pid < 0)
+ {
+ sys_error (_("cannot make child for command substitution"));
+ error_exit:
+
+ FREE (istring);
+ close (fildes[0]);
+ close (fildes[1]);
+ return ((WORD_DESC *)NULL);
+ }
+
+ if (pid == 0)
+ {
+ set_sigint_handler (); /* XXX */
+
+ free_pushed_string_input ();
+
+ if (dup2 (fildes[1], 1) < 0)
+ {
+ sys_error (_("command_substitute: cannot duplicate pipe as fd 1"));
+ exit (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+ }
+
+ /* If standard output is closed in the parent shell
+ (such as after `exec >&-'), file descriptor 1 will be
+ the lowest available file descriptor, and end up in
+ fildes[0]. This can happen for stdin and stderr as well,
+ but stdout is more important -- it will cause no output
+ to be generated from this command. */
+ if ((fildes[1] != fileno (stdin)) &&
+ (fildes[1] != fileno (stdout)) &&
+ (fildes[1] != fileno (stderr)))
+ close (fildes[1]);
+
+ if ((fildes[0] != fileno (stdin)) &&
+ (fildes[0] != fileno (stdout)) &&
+ (fildes[0] != fileno (stderr)))
+ close (fildes[0]);
+
+#ifdef __CYGWIN__
+ /* Let stdio know the fd may have changed from text to binary mode, and
+ make sure to preserve stdout line buffering. */
+ freopen (NULL, "w", stdout);
+ sh_setlinebuf (stdout);
+#endif /* __CYGWIN__ */
+
+ /* The currently executing shell is not interactive. */
+ interactive = 0;
+
+ /* This is a subshell environment. */
+ subshell_environment |= SUBSHELL_COMSUB;
+
+ /* When not in POSIX mode, command substitution does not inherit
+ the -e flag. */
+ if (posixly_correct == 0)
+ exit_immediately_on_error = 0;
+
+ remove_quoted_escapes (string);
+
+ startup_state = 2; /* see if we can avoid a fork */
+ /* Give command substitution a place to jump back to on failure,
+ so we don't go back up to main (). */
+ result = setjmp (top_level);
+
+ /* If we're running a command substitution inside a shell function,
+ trap `return' so we don't return from the function in the subshell
+ and go off to never-never land. */
+ if (result == 0 && return_catch_flag)
+ function_value = setjmp (return_catch);
+ else
+ function_value = 0;
+
+ if (result == ERREXIT)
+ rc = last_command_exit_value;
+ else if (result == EXITPROG)
+ rc = last_command_exit_value;
+ else if (result)
+ rc = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ else if (function_value)
+ rc = return_catch_value;
+ else
+ {
+ subshell_level++;
+ rc = parse_and_execute (string, "command substitution", pflags|SEVAL_NOHIST);
+ subshell_level--;
+ }
+
+ last_command_exit_value = rc;
+ rc = run_exit_trap ();
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+ unlink_fifo_list ();
+#endif
+ exit (rc);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL) && defined (PGRP_PIPE)
+ close_pgrp_pipe ();
+#endif /* JOB_CONTROL && PGRP_PIPE */
+
+ close (fildes[1]);
+
+ tflag = 0;
+ istring = read_comsub (fildes[0], quoted, &tflag);
+
+ close (fildes[0]);
+
+ current_command_subst_pid = pid;
+ last_command_exit_value = wait_for (pid);
+ last_command_subst_pid = pid;
+ last_made_pid = old_pid;
+
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ /* If last_command_exit_value > 128, then the substituted command
+ was terminated by a signal. If that signal was SIGINT, then send
+ SIGINT to ourselves. This will break out of loops, for instance. */
+ if (last_command_exit_value == (128 + SIGINT) && last_command_exit_signal == SIGINT)
+ kill (getpid (), SIGINT);
+
+ /* wait_for gives the terminal back to shell_pgrp. If some other
+ process group should have it, give it away to that group here.
+ pipeline_pgrp is non-zero only while we are constructing a
+ pipline, so what we are concerned about is whether or not that
+ pipeline was started in the background. A pipeline started in
+ the background should never get the tty back here. */
+ if (interactive && pipeline_pgrp != (pid_t)0 && (subshell_environment & SUBSHELL_ASYNC) == 0)
+ give_terminal_to (pipeline_pgrp, 0);
+#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
+
+ ret = alloc_word_desc ();
+ ret->word = istring;
+ ret->flags = tflag;
+
+ return ret;
+ }
+}
+
+/********************************************************
+ * *
+ * Utility functions for parameter expansion *
+ * *
+ ********************************************************/
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+
+static arrayind_t
+array_length_reference (s)
+ char *s;
+{
+ int len;
+ arrayind_t ind;
+ char *akey;
+ char *t, c;
+ ARRAY *array;
+ HASH_TABLE *h;
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+
+ var = array_variable_part (s, &t, &len);
+
+ /* If unbound variables should generate an error, report one and return
+ failure. */
+ if ((var == 0 || (assoc_p (var) == 0 && array_p (var) == 0)) && unbound_vars_is_error)
+ {
+ c = *--t;
+ *t = '\0';
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ err_unboundvar (s);
+ *t = c;
+ return (-1);
+ }
+ else if (var == 0)
+ return 0;
+
+ /* We support a couple of expansions for variables that are not arrays.
+ We'll return the length of the value for v[0], and 1 for v[@] or
+ v[*]. Return 0 for everything else. */
+
+ array = array_p (var) ? array_cell (var) : (ARRAY *)NULL;
+ h = assoc_p (var) ? assoc_cell (var) : (HASH_TABLE *)NULL;
+
+ if (ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (t[0]) && t[1] == ']')
+ {
+ if (assoc_p (var))
+ return (h ? assoc_num_elements (h) : 0);
+ else if (array_p (var))
+ return (array ? array_num_elements (array) : 0);
+ else
+ return (var_isset (var) ? 1 : 0);
+ }
+
+ if (assoc_p (var))
+ {
+ t[len - 1] = '\0';
+ akey = expand_assignment_string_to_string (t, 0); /* [ */
+ t[len - 1] = ']';
+ if (akey == 0 || *akey == 0)
+ {
+ err_badarraysub (t);
+ FREE (akey);
+ return (-1);
+ }
+ t = assoc_reference (assoc_cell (var), akey);
+ free (akey);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ind = array_expand_index (var, t, len);
+ if (ind < 0)
+ {
+ err_badarraysub (t);
+ return (-1);
+ }
+ if (array_p (var))
+ t = array_reference (array, ind);
+ else
+ t = (ind == 0) ? value_cell (var) : (char *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ len = MB_STRLEN (t);
+ return (len);
+}
+#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
+
+static int
+valid_brace_expansion_word (name, var_is_special)
+ char *name;
+ int var_is_special;
+{
+ if (DIGIT (*name) && all_digits (name))
+ return 1;
+ else if (var_is_special)
+ return 1;
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ else if (valid_array_reference (name))
+ return 1;
+#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
+ else if (legal_identifier (name))
+ return 1;
+ else
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+chk_atstar (name, quoted, quoted_dollar_atp, contains_dollar_at)
+ char *name;
+ int quoted;
+ int *quoted_dollar_atp, *contains_dollar_at;
+{
+ char *temp1;
+
+ if (name == 0)
+ {
+ if (quoted_dollar_atp)
+ *quoted_dollar_atp = 0;
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 0;
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ /* check for $@ and $* */
+ if (name[0] == '@' && name[1] == 0)
+ {
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp)
+ *quoted_dollar_atp = 1;
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 1;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ else if (name[0] == '*' && name[1] == '\0' && quoted == 0)
+ {
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 1;
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ /* Now check for ${array[@]} and ${array[*]} */
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ else if (valid_array_reference (name))
+ {
+ temp1 = mbschr (name, '[');
+ if (temp1 && temp1[1] == '@' && temp1[2] == ']')
+ {
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp)
+ *quoted_dollar_atp = 1;
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 1;
+ return 1;
+ } /* [ */
+ /* ${array[*]}, when unquoted, should be treated like ${array[@]},
+ which should result in separate words even when IFS is unset. */
+ if (temp1 && temp1[1] == '*' && temp1[2] == ']' && quoted == 0)
+ {
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 1;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Parameter expand NAME, and return a new string which is the expansion,
+ or NULL if there was no expansion.
+ VAR_IS_SPECIAL is non-zero if NAME is one of the special variables in
+ the shell, e.g., "@", "$", "*", etc. QUOTED, if non-zero, means that
+ NAME was found inside of a double-quoted expression. */
+static WORD_DESC *
+parameter_brace_expand_word (name, var_is_special, quoted, pflags, indp)
+ char *name;
+ int var_is_special, quoted, pflags;
+ arrayind_t *indp;
+{
+ WORD_DESC *ret;
+ char *temp, *tt;
+ intmax_t arg_index;
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+ int atype, rflags;
+ arrayind_t ind;
+
+ ret = 0;
+ temp = 0;
+ rflags = 0;
+
+ if (indp)
+ *indp = INTMAX_MIN;
+
+ /* Handle multiple digit arguments, as in ${11}. */
+ if (legal_number (name, &arg_index))
+ {
+ tt = get_dollar_var_value (arg_index);
+ if (tt)
+ temp = (*tt && (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)))
+ ? quote_string (tt)
+ : quote_escapes (tt);
+ else
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ FREE (tt);
+ }
+ else if (var_is_special) /* ${@} */
+ {
+ int sindex;
+ tt = (char *)xmalloc (2 + strlen (name));
+ tt[sindex = 0] = '$';
+ strcpy (tt + 1, name);
+
+ ret = param_expand (tt, &sindex, quoted, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL,
+ (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL, pflags);
+ free (tt);
+ }
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ else if (valid_array_reference (name))
+ {
+ /* XXX - does this leak if name[@] or name[*]? */
+ temp = array_value (name, quoted, 0, &atype, &ind);
+ if (atype == 0 && temp)
+ {
+ temp = (*temp && (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)))
+ ? quote_string (temp)
+ : quote_escapes (temp);
+ rflags |= W_ARRAYIND;
+ if (indp)
+ *indp = ind;
+ }
+ else if (atype == 1 && temp && QUOTED_NULL (temp) && (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)))
+ rflags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ }
+#endif
+ else if (var = find_variable (name))
+ {
+ if (var_isset (var) && invisible_p (var) == 0)
+ {
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ if (assoc_p (var))
+ temp = assoc_reference (assoc_cell (var), "0");
+ else if (array_p (var))
+ temp = array_reference (array_cell (var), 0);
+ else
+ temp = value_cell (var);
+#else
+ temp = value_cell (var);
+#endif
+
+ if (temp)
+ temp = (*temp && (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)))
+ ? quote_string (temp)
+ : quote_escapes (temp);
+ }
+ else
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+
+ if (ret == 0)
+ {
+ ret = alloc_word_desc ();
+ ret->word = temp;
+ ret->flags |= rflags;
+ }
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Expand an indirect reference to a variable: ${!NAME} expands to the
+ value of the variable whose name is the value of NAME. */
+static WORD_DESC *
+parameter_brace_expand_indir (name, var_is_special, quoted, quoted_dollar_atp, contains_dollar_at)
+ char *name;
+ int var_is_special, quoted;
+ int *quoted_dollar_atp, *contains_dollar_at;
+{
+ char *temp, *t;
+ WORD_DESC *w;
+
+ w = parameter_brace_expand_word (name, var_is_special, quoted, PF_IGNUNBOUND, 0);
+ t = w->word;
+ /* Have to dequote here if necessary */
+ if (t)
+ {
+ temp = (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT))
+ ? dequote_string (t)
+ : dequote_escapes (t);
+ free (t);
+ t = temp;
+ }
+ dispose_word_desc (w);
+
+ chk_atstar (t, quoted, quoted_dollar_atp, contains_dollar_at);
+ if (t == 0)
+ return (WORD_DESC *)NULL;
+
+ w = parameter_brace_expand_word (t, SPECIAL_VAR(t, 0), quoted, 0, 0);
+ free (t);
+
+ return w;
+}
+
+/* Expand the right side of a parameter expansion of the form ${NAMEcVALUE},
+ depending on the value of C, the separating character. C can be one of
+ "-", "+", or "=". QUOTED is true if the entire brace expression occurs
+ between double quotes. */
+static WORD_DESC *
+parameter_brace_expand_rhs (name, value, c, quoted, qdollaratp, hasdollarat)
+ char *name, *value;
+ int c, quoted, *qdollaratp, *hasdollarat;
+{
+ WORD_DESC *w;
+ WORD_LIST *l;
+ char *t, *t1, *temp;
+ int hasdol;
+
+ /* If the entire expression is between double quotes, we want to treat
+ the value as a double-quoted string, with the exception that we strip
+ embedded unescaped double quotes (for sh backwards compatibility). */
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && *value)
+ {
+ hasdol = 0;
+ temp = string_extract_double_quoted (value, &hasdol, 1);
+ }
+ else
+ temp = value;
+
+ w = alloc_word_desc ();
+ hasdol = 0;
+ /* XXX was 0 not quoted */
+ l = *temp ? expand_string_for_rhs (temp, quoted, &hasdol, (int *)NULL)
+ : (WORD_LIST *)0;
+ if (hasdollarat)
+ *hasdollarat = hasdol || (l && l->next);
+ if (temp != value)
+ free (temp);
+ if (l)
+ {
+ /* The expansion of TEMP returned something. We need to treat things
+ slightly differently if HASDOL is non-zero. If we have "$@", the
+ individual words have already been quoted. We need to turn them
+ into a string with the words separated by the first character of
+ $IFS without any additional quoting, so string_list_dollar_at won't
+ do the right thing. We use string_list_dollar_star instead. */
+ temp = (hasdol || l->next) ? string_list_dollar_star (l) : string_list (l);
+
+ /* If l->next is not null, we know that TEMP contained "$@", since that
+ is the only expansion that creates more than one word. */
+ if (qdollaratp && ((hasdol && quoted) || l->next))
+ *qdollaratp = 1;
+ /* If we have a quoted null result (QUOTED_NULL(temp)) and the word is
+ a quoted null (l->next == 0 && QUOTED_NULL(l->word->word)), the
+ flags indicate it (l->word->flags & W_HASQUOTEDNULL), and the
+ expansion is quoted (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
+ (which is more paranoia than anything else), we need to return the
+ quoted null string and set the flags to indicate it. */
+ if (l->next == 0 && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && QUOTED_NULL (temp) && QUOTED_NULL (l->word->word) && (l->word->flags & W_HASQUOTEDNULL))
+ {
+ w->flags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ }
+ dispose_words (l);
+ }
+ else if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && hasdol)
+ {
+ /* The brace expansion occurred between double quotes and there was
+ a $@ in TEMP. It does not matter if the $@ is quoted, as long as
+ it does not expand to anything. In this case, we want to return
+ a quoted empty string. */
+ temp = make_quoted_char ('\0');
+ w->flags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ }
+ else
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+
+ if (c == '-' || c == '+')
+ {
+ w->word = temp;
+ return w;
+ }
+
+ /* c == '=' */
+ t = temp ? savestring (temp) : savestring ("");
+ t1 = dequote_string (t);
+ free (t);
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ if (valid_array_reference (name))
+ assign_array_element (name, t1, 0);
+ else
+#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
+ bind_variable (name, t1, 0);
+
+ /* From Posix group discussion Feb-March 2010. Issue 7 0000221 */
+ free (temp);
+
+ w->word = t1;
+ return w;
+}
+
+/* Deal with the right hand side of a ${name:?value} expansion in the case
+ that NAME is null or not set. If VALUE is non-null it is expanded and
+ used as the error message to print, otherwise a standard message is
+ printed. */
+static void
+parameter_brace_expand_error (name, value)
+ char *name, *value;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *l;
+ char *temp;
+
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE; /* ensure it's non-zero */
+ if (value && *value)
+ {
+ l = expand_string (value, 0);
+ temp = string_list (l);
+ report_error ("%s: %s", name, temp ? temp : ""); /* XXX was value not "" */
+ FREE (temp);
+ dispose_words (l);
+ }
+ else
+ report_error (_("%s: parameter null or not set"), name);
+
+ /* Free the data we have allocated during this expansion, since we
+ are about to longjmp out. */
+ free (name);
+ FREE (value);
+}
+
+/* Return 1 if NAME is something for which parameter_brace_expand_length is
+ OK to do. */
+static int
+valid_length_expression (name)
+ char *name;
+{
+ return (name[1] == '\0' || /* ${#} */
+ ((sh_syntaxtab[(unsigned char) name[1]] & CSPECVAR) && name[2] == '\0') || /* special param */
+ (DIGIT (name[1]) && all_digits (name + 1)) || /* ${#11} */
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ valid_array_reference (name + 1) || /* ${#a[7]} */
+#endif
+ legal_identifier (name + 1)); /* ${#PS1} */
+}
+
+/* Handle the parameter brace expansion that requires us to return the
+ length of a parameter. */
+static intmax_t
+parameter_brace_expand_length (name)
+ char *name;
+{
+ char *t, *newname;
+ intmax_t number, arg_index;
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+#endif
+
+ if (name[1] == '\0') /* ${#} */
+ number = number_of_args ();
+ else if ((name[1] == '@' || name[1] == '*') && name[2] == '\0') /* ${#@}, ${#*} */
+ number = number_of_args ();
+ else if ((sh_syntaxtab[(unsigned char) name[1]] & CSPECVAR) && name[2] == '\0')
+ {
+ /* Take the lengths of some of the shell's special parameters. */
+ switch (name[1])
+ {
+ case '-':
+ t = which_set_flags ();
+ break;
+ case '?':
+ t = itos (last_command_exit_value);
+ break;
+ case '$':
+ t = itos (dollar_dollar_pid);
+ break;
+ case '!':
+ if (last_asynchronous_pid == NO_PID)
+ t = (char *)NULL; /* XXX - error if set -u set? */
+ else
+ t = itos (last_asynchronous_pid);
+ break;
+ case '#':
+ t = itos (number_of_args ());
+ break;
+ }
+ number = STRLEN (t);
+ FREE (t);
+ }
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ else if (valid_array_reference (name + 1))
+ number = array_length_reference (name + 1);
+#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
+ else
+ {
+ number = 0;
+
+ if (legal_number (name + 1, &arg_index)) /* ${#1} */
+ {
+ t = get_dollar_var_value (arg_index);
+ if (t == 0 && unbound_vars_is_error)
+ return INTMAX_MIN;
+ number = MB_STRLEN (t);
+ FREE (t);
+ }
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ else if ((var = find_variable (name + 1)) && (invisible_p (var) == 0) && (array_p (var) || assoc_p (var)))
+ {
+ if (assoc_p (var))
+ t = assoc_reference (assoc_cell (var), "0");
+ else
+ t = array_reference (array_cell (var), 0);
+ if (t == 0 && unbound_vars_is_error)
+ return INTMAX_MIN;
+ number = MB_STRLEN (t);
+ }
+#endif
+ else /* ${#PS1} */
+ {
+ newname = savestring (name);
+ newname[0] = '$';
+ list = expand_string (newname, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES);
+ t = list ? string_list (list) : (char *)NULL;
+ free (newname);
+ if (list)
+ dispose_words (list);
+
+ number = t ? MB_STRLEN (t) : 0;
+ FREE (t);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return (number);
+}
+
+/* Skip characters in SUBSTR until DELIM. SUBSTR is an arithmetic expression,
+ so we do some ad-hoc parsing of an arithmetic expression to find
+ the first DELIM, instead of using strchr(3). Two rules:
+ 1. If the substring contains a `(', read until closing `)'.
+ 2. If the substring contains a `?', read past one `:' for each `?'.
+*/
+
+static char *
+skiparith (substr, delim)
+ char *substr;
+ int delim;
+{
+ size_t sublen;
+ int skipcol, pcount, i;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ sublen = strlen (substr);
+ i = skipcol = pcount = 0;
+ while (substr[i])
+ {
+ /* Balance parens */
+ if (substr[i] == LPAREN)
+ {
+ pcount++;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (substr[i] == RPAREN && pcount)
+ {
+ pcount--;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (pcount)
+ {
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (substr, sublen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Skip one `:' for each `?' */
+ if (substr[i] == ':' && skipcol)
+ {
+ skipcol--;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (substr[i] == delim)
+ break;
+ if (substr[i] == '?')
+ {
+ skipcol++;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (substr, sublen, i);
+ }
+
+ return (substr + i);
+}
+
+/* Verify and limit the start and end of the desired substring. If
+ VTYPE == 0, a regular shell variable is being used; if it is 1,
+ then the positional parameters are being used; if it is 2, then
+ VALUE is really a pointer to an array variable that should be used.
+ Return value is 1 if both values were OK, 0 if there was a problem
+ with an invalid expression, or -1 if the values were out of range. */
+static int
+verify_substring_values (v, value, substr, vtype, e1p, e2p)
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+ char *value, *substr;
+ int vtype;
+ intmax_t *e1p, *e2p;
+{
+ char *t, *temp1, *temp2;
+ arrayind_t len;
+ int expok;
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ ARRAY *a;
+ HASH_TABLE *h;
+#endif
+
+ /* duplicate behavior of strchr(3) */
+ t = skiparith (substr, ':');
+ if (*t && *t == ':')
+ *t = '\0';
+ else
+ t = (char *)0;
+
+ temp1 = expand_arith_string (substr, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES);
+ *e1p = evalexp (temp1, &expok);
+ free (temp1);
+ if (expok == 0)
+ return (0);
+
+ len = -1; /* paranoia */
+ switch (vtype)
+ {
+ case VT_VARIABLE:
+ case VT_ARRAYMEMBER:
+ len = MB_STRLEN (value);
+ break;
+ case VT_POSPARMS:
+ len = number_of_args () + 1;
+ if (*e1p == 0)
+ len++; /* add one arg if counting from $0 */
+ break;
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ case VT_ARRAYVAR:
+ /* For arrays, the first value deals with array indices. Negative
+ offsets count from one past the array's maximum index. Associative
+ arrays treat the number of elements as the maximum index. */
+ if (assoc_p (v))
+ {
+ h = assoc_cell (v);
+ len = assoc_num_elements (h) + (*e1p < 0);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ a = (ARRAY *)value;
+ len = array_max_index (a) + (*e1p < 0); /* arrays index from 0 to n - 1 */
+ }
+ break;
+#endif
+ }
+
+ if (len == -1) /* paranoia */
+ return -1;
+
+ if (*e1p < 0) /* negative offsets count from end */
+ *e1p += len;
+
+ if (*e1p > len || *e1p < 0)
+ return (-1);
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ /* For arrays, the second offset deals with the number of elements. */
+ if (vtype == VT_ARRAYVAR)
+ len = assoc_p (v) ? assoc_num_elements (h) : array_num_elements (a);
+#endif
+
+ if (t)
+ {
+ t++;
+ temp2 = savestring (t);
+ temp1 = expand_arith_string (temp2, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES);
+ free (temp2);
+ t[-1] = ':';
+ *e2p = evalexp (temp1, &expok);
+ free (temp1);
+ if (expok == 0)
+ return (0);
+ if ((vtype == VT_ARRAYVAR || vtype == VT_POSPARMS) && *e2p < 0)
+ {
+ internal_error (_("%s: substring expression < 0"), t);
+ return (0);
+ }
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ /* In order to deal with sparse arrays, push the intelligence about how
+ to deal with the number of elements desired down to the array-
+ specific functions. */
+ if (vtype != VT_ARRAYVAR)
+#endif
+ {
+ if (*e2p < 0)
+ {
+ *e2p += len;
+ if (*e2p < 0 || *e2p < *e1p)
+ {
+ internal_error (_("%s: substring expression < 0"), t);
+ return (0);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ *e2p += *e1p; /* want E2 chars starting at E1 */
+ if (*e2p > len)
+ *e2p = len;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ *e2p = len;
+
+ return (1);
+}
+
+/* Return the type of variable specified by VARNAME (simple variable,
+ positional param, or array variable). Also return the value specified
+ by VARNAME (value of a variable or a reference to an array element).
+ QUOTED is the standard description of quoting state, using Q_* defines.
+ FLAGS is currently a set of flags to pass to array_value. If IND is
+ non-null and not INTMAX_MIN, and FLAGS includes AV_USEIND, IND is
+ passed to array_value so the array index is not computed again.
+ If this returns VT_VARIABLE, the caller assumes that CTLESC and CTLNUL
+ characters in the value are quoted with CTLESC and takes appropriate
+ steps. For convenience, *VALP is set to the dequoted VALUE. */
+static int
+get_var_and_type (varname, value, ind, quoted, flags, varp, valp)
+ char *varname, *value;
+ arrayind_t ind;
+ int quoted, flags;
+ SHELL_VAR **varp;
+ char **valp;
+{
+ int vtype;
+ char *temp;
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+#endif
+ arrayind_t lind;
+
+ /* This sets vtype to VT_VARIABLE or VT_POSPARMS */
+ vtype = (varname[0] == '@' || varname[0] == '*') && varname[1] == '\0';
+ if (vtype == VT_POSPARMS && varname[0] == '*')
+ vtype |= VT_STARSUB;
+ *varp = (SHELL_VAR *)NULL;
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ if (valid_array_reference (varname))
+ {
+ v = array_variable_part (varname, &temp, (int *)0);
+ /* If we want to signal array_value to use an already-computed index,
+ set LIND to that index */
+ lind = (ind != INTMAX_MIN && (flags & AV_USEIND)) ? ind : 0;
+ if (v && (array_p (v) || assoc_p (v)))
+ { /* [ */
+ if (ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (temp[0]) && temp[1] == ']')
+ {
+ /* Callers have to differentiate betwen indexed and associative */
+ vtype = VT_ARRAYVAR;
+ if (temp[0] == '*')
+ vtype |= VT_STARSUB;
+ *valp = array_p (v) ? (char *)array_cell (v) : (char *)assoc_cell (v);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ vtype = VT_ARRAYMEMBER;
+ *valp = array_value (varname, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, flags, (int *)NULL, &lind);
+ }
+ *varp = v;
+ }
+ else if (v && (ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (temp[0]) && temp[1] == ']'))
+ {
+ vtype = VT_VARIABLE;
+ *varp = v;
+ if (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT))
+ *valp = dequote_string (value);
+ else
+ *valp = dequote_escapes (value);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ vtype = VT_ARRAYMEMBER;
+ *varp = v;
+ *valp = array_value (varname, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, flags, (int *)NULL, &lind);
+ }
+ }
+ else if ((v = find_variable (varname)) && (invisible_p (v) == 0) && (assoc_p (v) || array_p (v)))
+ {
+ vtype = VT_ARRAYMEMBER;
+ *varp = v;
+ *valp = assoc_p (v) ? assoc_reference (assoc_cell (v), "0") : array_reference (array_cell (v), 0);
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ if (value && vtype == VT_VARIABLE)
+ {
+ if (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT))
+ *valp = dequote_string (value);
+ else
+ *valp = dequote_escapes (value);
+ }
+ else
+ *valp = value;
+ }
+
+ return vtype;
+}
+
+/******************************************************/
+/* */
+/* Functions to extract substrings of variable values */
+/* */
+/******************************************************/
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+/* Character-oriented rather than strictly byte-oriented substrings. S and
+ E, rather being strict indices into STRING, indicate character (possibly
+ multibyte character) positions that require calculation.
+ Used by the ${param:offset[:length]} expansion. */
+static char *
+mb_substring (string, s, e)
+ char *string;
+ int s, e;
+{
+ char *tt;
+ int start, stop, i, slen;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ start = 0;
+ /* Don't need string length in ADVANCE_CHAR unless multibyte chars possible. */
+ slen = (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) ? STRLEN (string) : 0;
+
+ i = s;
+ while (string[start] && i--)
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, start);
+ stop = start;
+ i = e - s;
+ while (string[stop] && i--)
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, stop);
+ tt = substring (string, start, stop);
+ return tt;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Process a variable substring expansion: ${name:e1[:e2]}. If VARNAME
+ is `@', use the positional parameters; otherwise, use the value of
+ VARNAME. If VARNAME is an array variable, use the array elements. */
+
+static char *
+parameter_brace_substring (varname, value, ind, substr, quoted, flags)
+ char *varname, *value;
+ int ind;
+ char *substr;
+ int quoted, flags;
+{
+ intmax_t e1, e2;
+ int vtype, r, starsub;
+ char *temp, *val, *tt, *oname;
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+
+ if (value == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ oname = this_command_name;
+ this_command_name = varname;
+
+ vtype = get_var_and_type (varname, value, ind, quoted, flags, &v, &val);
+ if (vtype == -1)
+ {
+ this_command_name = oname;
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+
+ starsub = vtype & VT_STARSUB;
+ vtype &= ~VT_STARSUB;
+
+ r = verify_substring_values (v, val, substr, vtype, &e1, &e2);
+ this_command_name = oname;
+ if (r <= 0)
+ {
+ if (vtype == VT_VARIABLE)
+ FREE (val);
+ return ((r == 0) ? &expand_param_error : (char *)NULL);
+ }
+
+ switch (vtype)
+ {
+ case VT_VARIABLE:
+ case VT_ARRAYMEMBER:
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1)
+ tt = mb_substring (val, e1, e2);
+ else
+#endif
+ tt = substring (val, e1, e2);
+
+ if (vtype == VT_VARIABLE)
+ FREE (val);
+ if (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT))
+ temp = quote_string (tt);
+ else
+ temp = tt ? quote_escapes (tt) : (char *)NULL;
+ FREE (tt);
+ break;
+ case VT_POSPARMS:
+ tt = pos_params (varname, e1, e2, quoted);
+ if ((quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) == 0)
+ {
+ temp = tt ? quote_escapes (tt) : (char *)NULL;
+ FREE (tt);
+ }
+ else
+ temp = tt;
+ break;
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ case VT_ARRAYVAR:
+ if (assoc_p (v))
+ /* we convert to list and take first e2 elements starting at e1th
+ element -- officially undefined for now */
+ temp = assoc_subrange (assoc_cell (v), e1, e2, starsub, quoted);
+ else
+ /* We want E2 to be the number of elements desired (arrays can be sparse,
+ so verify_substring_values just returns the numbers specified and we
+ rely on array_subrange to understand how to deal with them). */
+ temp = array_subrange (array_cell (v), e1, e2, starsub, quoted);
+ /* array_subrange now calls array_quote_escapes as appropriate, so the
+ caller no longer needs to. */
+ break;
+#endif
+ default:
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ return temp;
+}
+
+/****************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* Functions to perform pattern substitution on variable values */
+/* */
+/****************************************************************/
+
+static int
+shouldexp_replacement (s)
+ char *s;
+{
+ register char *p;
+
+ for (p = s; p && *p; p++)
+ {
+ if (*p == '\\')
+ p++;
+ else if (*p == '&')
+ return 1;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+char *
+pat_subst (string, pat, rep, mflags)
+ char *string, *pat, *rep;
+ int mflags;
+{
+ char *ret, *s, *e, *str, *rstr, *mstr;
+ int rsize, rptr, l, replen, mtype, rxpand, rslen, mlen;
+
+ if (string == 0)
+ return (savestring (""));
+
+ mtype = mflags & MATCH_TYPEMASK;
+
+#if 0 /* bash-4.2 ? */
+ rxpand = (rep && *rep) ? shouldexp_replacement (rep) : 0;
+#else
+ rxpand = 0;
+#endif
+
+ /* Special cases:
+ * 1. A null pattern with mtype == MATCH_BEG means to prefix STRING
+ * with REP and return the result.
+ * 2. A null pattern with mtype == MATCH_END means to append REP to
+ * STRING and return the result.
+ * These don't understand or process `&' in the replacement string.
+ */
+ if ((pat == 0 || *pat == 0) && (mtype == MATCH_BEG || mtype == MATCH_END))
+ {
+ replen = STRLEN (rep);
+ l = STRLEN (string);
+ ret = (char *)xmalloc (replen + l + 2);
+ if (replen == 0)
+ strcpy (ret, string);
+ else if (mtype == MATCH_BEG)
+ {
+ strcpy (ret, rep);
+ strcpy (ret + replen, string);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ strcpy (ret, string);
+ strcpy (ret + l, rep);
+ }
+ return (ret);
+ }
+
+ ret = (char *)xmalloc (rsize = 64);
+ ret[0] = '\0';
+
+ for (replen = STRLEN (rep), rptr = 0, str = string;;)
+ {
+ if (match_pattern (str, pat, mtype, &s, &e) == 0)
+ break;
+ l = s - str;
+
+ if (rxpand)
+ {
+ int x;
+ mlen = e - s;
+ mstr = xmalloc (mlen + 1);
+ for (x = 0; x < mlen; x++)
+ mstr[x] = s[x];
+ mstr[mlen] = '\0';
+ rstr = strcreplace (rep, '&', mstr, 0);
+ rslen = strlen (rstr);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ rstr = rep;
+ rslen = replen;
+ }
+
+ RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (ret, rptr, (l + rslen), rsize, 64);
+
+ /* OK, now copy the leading unmatched portion of the string (from
+ str to s) to ret starting at rptr (the current offset). Then copy
+ the replacement string at ret + rptr + (s - str). Increment
+ rptr (if necessary) and str and go on. */
+ if (l)
+ {
+ strncpy (ret + rptr, str, l);
+ rptr += l;
+ }
+ if (replen)
+ {
+ strncpy (ret + rptr, rstr, rslen);
+ rptr += rslen;
+ }
+ str = e; /* e == end of match */
+
+ if (rstr != rep)
+ free (rstr);
+
+ if (((mflags & MATCH_GLOBREP) == 0) || mtype != MATCH_ANY)
+ break;
+
+ if (s == e)
+ {
+ /* On a zero-length match, make sure we copy one character, since
+ we increment one character to avoid infinite recursion. */
+ RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (ret, rptr, 1, rsize, 64);
+ ret[rptr++] = *str++;
+ e++; /* avoid infinite recursion on zero-length match */
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Now copy the unmatched portion of the input string */
+ if (str && *str)
+ {
+ RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (ret, rptr, STRLEN(str) + 1, rsize, 64);
+ strcpy (ret + rptr, str);
+ }
+ else
+ ret[rptr] = '\0';
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Do pattern match and replacement on the positional parameters. */
+static char *
+pos_params_pat_subst (string, pat, rep, mflags)
+ char *string, *pat, *rep;
+ int mflags;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *save, *params;
+ WORD_DESC *w;
+ char *ret;
+ int pchar, qflags;
+
+ save = params = list_rest_of_args ();
+ if (save == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ for ( ; params; params = params->next)
+ {
+ ret = pat_subst (params->word->word, pat, rep, mflags);
+ w = alloc_word_desc ();
+ w->word = ret ? ret : savestring ("");
+ dispose_word (params->word);
+ params->word = w;
+ }
+
+ pchar = (mflags & MATCH_STARSUB) == MATCH_STARSUB ? '*' : '@';
+ qflags = (mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) == MATCH_QUOTED ? Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES : 0;
+
+#if 0
+ if ((mflags & (MATCH_QUOTED|MATCH_STARSUB)) == (MATCH_QUOTED|MATCH_STARSUB))
+ ret = string_list_dollar_star (quote_list (save));
+ else if ((mflags & MATCH_STARSUB) == MATCH_STARSUB)
+ ret = string_list_dollar_star (save);
+ else if ((mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) == MATCH_QUOTED)
+ ret = string_list_dollar_at (save, qflags);
+ else
+ ret = string_list_dollar_star (save);
+#else
+ ret = string_list_pos_params (pchar, save, qflags);
+#endif
+
+ dispose_words (save);
+
+ return (ret);
+}
+
+/* Perform pattern substitution on VALUE, which is the expansion of
+ VARNAME. PATSUB is an expression supplying the pattern to match
+ and the string to substitute. QUOTED is a flags word containing
+ the type of quoting currently in effect. */
+static char *
+parameter_brace_patsub (varname, value, ind, patsub, quoted, flags)
+ char *varname, *value;
+ int ind;
+ char *patsub;
+ int quoted, flags;
+{
+ int vtype, mflags, starsub, delim;
+ char *val, *temp, *pat, *rep, *p, *lpatsub, *tt;
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+
+ if (value == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ this_command_name = varname;
+
+ vtype = get_var_and_type (varname, value, ind, quoted, flags, &v, &val);
+ if (vtype == -1)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ starsub = vtype & VT_STARSUB;
+ vtype &= ~VT_STARSUB;
+
+ mflags = 0;
+ /* PATSUB is never NULL when this is called. */
+ if (*patsub == '/')
+ {
+ mflags |= MATCH_GLOBREP;
+ patsub++;
+ }
+
+ /* Malloc this because expand_string_if_necessary or one of the expansion
+ functions in its call chain may free it on a substitution error. */
+ lpatsub = savestring (patsub);
+
+ if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
+ mflags |= MATCH_QUOTED;
+
+ if (starsub)
+ mflags |= MATCH_STARSUB;
+
+ /* If the pattern starts with a `/', make sure we skip over it when looking
+ for the replacement delimiter. */
+ delim = skip_to_delim (lpatsub, ((*patsub == '/') ? 1 : 0), "/", 0);
+ if (lpatsub[delim] == '/')
+ {
+ lpatsub[delim] = 0;
+ rep = lpatsub + delim + 1;
+ }
+ else
+ rep = (char *)NULL;
+
+ if (rep && *rep == '\0')
+ rep = (char *)NULL;
+
+ /* Perform the same expansions on the pattern as performed by the
+ pattern removal expansions. */
+ pat = getpattern (lpatsub, quoted, 1);
+
+ if (rep)
+ /* We want to perform quote removal on the expanded replacement even if
+ the entire expansion is double-quoted because the parser and string
+ extraction functions treated quotes in the replacement string as
+ special. */
+ rep = expand_string_if_necessary (rep, quoted & ~(Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT), expand_string_unsplit);
+
+ /* ksh93 doesn't allow the match specifier to be a part of the expanded
+ pattern. This is an extension. Make sure we don't anchor the pattern
+ at the beginning or end of the string if we're doing global replacement,
+ though. */
+ p = pat;
+ if (mflags & MATCH_GLOBREP)
+ mflags |= MATCH_ANY;
+ else if (pat && pat[0] == '#')
+ {
+ mflags |= MATCH_BEG;
+ p++;
+ }
+ else if (pat && pat[0] == '%')
+ {
+ mflags |= MATCH_END;
+ p++;
+ }
+ else
+ mflags |= MATCH_ANY;
+
+ /* OK, we now want to substitute REP for PAT in VAL. If
+ flags & MATCH_GLOBREP is non-zero, the substitution is done
+ everywhere, otherwise only the first occurrence of PAT is
+ replaced. The pattern matching code doesn't understand
+ CTLESC quoting CTLESC and CTLNUL so we use the dequoted variable
+ values passed in (VT_VARIABLE) so the pattern substitution
+ code works right. We need to requote special chars after
+ we're done for VT_VARIABLE and VT_ARRAYMEMBER, and for the
+ other cases if QUOTED == 0, since the posparams and arrays
+ indexed by * or @ do special things when QUOTED != 0. */
+
+ switch (vtype)
+ {
+ case VT_VARIABLE:
+ case VT_ARRAYMEMBER:
+ temp = pat_subst (val, p, rep, mflags);
+ if (vtype == VT_VARIABLE)
+ FREE (val);
+ if (temp)
+ {
+ tt = (mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) ? quote_string (temp) : quote_escapes (temp);
+ free (temp);
+ temp = tt;
+ }
+ break;
+ case VT_POSPARMS:
+ temp = pos_params_pat_subst (val, p, rep, mflags);
+ if (temp && (mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) == 0)
+ {
+ tt = quote_escapes (temp);
+ free (temp);
+ temp = tt;
+ }
+ break;
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ case VT_ARRAYVAR:
+ temp = assoc_p (v) ? assoc_patsub (assoc_cell (v), p, rep, mflags)
+ : array_patsub (array_cell (v), p, rep, mflags);
+ /* Don't call quote_escapes anymore; array_patsub calls
+ array_quote_escapes as appropriate before adding the
+ space separators; ditto for assoc_patsub. */
+ break;
+#endif
+ }
+
+ FREE (pat);
+ FREE (rep);
+ free (lpatsub);
+
+ return temp;
+}
+
+/****************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* Functions to perform case modification on variable values */
+/* */
+/****************************************************************/
+
+/* Do case modification on the positional parameters. */
+
+static char *
+pos_params_modcase (string, pat, modop, mflags)
+ char *string, *pat;
+ int modop;
+ int mflags;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *save, *params;
+ WORD_DESC *w;
+ char *ret;
+ int pchar, qflags;
+
+ save = params = list_rest_of_args ();
+ if (save == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ for ( ; params; params = params->next)
+ {
+ ret = sh_modcase (params->word->word, pat, modop);
+ w = alloc_word_desc ();
+ w->word = ret ? ret : savestring ("");
+ dispose_word (params->word);
+ params->word = w;
+ }
+
+ pchar = (mflags & MATCH_STARSUB) == MATCH_STARSUB ? '*' : '@';
+ qflags = (mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) == MATCH_QUOTED ? Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES : 0;
+
+ ret = string_list_pos_params (pchar, save, qflags);
+ dispose_words (save);
+
+ return (ret);
+}
+
+/* Perform case modification on VALUE, which is the expansion of
+ VARNAME. MODSPEC is an expression supplying the type of modification
+ to perform. QUOTED is a flags word containing the type of quoting
+ currently in effect. */
+static char *
+parameter_brace_casemod (varname, value, ind, modspec, patspec, quoted, flags)
+ char *varname, *value;
+ int ind, modspec;
+ char *patspec;
+ int quoted, flags;
+{
+ int vtype, starsub, modop, mflags, x;
+ char *val, *temp, *pat, *p, *lpat, *tt;
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+
+ if (value == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ this_command_name = varname;
+
+ vtype = get_var_and_type (varname, value, ind, quoted, flags, &v, &val);
+ if (vtype == -1)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ starsub = vtype & VT_STARSUB;
+ vtype &= ~VT_STARSUB;
+
+ modop = 0;
+ mflags = 0;
+ if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
+ mflags |= MATCH_QUOTED;
+ if (starsub)
+ mflags |= MATCH_STARSUB;
+
+ p = patspec;
+ if (modspec == '^')
+ {
+ x = p && p[0] == modspec;
+ modop = x ? CASE_UPPER : CASE_UPFIRST;
+ p += x;
+ }
+ else if (modspec == ',')
+ {
+ x = p && p[0] == modspec;
+ modop = x ? CASE_LOWER : CASE_LOWFIRST;
+ p += x;
+ }
+ else if (modspec == '~')
+ {
+ x = p && p[0] == modspec;
+ modop = x ? CASE_TOGGLEALL : CASE_TOGGLE;
+ p += x;
+ }
+
+ lpat = p ? savestring (p) : 0;
+ /* Perform the same expansions on the pattern as performed by the
+ pattern removal expansions. FOR LATER */
+ pat = lpat ? getpattern (lpat, quoted, 1) : 0;
+
+ /* OK, now we do the case modification. */
+ switch (vtype)
+ {
+ case VT_VARIABLE:
+ case VT_ARRAYMEMBER:
+ temp = sh_modcase (val, pat, modop);
+ if (vtype == VT_VARIABLE)
+ FREE (val);
+ if (temp)
+ {
+ tt = (mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) ? quote_string (temp) : quote_escapes (temp);
+ free (temp);
+ temp = tt;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case VT_POSPARMS:
+ temp = pos_params_modcase (val, pat, modop, mflags);
+ if (temp && (mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) == 0)
+ {
+ tt = quote_escapes (temp);
+ free (temp);
+ temp = tt;
+ }
+ break;
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ case VT_ARRAYVAR:
+ temp = assoc_p (v) ? assoc_modcase (assoc_cell (v), pat, modop, mflags)
+ : array_modcase (array_cell (v), pat, modop, mflags);
+ /* Don't call quote_escapes; array_modcase calls array_quote_escapes
+ as appropriate before adding the space separators; ditto for
+ assoc_modcase. */
+ break;
+#endif
+ }
+
+ FREE (pat);
+ free (lpat);
+
+ return temp;
+}
+
+/* Check for unbalanced parens in S, which is the contents of $(( ... )). If
+ any occur, this must be a nested command substitution, so return 0.
+ Otherwise, return 1. A valid arithmetic expression must always have a
+ ( before a matching ), so any cases where there are more right parens
+ means that this must not be an arithmetic expression, though the parser
+ will not accept it without a balanced total number of parens. */
+static int
+chk_arithsub (s, len)
+ const char *s;
+ int len;
+{
+ int i, count;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ i = count = 0;
+ while (i < len)
+ {
+ if (s[i] == LPAREN)
+ count++;
+ else if (s[i] == RPAREN)
+ {
+ count--;
+ if (count < 0)
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ switch (s[i])
+ {
+ default:
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (s, len, i);
+ break;
+
+ case '\\':
+ i++;
+ if (s[i])
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (s, len, i);
+ break;
+
+ case '\'':
+ i = skip_single_quoted (s, len, ++i);
+ break;
+
+ case '"':
+ i = skip_double_quoted ((char *)s, len, ++i);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return (count == 0);
+}
+
+/****************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* Functions to perform parameter expansion on a string */
+/* */
+/****************************************************************/
+
+/* ${[#][!]name[[:][^[^]][,[,]]#[#]%[%]-=?+[word][:e1[:e2]]]} */
+static WORD_DESC *
+parameter_brace_expand (string, indexp, quoted, pflags, quoted_dollar_atp, contains_dollar_at)
+ char *string;
+ int *indexp, quoted, *quoted_dollar_atp, *contains_dollar_at, pflags;
+{
+ int check_nullness, var_is_set, var_is_null, var_is_special;
+ int want_substring, want_indir, want_patsub, want_casemod;
+ char *name, *value, *temp, *temp1;
+ WORD_DESC *tdesc, *ret;
+ int t_index, sindex, c, tflag, modspec;
+ intmax_t number;
+ arrayind_t ind;
+
+ temp = temp1 = value = (char *)NULL;
+ var_is_set = var_is_null = var_is_special = check_nullness = 0;
+ want_substring = want_indir = want_patsub = want_casemod = 0;
+
+ sindex = *indexp;
+ t_index = ++sindex;
+ /* ${#var} doesn't have any of the other parameter expansions on it. */
+ if (string[t_index] == '#' && legal_variable_starter (string[t_index+1])) /* {{ */
+ name = string_extract (string, &t_index, "}", SX_VARNAME);
+ else
+#if defined (CASEMOD_EXPANSIONS)
+ /* To enable case-toggling expansions using the `~' operator character
+ change the 1 to 0. */
+# if defined (CASEMOD_CAPCASE)
+ name = string_extract (string, &t_index, "#%^,~:-=?+/}", SX_VARNAME);
+# else
+ name = string_extract (string, &t_index, "#%^,:-=?+/}", SX_VARNAME);
+# endif /* CASEMOD_CAPCASE */
+#else
+ name = string_extract (string, &t_index, "#%:-=?+/}", SX_VARNAME);
+#endif /* CASEMOD_EXPANSIONS */
+
+ ret = 0;
+ tflag = 0;
+
+ ind = INTMAX_MIN;
+
+ /* If the name really consists of a special variable, then make sure
+ that we have the entire name. We don't allow indirect references
+ to special variables except `#', `?', `@' and `*'. */
+ if ((sindex == t_index && VALID_SPECIAL_LENGTH_PARAM (string[t_index])) ||
+ (sindex == t_index - 1 && string[sindex] == '!' && VALID_INDIR_PARAM (string[t_index])))
+ {
+ t_index++;
+ temp1 = string_extract (string, &t_index, "#%:-=?+/}", 0);
+ name = (char *)xrealloc (name, 3 + (strlen (temp1)));
+ *name = string[sindex];
+ if (string[sindex] == '!')
+ {
+ /* indirect reference of $#, $?, $@, or $* */
+ name[1] = string[sindex + 1];
+ strcpy (name + 2, temp1);
+ }
+ else
+ strcpy (name + 1, temp1);
+ free (temp1);
+ }
+ sindex = t_index;
+
+ /* Find out what character ended the variable name. Then
+ do the appropriate thing. */
+ if (c = string[sindex])
+ sindex++;
+
+ /* If c is followed by one of the valid parameter expansion
+ characters, move past it as normal. If not, assume that
+ a substring specification is being given, and do not move
+ past it. */
+ if (c == ':' && VALID_PARAM_EXPAND_CHAR (string[sindex]))
+ {
+ check_nullness++;
+ if (c = string[sindex])
+ sindex++;
+ }
+ else if (c == ':' && string[sindex] != RBRACE)
+ want_substring = 1;
+ else if (c == '/' /* && string[sindex] != RBRACE */) /* XXX */
+ want_patsub = 1;
+#if defined (CASEMOD_EXPANSIONS)
+ else if (c == '^' || c == ',' || c == '~')
+ {
+ modspec = c;
+ want_casemod = 1;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Catch the valid and invalid brace expressions that made it through the
+ tests above. */
+ /* ${#-} is a valid expansion and means to take the length of $-.
+ Similarly for ${#?} and ${##}... */
+ if (name[0] == '#' && name[1] == '\0' && check_nullness == 0 &&
+ VALID_SPECIAL_LENGTH_PARAM (c) && string[sindex] == RBRACE)
+ {
+ name = (char *)xrealloc (name, 3);
+ name[1] = c;
+ name[2] = '\0';
+ c = string[sindex++];
+ }
+
+ /* ...but ${#%}, ${#:}, ${#=}, ${#+}, and ${#/} are errors. */
+ if (name[0] == '#' && name[1] == '\0' && check_nullness == 0 &&
+ member (c, "%:=+/") && string[sindex] == RBRACE)
+ {
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ goto bad_substitution;
+ }
+
+ /* Indirect expansion begins with a `!'. A valid indirect expansion is
+ either a variable name, one of the positional parameters or a special
+ variable that expands to one of the positional parameters. */
+ want_indir = *name == '!' &&
+ (legal_variable_starter ((unsigned char)name[1]) || DIGIT (name[1])
+ || VALID_INDIR_PARAM (name[1]));
+
+ /* Determine the value of this variable. */
+
+ /* Check for special variables, directly referenced. */
+ if (SPECIAL_VAR (name, want_indir))
+ var_is_special++;
+
+ /* Check for special expansion things, like the length of a parameter */
+ if (*name == '#' && name[1])
+ {
+ /* If we are not pointing at the character just after the
+ closing brace, then we haven't gotten all of the name.
+ Since it begins with a special character, this is a bad
+ substitution. Also check NAME for validity before trying
+ to go on. */
+ if (string[sindex - 1] != RBRACE || (valid_length_expression (name) == 0))
+ {
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ goto bad_substitution;
+ }
+
+ number = parameter_brace_expand_length (name);
+ if (number == INTMAX_MIN && unbound_vars_is_error)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ err_unboundvar (name+1);
+ free (name);
+ return (interactive_shell ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal);
+ }
+ free (name);
+
+ *indexp = sindex;
+ if (number < 0)
+ return (&expand_wdesc_error);
+ else
+ {
+ ret = alloc_word_desc ();
+ ret->word = itos (number);
+ return ret;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* ${@} is identical to $@. */
+ if (name[0] == '@' && name[1] == '\0')
+ {
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp)
+ *quoted_dollar_atp = 1;
+
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 1;
+ }
+
+ /* Process ${!PREFIX*} expansion. */
+ if (want_indir && string[sindex - 1] == RBRACE &&
+ (string[sindex - 2] == '*' || string[sindex - 2] == '@') &&
+ legal_variable_starter ((unsigned char) name[1]))
+ {
+ char **x;
+ WORD_LIST *xlist;
+
+ temp1 = savestring (name + 1);
+ number = strlen (temp1);
+ temp1[number - 1] = '\0';
+ x = all_variables_matching_prefix (temp1);
+ xlist = strvec_to_word_list (x, 0, 0);
+ if (string[sindex - 2] == '*')
+ temp = string_list_dollar_star (xlist);
+ else
+ {
+ temp = string_list_dollar_at (xlist, quoted);
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp)
+ *quoted_dollar_atp = 1;
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 1;
+ }
+ free (x);
+ dispose_words (xlist);
+ free (temp1);
+ *indexp = sindex;
+
+ free (name);
+
+ ret = alloc_word_desc ();
+ ret->word = temp;
+ return ret;
+ }
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ /* Process ${!ARRAY[@]} and ${!ARRAY[*]} expansion. */ /* [ */
+ if (want_indir && string[sindex - 1] == RBRACE &&
+ string[sindex - 2] == ']' && valid_array_reference (name+1))
+ {
+ char *x, *x1;
+
+ temp1 = savestring (name + 1);
+ x = array_variable_name (temp1, &x1, (int *)0); /* [ */
+ FREE (x);
+ if (ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (x1[0]) && x1[1] == ']')
+ {
+ temp = array_keys (temp1, quoted); /* handles assoc vars too */
+ if (x1[0] == '@')
+ {
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp)
+ *quoted_dollar_atp = 1;
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 1;
+ }
+
+ free (temp1);
+ *indexp = sindex;
+
+ ret = alloc_word_desc ();
+ ret->word = temp;
+ return ret;
+ }
+
+ free (temp1);
+ }
+#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
+
+ /* Make sure that NAME is valid before trying to go on. */
+ if (valid_brace_expansion_word (want_indir ? name + 1 : name,
+ var_is_special) == 0)
+ {
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ goto bad_substitution;
+ }
+
+ if (want_indir)
+ tdesc = parameter_brace_expand_indir (name + 1, var_is_special, quoted, quoted_dollar_atp, contains_dollar_at);
+ else
+ tdesc = parameter_brace_expand_word (name, var_is_special, quoted, PF_IGNUNBOUND|(pflags&PF_NOSPLIT2), &ind);
+
+ if (tdesc)
+ {
+ temp = tdesc->word;
+ tflag = tdesc->flags;
+ dispose_word_desc (tdesc);
+ }
+ else
+ temp = (char *)0;
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ if (valid_array_reference (name))
+ chk_atstar (name, quoted, quoted_dollar_atp, contains_dollar_at);
+#endif
+
+ var_is_set = temp != (char *)0;
+ var_is_null = check_nullness && (var_is_set == 0 || *temp == 0);
+
+ /* Get the rest of the stuff inside the braces. */
+ if (c && c != RBRACE)
+ {
+ /* Extract the contents of the ${ ... } expansion
+ according to the Posix.2 rules. */
+ value = extract_dollar_brace_string (string, &sindex, quoted, (c == '%' || c == '#' || c =='/' || c == '^' || c == ',' || c ==':') ? SX_POSIXEXP|SX_WORD : SX_WORD);
+ if (string[sindex] == RBRACE)
+ sindex++;
+ else
+ goto bad_substitution;
+ }
+ else
+ value = (char *)NULL;
+
+ *indexp = sindex;
+
+ /* All the cases where an expansion can possibly generate an unbound
+ variable error. */
+ if (want_substring || want_patsub || want_casemod || c == '#' || c == '%' || c == RBRACE)
+ {
+ if (var_is_set == 0 && unbound_vars_is_error && ((name[0] != '@' && name[0] != '*') || name[1]))
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ err_unboundvar (name);
+ FREE (value);
+ FREE (temp);
+ free (name);
+ return (interactive_shell ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If this is a substring spec, process it and add the result. */
+ if (want_substring)
+ {
+ temp1 = parameter_brace_substring (name, temp, ind, value, quoted, (tflag & W_ARRAYIND) ? AV_USEIND : 0);
+ FREE (name);
+ FREE (value);
+ FREE (temp);
+
+ if (temp1 == &expand_param_error)
+ return (&expand_wdesc_error);
+ else if (temp1 == &expand_param_fatal)
+ return (&expand_wdesc_fatal);
+
+ ret = alloc_word_desc ();
+ ret->word = temp1;
+ if (temp1 && QUOTED_NULL (temp1) && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
+ ret->flags |= W_QUOTED|W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ return ret;
+ }
+ else if (want_patsub)
+ {
+ temp1 = parameter_brace_patsub (name, temp, ind, value, quoted, (tflag & W_ARRAYIND) ? AV_USEIND : 0);
+ FREE (name);
+ FREE (value);
+ FREE (temp);
+
+ if (temp1 == &expand_param_error)
+ return (&expand_wdesc_error);
+ else if (temp1 == &expand_param_fatal)
+ return (&expand_wdesc_fatal);
+
+ ret = alloc_word_desc ();
+ ret->word = temp1;
+ if (temp1 && QUOTED_NULL (temp1) && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
+ ret->flags |= W_QUOTED|W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ return ret;
+ }
+#if defined (CASEMOD_EXPANSIONS)
+ else if (want_casemod)
+ {
+ temp1 = parameter_brace_casemod (name, temp, ind, modspec, value, quoted, (tflag & W_ARRAYIND) ? AV_USEIND : 0);
+ FREE (name);
+ FREE (value);
+ FREE (temp);
+
+ if (temp1 == &expand_param_error)
+ return (&expand_wdesc_error);
+ else if (temp1 == &expand_param_fatal)
+ return (&expand_wdesc_fatal);
+
+ ret = alloc_word_desc ();
+ ret->word = temp1;
+ if (temp1 && QUOTED_NULL (temp1) && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
+ ret->flags |= W_QUOTED|W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ return ret;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Do the right thing based on which character ended the variable name. */
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ default:
+ case '\0':
+ bad_substitution:
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ report_error (_("%s: bad substitution"), string ? string : "??");
+ FREE (value);
+ FREE (temp);
+ free (name);
+ return &expand_wdesc_error;
+
+ case RBRACE:
+ break;
+
+ case '#': /* ${param#[#]pattern} */
+ case '%': /* ${param%[%]pattern} */
+ if (value == 0 || *value == '\0' || temp == 0 || *temp == '\0')
+ {
+ FREE (value);
+ break;
+ }
+ temp1 = parameter_brace_remove_pattern (name, temp, ind, value, c, quoted, (tflag & W_ARRAYIND) ? AV_USEIND : 0);
+ free (temp);
+ free (value);
+ free (name);
+
+ ret = alloc_word_desc ();
+ ret->word = temp1;
+ if (temp1 && QUOTED_NULL (temp1) && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
+ ret->flags |= W_QUOTED|W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ return ret;
+
+ case '-':
+ case '=':
+ case '?':
+ case '+':
+ if (var_is_set && var_is_null == 0)
+ {
+ /* If the operator is `+', we don't want the value of the named
+ variable for anything, just the value of the right hand side. */
+ if (c == '+')
+ {
+ /* XXX -- if we're double-quoted and the named variable is "$@",
+ we want to turn off any special handling of "$@" --
+ we're not using it, so whatever is on the rhs applies. */
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp)
+ *quoted_dollar_atp = 0;
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 0;
+
+ FREE (temp);
+ if (value)
+ {
+ /* From Posix discussion on austin-group list. Issue 221
+ requires that backslashes escaping `}' inside
+ double-quoted ${...} be removed. */
+ if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
+ quoted |= Q_DOLBRACE;
+ ret = parameter_brace_expand_rhs (name, value, c,
+ quoted,
+ quoted_dollar_atp,
+ contains_dollar_at);
+ /* XXX - fix up later, esp. noting presence of
+ W_HASQUOTEDNULL in ret->flags */
+ free (value);
+ }
+ else
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ FREE (value);
+ }
+ /* Otherwise do nothing; just use the value in TEMP. */
+ }
+ else /* VAR not set or VAR is NULL. */
+ {
+ FREE (temp);
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ if (c == '=' && var_is_special)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ report_error (_("$%s: cannot assign in this way"), name);
+ free (name);
+ free (value);
+ return &expand_wdesc_error;
+ }
+ else if (c == '?')
+ {
+ parameter_brace_expand_error (name, value);
+ return (interactive_shell ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal);
+ }
+ else if (c != '+')
+ {
+ /* XXX -- if we're double-quoted and the named variable is "$@",
+ we want to turn off any special handling of "$@" --
+ we're not using it, so whatever is on the rhs applies. */
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp)
+ *quoted_dollar_atp = 0;
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 0;
+
+ /* From Posix discussion on austin-group list. Issue 221 requires
+ that backslashes escaping `}' inside double-quoted ${...} be
+ removed. */
+ if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
+ quoted |= Q_DOLBRACE;
+ ret = parameter_brace_expand_rhs (name, value, c, quoted,
+ quoted_dollar_atp,
+ contains_dollar_at);
+ /* XXX - fix up later, esp. noting presence of
+ W_HASQUOTEDNULL in tdesc->flags */
+ }
+ free (value);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+ free (name);
+
+ if (ret == 0)
+ {
+ ret = alloc_word_desc ();
+ ret->flags = tflag;
+ ret->word = temp;
+ }
+ return (ret);
+}
+
+/* Expand a single ${xxx} expansion. The braces are optional. When
+ the braces are used, parameter_brace_expand() does the work,
+ possibly calling param_expand recursively. */
+static WORD_DESC *
+param_expand (string, sindex, quoted, expanded_something,
+ contains_dollar_at, quoted_dollar_at_p, had_quoted_null_p,
+ pflags)
+ char *string;
+ int *sindex, quoted, *expanded_something, *contains_dollar_at;
+ int *quoted_dollar_at_p, *had_quoted_null_p, pflags;
+{
+ char *temp, *temp1, uerror[3];
+ int zindex, t_index, expok;
+ unsigned char c;
+ intmax_t number;
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ WORD_DESC *tdesc, *ret;
+ int tflag;
+
+ zindex = *sindex;
+ c = string[++zindex];
+
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ ret = tdesc = (WORD_DESC *)NULL;
+ tflag = 0;
+
+ /* Do simple cases first. Switch on what follows '$'. */
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ /* $0 .. $9? */
+ case '0':
+ case '1':
+ case '2':
+ case '3':
+ case '4':
+ case '5':
+ case '6':
+ case '7':
+ case '8':
+ case '9':
+ temp1 = dollar_vars[TODIGIT (c)];
+ if (unbound_vars_is_error && temp1 == (char *)NULL)
+ {
+ uerror[0] = '$';
+ uerror[1] = c;
+ uerror[2] = '\0';
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ err_unboundvar (uerror);
+ return (interactive_shell ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal);
+ }
+ if (temp1)
+ temp = (*temp1 && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
+ ? quote_string (temp1)
+ : quote_escapes (temp1);
+ else
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+
+ break;
+
+ /* $$ -- pid of the invoking shell. */
+ case '$':
+ temp = itos (dollar_dollar_pid);
+ break;
+
+ /* $# -- number of positional parameters. */
+ case '#':
+ temp = itos (number_of_args ());
+ break;
+
+ /* $? -- return value of the last synchronous command. */
+ case '?':
+ temp = itos (last_command_exit_value);
+ break;
+
+ /* $- -- flags supplied to the shell on invocation or by `set'. */
+ case '-':
+ temp = which_set_flags ();
+ break;
+
+ /* $! -- Pid of the last asynchronous command. */
+ case '!':
+ /* If no asynchronous pids have been created, expand to nothing.
+ If `set -u' has been executed, and no async processes have
+ been created, this is an expansion error. */
+ if (last_asynchronous_pid == NO_PID)
+ {
+ if (expanded_something)
+ *expanded_something = 0;
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ if (unbound_vars_is_error)
+ {
+ uerror[0] = '$';
+ uerror[1] = c;
+ uerror[2] = '\0';
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ err_unboundvar (uerror);
+ return (interactive_shell ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ temp = itos (last_asynchronous_pid);
+ break;
+
+ /* The only difference between this and $@ is when the arg is quoted. */
+ case '*': /* `$*' */
+ list = list_rest_of_args ();
+
+#if 0
+ /* According to austin-group posix proposal by Geoff Clare in
+ <20090505091501.GA10097@squonk.masqnet> of 5 May 2009:
+
+ "The shell shall write a message to standard error and
+ immediately exit when it tries to expand an unset parameter
+ other than the '@' and '*' special parameters."
+ */
+
+ if (list == 0 && unbound_vars_is_error && (pflags & PF_IGNUNBOUND) == 0)
+ {
+ uerror[0] = '$';
+ uerror[1] = '*';
+ uerror[2] = '\0';
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ err_unboundvar (uerror);
+ return (interactive_shell ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* If there are no command-line arguments, this should just
+ disappear if there are other characters in the expansion,
+ even if it's quoted. */
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && list == 0)
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ else if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_PATQUOTE))
+ {
+ /* If we have "$*" we want to make a string of the positional
+ parameters, separated by the first character of $IFS, and
+ quote the whole string, including the separators. If IFS
+ is unset, the parameters are separated by ' '; if $IFS is
+ null, the parameters are concatenated. */
+ temp = (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_PATQUOTE)) ? string_list_dollar_star (list) : string_list (list);
+ if (temp)
+ {
+ temp1 = quote_string (temp);
+ if (*temp == 0)
+ tflag |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ free (temp);
+ temp = temp1;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* We check whether or not we're eventually going to split $* here,
+ for example when IFS is empty and we are processing the rhs of
+ an assignment statement. In that case, we don't separate the
+ arguments at all. Otherwise, if the $* is not quoted it is
+ identical to $@ */
+#if 1
+# if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (expand_no_split_dollar_star && ifs_firstc[0] == 0)
+# else
+ if (expand_no_split_dollar_star && ifs_firstc == 0)
+# endif
+ temp = string_list_dollar_star (list);
+ else
+ temp = string_list_dollar_at (list, quoted);
+#else
+ temp = string_list_dollar_at (list, quoted);
+#endif
+ if (expand_no_split_dollar_star == 0 && contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 1;
+ }
+
+ dispose_words (list);
+ break;
+
+ /* When we have "$@" what we want is "$1" "$2" "$3" ... This
+ means that we have to turn quoting off after we split into
+ the individually quoted arguments so that the final split
+ on the first character of $IFS is still done. */
+ case '@': /* `$@' */
+ list = list_rest_of_args ();
+
+#if 0
+ /* According to austin-group posix proposal by Geoff Clare in
+ <20090505091501.GA10097@squonk.masqnet> of 5 May 2009:
+
+ "The shell shall write a message to standard error and
+ immediately exit when it tries to expand an unset parameter
+ other than the '@' and '*' special parameters."
+ */
+
+ if (list == 0 && unbound_vars_is_error && (pflags & PF_IGNUNBOUND) == 0)
+ {
+ uerror[0] = '$';
+ uerror[1] = '@';
+ uerror[2] = '\0';
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ err_unboundvar (uerror);
+ return (interactive_shell ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* We want to flag the fact that we saw this. We can't turn
+ off quoting entirely, because other characters in the
+ string might need it (consider "\"$@\""), but we need some
+ way to signal that the final split on the first character
+ of $IFS should be done, even though QUOTED is 1. */
+ /* XXX - should this test include Q_PATQUOTE? */
+ if (quoted_dollar_at_p && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
+ *quoted_dollar_at_p = 1;
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 1;
+
+ /* We want to separate the positional parameters with the first
+ character of $IFS in case $IFS is something other than a space.
+ We also want to make sure that splitting is done no matter what --
+ according to POSIX.2, this expands to a list of the positional
+ parameters no matter what IFS is set to. */
+#if 0
+ temp = string_list_dollar_at (list, quoted);
+#else
+ temp = string_list_dollar_at (list, (pflags & PF_ASSIGNRHS) ? (quoted|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES) : quoted);
+#endif
+
+ dispose_words (list);
+ break;
+
+ case LBRACE:
+ tdesc = parameter_brace_expand (string, &zindex, quoted, pflags,
+ quoted_dollar_at_p,
+ contains_dollar_at);
+
+ if (tdesc == &expand_wdesc_error || tdesc == &expand_wdesc_fatal)
+ return (tdesc);
+ temp = tdesc ? tdesc->word : (char *)0;
+
+ /* XXX */
+ /* Quoted nulls should be removed if there is anything else
+ in the string. */
+ /* Note that we saw the quoted null so we can add one back at
+ the end of this function if there are no other characters
+ in the string, discard TEMP, and go on. The exception to
+ this is when we have "${@}" and $1 is '', since $@ needs
+ special handling. */
+ if (tdesc && tdesc->word && (tdesc->flags & W_HASQUOTEDNULL) && QUOTED_NULL (temp))
+ {
+ if (had_quoted_null_p)
+ *had_quoted_null_p = 1;
+ if (*quoted_dollar_at_p == 0)
+ {
+ free (temp);
+ tdesc->word = temp = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ ret = tdesc;
+ goto return0;
+
+ /* Do command or arithmetic substitution. */
+ case LPAREN:
+ /* We have to extract the contents of this paren substitution. */
+ t_index = zindex + 1;
+ temp = extract_command_subst (string, &t_index, 0);
+ zindex = t_index;
+
+ /* For Posix.2-style `$(( ))' arithmetic substitution,
+ extract the expression and pass it to the evaluator. */
+ if (temp && *temp == LPAREN)
+ {
+ char *temp2;
+ temp1 = temp + 1;
+ temp2 = savestring (temp1);
+ t_index = strlen (temp2) - 1;
+
+ if (temp2[t_index] != RPAREN)
+ {
+ free (temp2);
+ goto comsub;
+ }
+
+ /* Cut off ending `)' */
+ temp2[t_index] = '\0';
+
+ if (chk_arithsub (temp2, t_index) == 0)
+ {
+ free (temp2);
+#if 0
+ internal_warning (_("future versions of the shell will force evaluation as an arithmetic substitution"));
+#endif
+ goto comsub;
+ }
+
+ /* Expand variables found inside the expression. */
+ temp1 = expand_arith_string (temp2, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES);
+ free (temp2);
+
+arithsub:
+ /* No error messages. */
+ this_command_name = (char *)NULL;
+ number = evalexp (temp1, &expok);
+ free (temp);
+ free (temp1);
+ if (expok == 0)
+ {
+ if (interactive_shell == 0 && posixly_correct)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ return (&expand_wdesc_fatal);
+ }
+ else
+ return (&expand_wdesc_error);
+ }
+ temp = itos (number);
+ break;
+ }
+
+comsub:
+ if (pflags & PF_NOCOMSUB)
+ /* we need zindex+1 because string[zindex] == RPAREN */
+ temp1 = substring (string, *sindex, zindex+1);
+ else
+ {
+ tdesc = command_substitute (temp, quoted);
+ temp1 = tdesc ? tdesc->word : (char *)NULL;
+ if (tdesc)
+ dispose_word_desc (tdesc);
+ }
+ FREE (temp);
+ temp = temp1;
+ break;
+
+ /* Do POSIX.2d9-style arithmetic substitution. This will probably go
+ away in a future bash release. */
+ case '[':
+ /* Extract the contents of this arithmetic substitution. */
+ t_index = zindex + 1;
+ temp = extract_arithmetic_subst (string, &t_index);
+ zindex = t_index;
+ if (temp == 0)
+ {
+ temp = savestring (string);
+ if (expanded_something)
+ *expanded_something = 0;
+ goto return0;
+ }
+
+ /* Do initial variable expansion. */
+ temp1 = expand_arith_string (temp, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES);
+
+ goto arithsub;
+
+ default:
+ /* Find the variable in VARIABLE_LIST. */
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+
+ for (t_index = zindex; (c = string[zindex]) && legal_variable_char (c); zindex++)
+ ;
+ temp1 = (zindex > t_index) ? substring (string, t_index, zindex) : (char *)NULL;
+
+ /* If this isn't a variable name, then just output the `$'. */
+ if (temp1 == 0 || *temp1 == '\0')
+ {
+ FREE (temp1);
+ temp = (char *)xmalloc (2);
+ temp[0] = '$';
+ temp[1] = '\0';
+ if (expanded_something)
+ *expanded_something = 0;
+ goto return0;
+ }
+
+ /* If the variable exists, return its value cell. */
+ var = find_variable (temp1);
+
+ if (var && invisible_p (var) == 0 && var_isset (var))
+ {
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ if (assoc_p (var) || array_p (var))
+ {
+ temp = array_p (var) ? array_reference (array_cell (var), 0)
+ : assoc_reference (assoc_cell (var), "0");
+ if (temp)
+ temp = (*temp && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
+ ? quote_string (temp)
+ : quote_escapes (temp);
+ else if (unbound_vars_is_error)
+ goto unbound_variable;
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ temp = value_cell (var);
+
+ temp = (*temp && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
+ ? quote_string (temp)
+ : quote_escapes (temp);
+ }
+
+ free (temp1);
+
+ goto return0;
+ }
+
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+
+unbound_variable:
+ if (unbound_vars_is_error)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ err_unboundvar (temp1);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ free (temp1);
+ goto return0;
+ }
+
+ free (temp1);
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ return ((unbound_vars_is_error && interactive_shell == 0)
+ ? &expand_wdesc_fatal
+ : &expand_wdesc_error);
+ }
+
+ if (string[zindex])
+ zindex++;
+
+return0:
+ *sindex = zindex;
+
+ if (ret == 0)
+ {
+ ret = alloc_word_desc ();
+ ret->flags = tflag; /* XXX */
+ ret->word = temp;
+ }
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Make a word list which is the result of parameter and variable
+ expansion, command substitution, arithmetic substitution, and
+ quote removal of WORD. Return a pointer to a WORD_LIST which is
+ the result of the expansion. If WORD contains a null word, the
+ word list returned is also null.
+
+ QUOTED contains flag values defined in shell.h.
+
+ ISEXP is used to tell expand_word_internal that the word should be
+ treated as the result of an expansion. This has implications for
+ how IFS characters in the word are treated.
+
+ CONTAINS_DOLLAR_AT and EXPANDED_SOMETHING are return values; when non-null
+ they point to an integer value which receives information about expansion.
+ CONTAINS_DOLLAR_AT gets non-zero if WORD contained "$@", else zero.
+ EXPANDED_SOMETHING get non-zero if WORD contained any parameter expansions,
+ else zero.
+
+ This only does word splitting in the case of $@ expansion. In that
+ case, we split on ' '. */
+
+/* Values for the local variable quoted_state. */
+#define UNQUOTED 0
+#define PARTIALLY_QUOTED 1
+#define WHOLLY_QUOTED 2
+
+static WORD_LIST *
+expand_word_internal (word, quoted, isexp, contains_dollar_at, expanded_something)
+ WORD_DESC *word;
+ int quoted, isexp;
+ int *contains_dollar_at;
+ int *expanded_something;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ WORD_DESC *tword;
+
+ /* The intermediate string that we build while expanding. */
+ char *istring;
+
+ /* The current size of the above object. */
+ int istring_size;
+
+ /* Index into ISTRING. */
+ int istring_index;
+
+ /* Temporary string storage. */
+ char *temp, *temp1;
+
+ /* The text of WORD. */
+ register char *string;
+
+ /* The size of STRING. */
+ size_t string_size;
+
+ /* The index into STRING. */
+ int sindex;
+
+ /* This gets 1 if we see a $@ while quoted. */
+ int quoted_dollar_at;
+
+ /* One of UNQUOTED, PARTIALLY_QUOTED, or WHOLLY_QUOTED, depending on
+ whether WORD contains no quoting characters, a partially quoted
+ string (e.g., "xx"ab), or is fully quoted (e.g., "xxab"). */
+ int quoted_state;
+
+ /* State flags */
+ int had_quoted_null;
+ int has_dollar_at;
+ int tflag;
+ int pflags; /* flags passed to param_expand */
+
+ int assignoff; /* If assignment, offset of `=' */
+
+ register unsigned char c; /* Current character. */
+ int t_index; /* For calls to string_extract_xxx. */
+
+ char twochars[2];
+
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ istring = (char *)xmalloc (istring_size = DEFAULT_INITIAL_ARRAY_SIZE);
+ istring[istring_index = 0] = '\0';
+ quoted_dollar_at = had_quoted_null = has_dollar_at = 0;
+ quoted_state = UNQUOTED;
+
+ string = word->word;
+ if (string == 0)
+ goto finished_with_string;
+ /* Don't need the string length for the SADD... and COPY_ macros unless
+ multibyte characters are possible. */
+ string_size = (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) ? strlen (string) : 1;
+
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 0;
+
+ assignoff = -1;
+
+ /* Begin the expansion. */
+
+ for (sindex = 0; ;)
+ {
+ c = string[sindex];
+
+ /* Case on toplevel character. */
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case '\0':
+ goto finished_with_string;
+
+ case CTLESC:
+ sindex++;
+#if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && string[sindex])
+ {
+ SADD_MBQCHAR_BODY(temp, string, sindex, string_size);
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ temp = (char *)xmalloc (3);
+ temp[0] = CTLESC;
+ temp[1] = c = string[sindex];
+ temp[2] = '\0';
+ }
+
+dollar_add_string:
+ if (string[sindex])
+ sindex++;
+
+add_string:
+ if (temp)
+ {
+ istring = sub_append_string (temp, istring, &istring_index, &istring_size);
+ temp = (char *)0;
+ }
+
+ break;
+
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+ /* Process substitution. */
+ case '<':
+ case '>':
+ {
+ if (string[++sindex] != LPAREN || (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) || (word->flags & (W_DQUOTE|W_NOPROCSUB)) || posixly_correct)
+ {
+ sindex--; /* add_character: label increments sindex */
+ goto add_character;
+ }
+ else
+ t_index = sindex + 1; /* skip past both '<' and LPAREN */
+
+ temp1 = extract_process_subst (string, (c == '<') ? "<(" : ">(", &t_index); /*))*/
+ sindex = t_index;
+
+ /* If the process substitution specification is `<()', we want to
+ open the pipe for writing in the child and produce output; if
+ it is `>()', we want to open the pipe for reading in the child
+ and consume input. */
+ temp = temp1 ? process_substitute (temp1, (c == '>')) : (char *)0;
+
+ FREE (temp1);
+
+ goto dollar_add_string;
+ }
+#endif /* PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION */
+
+ case '=':
+ /* Posix.2 section 3.6.1 says that tildes following `=' in words
+ which are not assignment statements are not expanded. If the
+ shell isn't in posix mode, though, we perform tilde expansion
+ on `likely candidate' unquoted assignment statements (flags
+ include W_ASSIGNMENT but not W_QUOTED). A likely candidate
+ contains an unquoted :~ or =~. Something to think about: we
+ now have a flag that says to perform tilde expansion on arguments
+ to `assignment builtins' like declare and export that look like
+ assignment statements. We now do tilde expansion on such words
+ even in POSIX mode. */
+ if (word->flags & (W_ASSIGNRHS|W_NOTILDE))
+ {
+ if (isexp == 0 && (word->flags & (W_NOSPLIT|W_NOSPLIT2)) == 0 && isifs (c))
+ goto add_ifs_character;
+ else
+ goto add_character;
+ }
+ /* If we're not in posix mode or forcing assignment-statement tilde
+ expansion, note where the `=' appears in the word and prepare to
+ do tilde expansion following the first `='. */
+ if ((word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT) &&
+ (posixly_correct == 0 || (word->flags & W_TILDEEXP)) &&
+ assignoff == -1 && sindex > 0)
+ assignoff = sindex;
+ if (sindex == assignoff && string[sindex+1] == '~') /* XXX */
+ word->flags |= W_ITILDE;
+#if 0
+ else if ((word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT) &&
+ (posixly_correct == 0 || (word->flags & W_TILDEEXP)) &&
+ string[sindex+1] == '~')
+ word->flags |= W_ITILDE;
+#endif
+ if (isexp == 0 && (word->flags & (W_NOSPLIT|W_NOSPLIT2)) == 0 && isifs (c))
+ goto add_ifs_character;
+ else
+ goto add_character;
+
+ case ':':
+ if (word->flags & W_NOTILDE)
+ {
+ if (isexp == 0 && (word->flags & (W_NOSPLIT|W_NOSPLIT2)) == 0 && isifs (c))
+ goto add_ifs_character;
+ else
+ goto add_character;
+ }
+
+ if ((word->flags & (W_ASSIGNMENT|W_ASSIGNRHS|W_TILDEEXP)) &&
+ string[sindex+1] == '~')
+ word->flags |= W_ITILDE;
+
+ if (isexp == 0 && (word->flags & (W_NOSPLIT|W_NOSPLIT2)) == 0 && isifs (c))
+ goto add_ifs_character;
+ else
+ goto add_character;
+
+ case '~':
+ /* If the word isn't supposed to be tilde expanded, or we're not
+ at the start of a word or after an unquoted : or = in an
+ assignment statement, we don't do tilde expansion. */
+ if ((word->flags & (W_NOTILDE|W_DQUOTE)) ||
+ (sindex > 0 && ((word->flags & W_ITILDE) == 0)) ||
+ (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)))
+ {
+ word->flags &= ~W_ITILDE;
+ if (isexp == 0 && (word->flags & (W_NOSPLIT|W_NOSPLIT2)) == 0 && isifs (c) && (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) == 0)
+ goto add_ifs_character;
+ else
+ goto add_character;
+ }
+
+ if (word->flags & W_ASSIGNRHS)
+ tflag = 2;
+ else if (word->flags & (W_ASSIGNMENT|W_TILDEEXP))
+ tflag = 1;
+ else
+ tflag = 0;
+
+ temp = bash_tilde_find_word (string + sindex, tflag, &t_index);
+
+ word->flags &= ~W_ITILDE;
+
+ if (temp && *temp && t_index > 0)
+ {
+ temp1 = bash_tilde_expand (temp, tflag);
+ if (temp1 && *temp1 == '~' && STREQ (temp, temp1))
+ {
+ FREE (temp);
+ FREE (temp1);
+ goto add_character; /* tilde expansion failed */
+ }
+ free (temp);
+ temp = temp1;
+ sindex += t_index;
+ goto add_quoted_string; /* XXX was add_string */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ FREE (temp);
+ goto add_character;
+ }
+
+ case '$':
+ if (expanded_something)
+ *expanded_something = 1;
+
+ has_dollar_at = 0;
+ pflags = (word->flags & W_NOCOMSUB) ? PF_NOCOMSUB : 0;
+ if (word->flags & W_NOSPLIT2)
+ pflags |= PF_NOSPLIT2;
+ if (word->flags & W_ASSIGNRHS)
+ pflags |= PF_ASSIGNRHS;
+ tword = param_expand (string, &sindex, quoted, expanded_something,
+ &has_dollar_at, "ed_dollar_at,
+ &had_quoted_null, pflags);
+
+ if (tword == &expand_wdesc_error || tword == &expand_wdesc_fatal)
+ {
+ free (string);
+ free (istring);
+ return ((tword == &expand_wdesc_error) ? &expand_word_error
+ : &expand_word_fatal);
+ }
+ if (contains_dollar_at && has_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 1;
+
+ if (tword && (tword->flags & W_HASQUOTEDNULL))
+ had_quoted_null = 1;
+
+ temp = tword ? tword->word : (char *)NULL;
+ dispose_word_desc (tword);
+
+ goto add_string;
+ break;
+
+ case '`': /* Backquoted command substitution. */
+ {
+ t_index = sindex++;
+
+ temp = string_extract (string, &sindex, "`", SX_REQMATCH);
+ /* The test of sindex against t_index is to allow bare instances of
+ ` to pass through, for backwards compatibility. */
+ if (temp == &extract_string_error || temp == &extract_string_fatal)
+ {
+ if (sindex - 1 == t_index)
+ {
+ sindex = t_index;
+ goto add_character;
+ }
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ report_error (_("bad substitution: no closing \"`\" in %s") , string+t_index);
+ free (string);
+ free (istring);
+ return ((temp == &extract_string_error) ? &expand_word_error
+ : &expand_word_fatal);
+ }
+
+ if (expanded_something)
+ *expanded_something = 1;
+
+ if (word->flags & W_NOCOMSUB)
+ /* sindex + 1 because string[sindex] == '`' */
+ temp1 = substring (string, t_index, sindex + 1);
+ else
+ {
+ de_backslash (temp);
+ tword = command_substitute (temp, quoted);
+ temp1 = tword ? tword->word : (char *)NULL;
+ if (tword)
+ dispose_word_desc (tword);
+ }
+ FREE (temp);
+ temp = temp1;
+ goto dollar_add_string;
+ }
+
+ case '\\':
+ if (string[sindex + 1] == '\n')
+ {
+ sindex += 2;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ c = string[++sindex];
+
+ if (quoted & Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)
+ tflag = CBSHDOC;
+ else if (quoted & Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)
+ tflag = CBSDQUOTE;
+ else
+ tflag = 0;
+
+ /* From Posix discussion on austin-group list: Backslash escaping
+ a } in ${...} is removed. Issue 0000221 */
+ if ((quoted & Q_DOLBRACE) && c == RBRACE)
+ {
+ SCOPY_CHAR_I (twochars, CTLESC, c, string, sindex, string_size);
+ }
+ else if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && ((sh_syntaxtab[c] & tflag) == 0))
+ {
+ SCOPY_CHAR_I (twochars, '\\', c, string, sindex, string_size);
+ }
+ else if (c == 0)
+ {
+ c = CTLNUL;
+ sindex--; /* add_character: label increments sindex */
+ goto add_character;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ SCOPY_CHAR_I (twochars, CTLESC, c, string, sindex, string_size);
+ }
+
+ sindex++;
+add_twochars:
+ /* BEFORE jumping here, we need to increment sindex if appropriate */
+ RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (istring, istring_index, 2, istring_size,
+ DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE);
+ istring[istring_index++] = twochars[0];
+ istring[istring_index++] = twochars[1];
+ istring[istring_index] = '\0';
+
+ break;
+
+ case '"':
+#if 0
+ if ((quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) || (word->flags & W_DQUOTE))
+#else
+ if ((quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)))
+#endif
+ goto add_character;
+
+ t_index = ++sindex;
+ temp = string_extract_double_quoted (string, &sindex, 0);
+
+ /* If the quotes surrounded the entire string, then the
+ whole word was quoted. */
+ quoted_state = (t_index == 1 && string[sindex] == '\0')
+ ? WHOLLY_QUOTED
+ : PARTIALLY_QUOTED;
+
+ if (temp && *temp)
+ {
+ tword = alloc_word_desc ();
+ tword->word = temp;
+
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+
+ has_dollar_at = 0;
+ /* Need to get W_HASQUOTEDNULL flag through this function. */
+ list = expand_word_internal (tword, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, 0, &has_dollar_at, (int *)NULL);
+
+ if (list == &expand_word_error || list == &expand_word_fatal)
+ {
+ free (istring);
+ free (string);
+ /* expand_word_internal has already freed temp_word->word
+ for us because of the way it prints error messages. */
+ tword->word = (char *)NULL;
+ dispose_word (tword);
+ return list;
+ }
+
+ dispose_word (tword);
+
+ /* "$@" (a double-quoted dollar-at) expands into nothing,
+ not even a NULL word, when there are no positional
+ parameters. */
+ if (list == 0 && has_dollar_at)
+ {
+ quoted_dollar_at++;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* If we get "$@", we know we have expanded something, so we
+ need to remember it for the final split on $IFS. This is
+ a special case; it's the only case where a quoted string
+ can expand into more than one word. It's going to come back
+ from the above call to expand_word_internal as a list with
+ a single word, in which all characters are quoted and
+ separated by blanks. What we want to do is to turn it back
+ into a list for the next piece of code. */
+ if (list)
+ dequote_list (list);
+
+ if (list && list->word && (list->word->flags & W_HASQUOTEDNULL))
+ had_quoted_null = 1;
+
+ if (has_dollar_at)
+ {
+ quoted_dollar_at++;
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 1;
+ if (expanded_something)
+ *expanded_something = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* What we have is "". This is a minor optimization. */
+ FREE (temp);
+ list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* The code above *might* return a list (consider the case of "$@",
+ where it returns "$1", "$2", etc.). We can't throw away the
+ rest of the list, and we have to make sure each word gets added
+ as quoted. We test on tresult->next: if it is non-NULL, we
+ quote the whole list, save it to a string with string_list, and
+ add that string. We don't need to quote the results of this
+ (and it would be wrong, since that would quote the separators
+ as well), so we go directly to add_string. */
+ if (list)
+ {
+ if (list->next)
+ {
+#if 0
+ if (quoted_dollar_at && (word->flags & W_NOSPLIT2))
+ temp = string_list_internal (quote_list (list), " ");
+ else
+#endif
+ /* Testing quoted_dollar_at makes sure that "$@" is
+ split correctly when $IFS does not contain a space. */
+ temp = quoted_dollar_at
+ ? string_list_dollar_at (list, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)
+ : string_list (quote_list (list));
+ dispose_words (list);
+ goto add_string;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ temp = savestring (list->word->word);
+ tflag = list->word->flags;
+ dispose_words (list);
+
+ /* If the string is not a quoted null string, we want
+ to remove any embedded unquoted CTLNUL characters.
+ We do not want to turn quoted null strings back into
+ the empty string, though. We do this because we
+ want to remove any quoted nulls from expansions that
+ contain other characters. For example, if we have
+ x"$*"y or "x$*y" and there are no positional parameters,
+ the $* should expand into nothing. */
+ /* We use the W_HASQUOTEDNULL flag to differentiate the
+ cases: a quoted null character as above and when
+ CTLNUL is contained in the (non-null) expansion
+ of some variable. We use the had_quoted_null flag to
+ pass the value through this function to its caller. */
+ if ((tflag & W_HASQUOTEDNULL) && QUOTED_NULL (temp) == 0)
+ remove_quoted_nulls (temp); /* XXX */
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+
+ /* We do not want to add quoted nulls to strings that are only
+ partially quoted; we can throw them away. The execption to
+ this is when we are going to be performing word splitting,
+ since we have to preserve a null argument if the next character
+ will cause word splitting. */
+ if (temp == 0 && quoted_state == PARTIALLY_QUOTED && (word->flags & (W_NOSPLIT|W_NOSPLIT2)))
+ continue;
+
+ add_quoted_string:
+
+ if (temp)
+ {
+ temp1 = temp;
+ temp = quote_string (temp);
+ free (temp1);
+ goto add_string;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Add NULL arg. */
+ c = CTLNUL;
+ sindex--; /* add_character: label increments sindex */
+ goto add_character;
+ }
+
+ /* break; */
+
+ case '\'':
+#if 0
+ if ((quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) || (word->flags & W_DQUOTE))
+#else
+ if ((quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)))
+#endif
+ goto add_character;
+
+ t_index = ++sindex;
+ temp = string_extract_single_quoted (string, &sindex);
+
+ /* If the entire STRING was surrounded by single quotes,
+ then the string is wholly quoted. */
+ quoted_state = (t_index == 1 && string[sindex] == '\0')
+ ? WHOLLY_QUOTED
+ : PARTIALLY_QUOTED;
+
+ /* If all we had was '', it is a null expansion. */
+ if (*temp == '\0')
+ {
+ free (temp);
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ remove_quoted_escapes (temp); /* ??? */
+
+ /* We do not want to add quoted nulls to strings that are only
+ partially quoted; such nulls are discarded. */
+ if (temp == 0 && (quoted_state == PARTIALLY_QUOTED))
+ continue;
+
+ /* If we have a quoted null expansion, add a quoted NULL to istring. */
+ if (temp == 0)
+ {
+ c = CTLNUL;
+ sindex--; /* add_character: label increments sindex */
+ goto add_character;
+ }
+ else
+ goto add_quoted_string;
+
+ /* break; */
+
+ default:
+ /* This is the fix for " $@ " */
+ add_ifs_character:
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) || (isexp == 0 && isifs (c)))
+ {
+ if (string[sindex]) /* from old goto dollar_add_string */
+ sindex++;
+ if (c == 0)
+ {
+ c = CTLNUL;
+ goto add_character;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+#if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1)
+ sindex--;
+
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1)
+ {
+ SADD_MBQCHAR_BODY(temp, string, sindex, string_size);
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ twochars[0] = CTLESC;
+ twochars[1] = c;
+ goto add_twochars;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ SADD_MBCHAR (temp, string, sindex, string_size);
+
+ add_character:
+ RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (istring, istring_index, 1, istring_size,
+ DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE);
+ istring[istring_index++] = c;
+ istring[istring_index] = '\0';
+
+ /* Next character. */
+ sindex++;
+ }
+ }
+
+finished_with_string:
+ /* OK, we're ready to return. If we have a quoted string, and
+ quoted_dollar_at is not set, we do no splitting at all; otherwise
+ we split on ' '. The routines that call this will handle what to
+ do if nothing has been expanded. */
+
+ /* Partially and wholly quoted strings which expand to the empty
+ string are retained as an empty arguments. Unquoted strings
+ which expand to the empty string are discarded. The single
+ exception is the case of expanding "$@" when there are no
+ positional parameters. In that case, we discard the expansion. */
+
+ /* Because of how the code that handles "" and '' in partially
+ quoted strings works, we need to make ISTRING into a QUOTED_NULL
+ if we saw quoting characters, but the expansion was empty.
+ "" and '' are tossed away before we get to this point when
+ processing partially quoted strings. This makes "" and $xxx""
+ equivalent when xxx is unset. We also look to see whether we
+ saw a quoted null from a ${} expansion and add one back if we
+ need to. */
+
+ /* If we expand to nothing and there were no single or double quotes
+ in the word, we throw it away. Otherwise, we return a NULL word.
+ The single exception is for $@ surrounded by double quotes when
+ there are no positional parameters. In that case, we also throw
+ the word away. */
+
+ if (*istring == '\0')
+ {
+ if (quoted_dollar_at == 0 && (had_quoted_null || quoted_state == PARTIALLY_QUOTED))
+ {
+ istring[0] = CTLNUL;
+ istring[1] = '\0';
+ tword = make_bare_word (istring);
+ tword->flags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL; /* XXX */
+ list = make_word_list (tword, (WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+ if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
+ tword->flags |= W_QUOTED;
+ }
+ /* According to sh, ksh, and Posix.2, if a word expands into nothing
+ and a double-quoted "$@" appears anywhere in it, then the entire
+ word is removed. */
+ else if (quoted_state == UNQUOTED || quoted_dollar_at)
+ list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+#if 0
+ else
+ {
+ tword = make_bare_word (istring);
+ if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
+ tword->flags |= W_QUOTED;
+ list = make_word_list (tword, (WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+ }
+#else
+ else
+ list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+#endif
+ }
+ else if (word->flags & W_NOSPLIT)
+ {
+ tword = make_bare_word (istring);
+ if (word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT)
+ tword->flags |= W_ASSIGNMENT; /* XXX */
+ if (word->flags & W_COMPASSIGN)
+ tword->flags |= W_COMPASSIGN; /* XXX */
+ if (word->flags & W_NOGLOB)
+ tword->flags |= W_NOGLOB; /* XXX */
+ if (word->flags & W_NOEXPAND)
+ tword->flags |= W_NOEXPAND; /* XXX */
+ if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
+ tword->flags |= W_QUOTED;
+ if (had_quoted_null)
+ tword->flags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ list = make_word_list (tword, (WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ char *ifs_chars;
+
+ ifs_chars = (quoted_dollar_at || has_dollar_at) ? ifs_value : (char *)NULL;
+
+ /* If we have $@, we need to split the results no matter what. If
+ IFS is unset or NULL, string_list_dollar_at has separated the
+ positional parameters with a space, so we split on space (we have
+ set ifs_chars to " \t\n" above if ifs is unset). If IFS is set,
+ string_list_dollar_at has separated the positional parameters
+ with the first character of $IFS, so we split on $IFS. */
+ if (has_dollar_at && ifs_chars)
+ list = list_string (istring, *ifs_chars ? ifs_chars : " ", 1);
+ else
+ {
+ tword = make_bare_word (istring);
+ if ((quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) || (quoted_state == WHOLLY_QUOTED))
+ tword->flags |= W_QUOTED;
+ if (word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT)
+ tword->flags |= W_ASSIGNMENT;
+ if (word->flags & W_COMPASSIGN)
+ tword->flags |= W_COMPASSIGN;
+ if (word->flags & W_NOGLOB)
+ tword->flags |= W_NOGLOB;
+ if (word->flags & W_NOEXPAND)
+ tword->flags |= W_NOEXPAND;
+ if (had_quoted_null)
+ tword->flags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL; /* XXX */
+ list = make_word_list (tword, (WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+ }
+ }
+
+ free (istring);
+ return (list);
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Functions for Quote Removal */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Perform quote removal on STRING. If QUOTED > 0, assume we are obeying the
+ backslash quoting rules for within double quotes or a here document. */
+char *
+string_quote_removal (string, quoted)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ size_t slen;
+ char *r, *result_string, *temp, *send;
+ int sindex, tindex, dquote;
+ unsigned char c;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ /* The result can be no longer than the original string. */
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ send = string + slen;
+
+ r = result_string = (char *)xmalloc (slen + 1);
+
+ for (dquote = sindex = 0; c = string[sindex];)
+ {
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case '\\':
+ c = string[++sindex];
+ if (c == 0)
+ {
+ *r++ = '\\';
+ break;
+ }
+ if (((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) || dquote) && (sh_syntaxtab[c] & CBSDQUOTE) == 0)
+ *r++ = '\\';
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+
+ default:
+ SCOPY_CHAR_M (r, string, send, sindex);
+ break;
+
+ case '\'':
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) || dquote)
+ {
+ *r++ = c;
+ sindex++;
+ break;
+ }
+ tindex = sindex + 1;
+ temp = string_extract_single_quoted (string, &tindex);
+ if (temp)
+ {
+ strcpy (r, temp);
+ r += strlen (r);
+ free (temp);
+ }
+ sindex = tindex;
+ break;
+
+ case '"':
+ dquote = 1 - dquote;
+ sindex++;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ *r = '\0';
+ return (result_string);
+}
+
+#if 0
+/* UNUSED */
+/* Perform quote removal on word WORD. This allocates and returns a new
+ WORD_DESC *. */
+WORD_DESC *
+word_quote_removal (word, quoted)
+ WORD_DESC *word;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ WORD_DESC *w;
+ char *t;
+
+ t = string_quote_removal (word->word, quoted);
+ w = alloc_word_desc ();
+ w->word = t ? t : savestring ("");
+ return (w);
+}
+
+/* Perform quote removal on all words in LIST. If QUOTED is non-zero,
+ the members of the list are treated as if they are surrounded by
+ double quotes. Return a new list, or NULL if LIST is NULL. */
+WORD_LIST *
+word_list_quote_removal (list, quoted)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *result, *t, *tresult, *e;
+
+ for (t = list, result = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; t; t = t->next)
+ {
+ tresult = make_word_list (word_quote_removal (t->word, quoted), (WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+#if 0
+ result = (WORD_LIST *) list_append (result, tresult);
+#else
+ if (result == 0)
+ result = e = tresult;
+ else
+ {
+ e->next = tresult;
+ while (e->next)
+ e = e->next;
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+ return (result);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*******************************************
+ * *
+ * Functions to perform word splitting *
+ * *
+ *******************************************/
+
+void
+setifs (v)
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+{
+ char *t;
+ unsigned char uc;
+
+ ifs_var = v;
+ ifs_value = (v && value_cell (v)) ? value_cell (v) : " \t\n";
+
+ /* Should really merge ifs_cmap with sh_syntaxtab. XXX - doesn't yet
+ handle multibyte chars in IFS */
+ memset (ifs_cmap, '\0', sizeof (ifs_cmap));
+ for (t = ifs_value ; t && *t; t++)
+ {
+ uc = *t;
+ ifs_cmap[uc] = 1;
+ }
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (ifs_value == 0)
+ {
+ ifs_firstc[0] = '\0';
+ ifs_firstc_len = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ size_t ifs_len;
+ ifs_len = strnlen (ifs_value, MB_CUR_MAX);
+ ifs_firstc_len = MBLEN (ifs_value, ifs_len);
+ if (ifs_firstc_len == 1 || ifs_firstc_len == 0 || MB_INVALIDCH (ifs_firstc_len))
+ {
+ ifs_firstc[0] = ifs_value[0];
+ ifs_firstc[1] = '\0';
+ ifs_firstc_len = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ memcpy (ifs_firstc, ifs_value, ifs_firstc_len);
+ }
+#else
+ ifs_firstc = ifs_value ? *ifs_value : 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+char *
+getifs ()
+{
+ return ifs_value;
+}
+
+/* This splits a single word into a WORD LIST on $IFS, but only if the word
+ is not quoted. list_string () performs quote removal for us, even if we
+ don't do any splitting. */
+WORD_LIST *
+word_split (w, ifs_chars)
+ WORD_DESC *w;
+ char *ifs_chars;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *result;
+
+ if (w)
+ {
+ char *xifs;
+
+ xifs = ((w->flags & W_QUOTED) || ifs_chars == 0) ? "" : ifs_chars;
+ result = list_string (w->word, xifs, w->flags & W_QUOTED);
+ }
+ else
+ result = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/* Perform word splitting on LIST and return the RESULT. It is possible
+ to return (WORD_LIST *)NULL. */
+static WORD_LIST *
+word_list_split (list)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *result, *t, *tresult, *e;
+
+ for (t = list, result = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; t; t = t->next)
+ {
+ tresult = word_split (t->word, ifs_value);
+ if (result == 0)
+ result = e = tresult;
+ else
+ {
+ e->next = tresult;
+ while (e->next)
+ e = e->next;
+ }
+ }
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/**************************************************
+ * *
+ * Functions to expand an entire WORD_LIST *
+ * *
+ **************************************************/
+
+/* Do any word-expansion-specific cleanup and jump to top_level */
+static void
+exp_jump_to_top_level (v)
+ int v;
+{
+ set_pipestatus_from_exit (last_command_exit_value);
+
+ /* Cleanup code goes here. */
+ expand_no_split_dollar_star = 0; /* XXX */
+ expanding_redir = 0;
+ assigning_in_environment = 0;
+
+ if (parse_and_execute_level == 0)
+ top_level_cleanup (); /* from sig.c */
+
+ jump_to_top_level (v);
+}
+
+/* Put NLIST (which is a WORD_LIST * of only one element) at the front of
+ ELIST, and set ELIST to the new list. */
+#define PREPEND_LIST(nlist, elist) \
+ do { nlist->next = elist; elist = nlist; } while (0)
+
+/* Separate out any initial variable assignments from TLIST. If set -k has
+ been executed, remove all assignment statements from TLIST. Initial
+ variable assignments and other environment assignments are placed
+ on SUBST_ASSIGN_VARLIST. */
+static WORD_LIST *
+separate_out_assignments (tlist)
+ WORD_LIST *tlist;
+{
+ register WORD_LIST *vp, *lp;
+
+ if (tlist == 0)
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+
+ if (subst_assign_varlist)
+ dispose_words (subst_assign_varlist); /* Clean up after previous error */
+
+ subst_assign_varlist = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+ vp = lp = tlist;
+
+ /* Separate out variable assignments at the start of the command.
+ Loop invariant: vp->next == lp
+ Loop postcondition:
+ lp = list of words left after assignment statements skipped
+ tlist = original list of words
+ */
+ while (lp && (lp->word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT))
+ {
+ vp = lp;
+ lp = lp->next;
+ }
+
+ /* If lp != tlist, we have some initial assignment statements.
+ We make SUBST_ASSIGN_VARLIST point to the list of assignment
+ words and TLIST point to the remaining words. */
+ if (lp != tlist)
+ {
+ subst_assign_varlist = tlist;
+ /* ASSERT(vp->next == lp); */
+ vp->next = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; /* terminate variable list */
+ tlist = lp; /* remainder of word list */
+ }
+
+ /* vp == end of variable list */
+ /* tlist == remainder of original word list without variable assignments */
+ if (!tlist)
+ /* All the words in tlist were assignment statements */
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+
+ /* ASSERT(tlist != NULL); */
+ /* ASSERT((tlist->word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT) == 0); */
+
+ /* If the -k option is in effect, we need to go through the remaining
+ words, separate out the assignment words, and place them on
+ SUBST_ASSIGN_VARLIST. */
+ if (place_keywords_in_env)
+ {
+ WORD_LIST *tp; /* tp == running pointer into tlist */
+
+ tp = tlist;
+ lp = tlist->next;
+
+ /* Loop Invariant: tp->next == lp */
+ /* Loop postcondition: tlist == word list without assignment statements */
+ while (lp)
+ {
+ if (lp->word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT)
+ {
+ /* Found an assignment statement, add this word to end of
+ subst_assign_varlist (vp). */
+ if (!subst_assign_varlist)
+ subst_assign_varlist = vp = lp;
+ else
+ {
+ vp->next = lp;
+ vp = lp;
+ }
+
+ /* Remove the word pointed to by LP from TLIST. */
+ tp->next = lp->next;
+ /* ASSERT(vp == lp); */
+ lp->next = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+ lp = tp->next;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ tp = lp;
+ lp = lp->next;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return (tlist);
+}
+
+#define WEXP_VARASSIGN 0x001
+#define WEXP_BRACEEXP 0x002
+#define WEXP_TILDEEXP 0x004
+#define WEXP_PARAMEXP 0x008
+#define WEXP_PATHEXP 0x010
+
+/* All of the expansions, including variable assignments at the start of
+ the list. */
+#define WEXP_ALL (WEXP_VARASSIGN|WEXP_BRACEEXP|WEXP_TILDEEXP|WEXP_PARAMEXP|WEXP_PATHEXP)
+
+/* All of the expansions except variable assignments at the start of
+ the list. */
+#define WEXP_NOVARS (WEXP_BRACEEXP|WEXP_TILDEEXP|WEXP_PARAMEXP|WEXP_PATHEXP)
+
+/* All of the `shell expansions': brace expansion, tilde expansion, parameter
+ expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion, word splitting, and
+ quote removal. */
+#define WEXP_SHELLEXP (WEXP_BRACEEXP|WEXP_TILDEEXP|WEXP_PARAMEXP)
+
+/* Take the list of words in LIST and do the various substitutions. Return
+ a new list of words which is the expanded list, and without things like
+ variable assignments. */
+
+WORD_LIST *
+expand_words (list)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+{
+ return (expand_word_list_internal (list, WEXP_ALL));
+}
+
+/* Same as expand_words (), but doesn't hack variable or environment
+ variables. */
+WORD_LIST *
+expand_words_no_vars (list)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+{
+ return (expand_word_list_internal (list, WEXP_NOVARS));
+}
+
+WORD_LIST *
+expand_words_shellexp (list)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+{
+ return (expand_word_list_internal (list, WEXP_SHELLEXP));
+}
+
+static WORD_LIST *
+glob_expand_word_list (tlist, eflags)
+ WORD_LIST *tlist;
+ int eflags;
+{
+ char **glob_array, *temp_string;
+ register int glob_index;
+ WORD_LIST *glob_list, *output_list, *disposables, *next;
+ WORD_DESC *tword;
+
+ output_list = disposables = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+ glob_array = (char **)NULL;
+ while (tlist)
+ {
+ /* For each word, either globbing is attempted or the word is
+ added to orig_list. If globbing succeeds, the results are
+ added to orig_list and the word (tlist) is added to the list
+ of disposable words. If globbing fails and failed glob
+ expansions are left unchanged (the shell default), the
+ original word is added to orig_list. If globbing fails and
+ failed glob expansions are removed, the original word is
+ added to the list of disposable words. orig_list ends up
+ in reverse order and requires a call to REVERSE_LIST to
+ be set right. After all words are examined, the disposable
+ words are freed. */
+ next = tlist->next;
+
+ /* If the word isn't an assignment and contains an unquoted
+ pattern matching character, then glob it. */
+ if ((tlist->word->flags & W_NOGLOB) == 0 &&
+ unquoted_glob_pattern_p (tlist->word->word))
+ {
+ glob_array = shell_glob_filename (tlist->word->word);
+
+ /* Handle error cases.
+ I don't think we should report errors like "No such file
+ or directory". However, I would like to report errors
+ like "Read failed". */
+
+ if (glob_array == 0 || GLOB_FAILED (glob_array))
+ {
+ glob_array = (char **)xmalloc (sizeof (char *));
+ glob_array[0] = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Dequote the current word in case we have to use it. */
+ if (glob_array[0] == NULL)
+ {
+ temp_string = dequote_string (tlist->word->word);
+ free (tlist->word->word);
+ tlist->word->word = temp_string;
+ }
+
+ /* Make the array into a word list. */
+ glob_list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+ for (glob_index = 0; glob_array[glob_index]; glob_index++)
+ {
+ tword = make_bare_word (glob_array[glob_index]);
+ tword->flags |= W_GLOBEXP; /* XXX */
+ glob_list = make_word_list (tword, glob_list);
+ }
+
+ if (glob_list)
+ {
+ output_list = (WORD_LIST *)list_append (glob_list, output_list);
+ PREPEND_LIST (tlist, disposables);
+ }
+ else if (fail_glob_expansion != 0)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ report_error (_("no match: %s"), tlist->word->word);
+ exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
+ }
+ else if (allow_null_glob_expansion == 0)
+ {
+ /* Failed glob expressions are left unchanged. */
+ PREPEND_LIST (tlist, output_list);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Failed glob expressions are removed. */
+ PREPEND_LIST (tlist, disposables);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Dequote the string. */
+ temp_string = dequote_string (tlist->word->word);
+ free (tlist->word->word);
+ tlist->word->word = temp_string;
+ PREPEND_LIST (tlist, output_list);
+ }
+
+ strvec_dispose (glob_array);
+ glob_array = (char **)NULL;
+
+ tlist = next;
+ }
+
+ if (disposables)
+ dispose_words (disposables);
+
+ if (output_list)
+ output_list = REVERSE_LIST (output_list, WORD_LIST *);
+
+ return (output_list);
+}
+
+#if defined (BRACE_EXPANSION)
+static WORD_LIST *
+brace_expand_word_list (tlist, eflags)
+ WORD_LIST *tlist;
+ int eflags;
+{
+ register char **expansions;
+ char *temp_string;
+ WORD_LIST *disposables, *output_list, *next;
+ WORD_DESC *w;
+ int eindex;
+
+ for (disposables = output_list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; tlist; tlist = next)
+ {
+ next = tlist->next;
+
+ if ((tlist->word->flags & (W_COMPASSIGN|W_ASSIGNARG)) == (W_COMPASSIGN|W_ASSIGNARG))
+ {
+/*itrace("brace_expand_word_list: %s: W_COMPASSIGN|W_ASSIGNARG", tlist->word->word);*/
+ PREPEND_LIST (tlist, output_list);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Only do brace expansion if the word has a brace character. If
+ not, just add the word list element to BRACES and continue. In
+ the common case, at least when running shell scripts, this will
+ degenerate to a bunch of calls to `mbschr', and then what is
+ basically a reversal of TLIST into BRACES, which is corrected
+ by a call to REVERSE_LIST () on BRACES when the end of TLIST
+ is reached. */
+ if (mbschr (tlist->word->word, LBRACE))
+ {
+ expansions = brace_expand (tlist->word->word);
+
+ for (eindex = 0; temp_string = expansions[eindex]; eindex++)
+ {
+ w = alloc_word_desc ();
+ w->word = temp_string;
+
+ /* If brace expansion didn't change the word, preserve
+ the flags. We may want to preserve the flags
+ unconditionally someday -- XXX */
+ if (STREQ (temp_string, tlist->word->word))
+ w->flags = tlist->word->flags;
+ else
+ w = make_word_flags (w, temp_string);
+
+ output_list = make_word_list (w, output_list);
+ }
+ free (expansions);
+
+ /* Add TLIST to the list of words to be freed after brace
+ expansion has been performed. */
+ PREPEND_LIST (tlist, disposables);
+ }
+ else
+ PREPEND_LIST (tlist, output_list);
+ }
+
+ if (disposables)
+ dispose_words (disposables);
+
+ if (output_list)
+ output_list = REVERSE_LIST (output_list, WORD_LIST *);
+
+ return (output_list);
+}
+#endif
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+/* Take WORD, a compound associative array assignment, and internally run
+ 'declare -A w', where W is the variable name portion of WORD. */
+static int
+make_internal_declare (word, option)
+ char *word;
+ char *option;
+{
+ int t;
+ WORD_LIST *wl;
+ WORD_DESC *w;
+
+ w = make_word (word);
+
+ t = assignment (w->word, 0);
+ w->word[t] = '\0';
+
+ wl = make_word_list (w, (WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+ wl = make_word_list (make_word (option), wl);
+
+ return (declare_builtin (wl));
+}
+#endif
+
+static WORD_LIST *
+shell_expand_word_list (tlist, eflags)
+ WORD_LIST *tlist;
+ int eflags;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *expanded, *orig_list, *new_list, *next, *temp_list;
+ int expanded_something, has_dollar_at;
+ char *temp_string;
+
+ /* We do tilde expansion all the time. This is what 1003.2 says. */
+ new_list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+ for (orig_list = tlist; tlist; tlist = next)
+ {
+ temp_string = tlist->word->word;
+
+ next = tlist->next;
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ /* If this is a compound array assignment to a builtin that accepts
+ such assignments (e.g., `declare'), take the assignment and perform
+ it separately, handling the semantics of declarations inside shell
+ functions. This avoids the double-evaluation of such arguments,
+ because `declare' does some evaluation of compound assignments on
+ its own. */
+ if ((tlist->word->flags & (W_COMPASSIGN|W_ASSIGNARG)) == (W_COMPASSIGN|W_ASSIGNARG))
+ {
+ int t;
+
+ if (tlist->word->flags & W_ASSIGNASSOC)
+ make_internal_declare (tlist->word->word, "-A");
+
+ t = do_word_assignment (tlist->word, 0);
+ if (t == 0)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
+ }
+
+ /* Now transform the word as ksh93 appears to do and go on */
+ t = assignment (tlist->word->word, 0);
+ tlist->word->word[t] = '\0';
+ tlist->word->flags &= ~(W_ASSIGNMENT|W_NOSPLIT|W_COMPASSIGN|W_ASSIGNARG|W_ASSIGNASSOC);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ expanded_something = 0;
+ expanded = expand_word_internal
+ (tlist->word, 0, 0, &has_dollar_at, &expanded_something);
+
+ if (expanded == &expand_word_error || expanded == &expand_word_fatal)
+ {
+ /* By convention, each time this error is returned,
+ tlist->word->word has already been freed. */
+ tlist->word->word = (char *)NULL;
+
+ /* Dispose our copy of the original list. */
+ dispose_words (orig_list);
+ /* Dispose the new list we're building. */
+ dispose_words (new_list);
+
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ if (expanded == &expand_word_error)
+ exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
+ else
+ exp_jump_to_top_level (FORCE_EOF);
+ }
+
+ /* Don't split words marked W_NOSPLIT. */
+ if (expanded_something && (tlist->word->flags & W_NOSPLIT) == 0)
+ {
+ temp_list = word_list_split (expanded);
+ dispose_words (expanded);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* If no parameter expansion, command substitution, process
+ substitution, or arithmetic substitution took place, then
+ do not do word splitting. We still have to remove quoted
+ null characters from the result. */
+ word_list_remove_quoted_nulls (expanded);
+ temp_list = expanded;
+ }
+
+ expanded = REVERSE_LIST (temp_list, WORD_LIST *);
+ new_list = (WORD_LIST *)list_append (expanded, new_list);
+ }
+
+ if (orig_list)
+ dispose_words (orig_list);
+
+ if (new_list)
+ new_list = REVERSE_LIST (new_list, WORD_LIST *);
+
+ return (new_list);
+}
+
+/* The workhorse for expand_words () and expand_words_no_vars ().
+ First arg is LIST, a WORD_LIST of words.
+ Second arg EFLAGS is a flags word controlling which expansions are
+ performed.
+
+ This does all of the substitutions: brace expansion, tilde expansion,
+ parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion,
+ process substitution, word splitting, and pathname expansion, according
+ to the bits set in EFLAGS. Words with the W_QUOTED or W_NOSPLIT bits
+ set, or for which no expansion is done, do not undergo word splitting.
+ Words with the W_NOGLOB bit set do not undergo pathname expansion. */
+static WORD_LIST *
+expand_word_list_internal (list, eflags)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ int eflags;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *new_list, *temp_list;
+ int tint;
+
+ if (list == 0)
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+
+ garglist = new_list = copy_word_list (list);
+ if (eflags & WEXP_VARASSIGN)
+ {
+ garglist = new_list = separate_out_assignments (new_list);
+ if (new_list == 0)
+ {
+ if (subst_assign_varlist)
+ {
+ /* All the words were variable assignments, so they are placed
+ into the shell's environment. */
+ for (temp_list = subst_assign_varlist; temp_list; temp_list = temp_list->next)
+ {
+ this_command_name = (char *)NULL; /* no arithmetic errors */
+ tint = do_word_assignment (temp_list->word, 0);
+ /* Variable assignment errors in non-interactive shells
+ running in Posix.2 mode cause the shell to exit. */
+ if (tint == 0)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ if (interactive_shell == 0 && posixly_correct)
+ exp_jump_to_top_level (FORCE_EOF);
+ else
+ exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
+ }
+ }
+ dispose_words (subst_assign_varlist);
+ subst_assign_varlist = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+ }
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Begin expanding the words that remain. The expansions take place on
+ things that aren't really variable assignments. */
+
+#if defined (BRACE_EXPANSION)
+ /* Do brace expansion on this word if there are any brace characters
+ in the string. */
+ if ((eflags & WEXP_BRACEEXP) && brace_expansion && new_list)
+ new_list = brace_expand_word_list (new_list, eflags);
+#endif /* BRACE_EXPANSION */
+
+ /* Perform the `normal' shell expansions: tilde expansion, parameter and
+ variable substitution, command substitution, arithmetic expansion,
+ and word splitting. */
+ new_list = shell_expand_word_list (new_list, eflags);
+
+ /* Okay, we're almost done. Now let's just do some filename
+ globbing. */
+ if (new_list)
+ {
+ if ((eflags & WEXP_PATHEXP) && disallow_filename_globbing == 0)
+ /* Glob expand the word list unless globbing has been disabled. */
+ new_list = glob_expand_word_list (new_list, eflags);
+ else
+ /* Dequote the words, because we're not performing globbing. */
+ new_list = dequote_list (new_list);
+ }
+
+ if ((eflags & WEXP_VARASSIGN) && subst_assign_varlist)
+ {
+ sh_wassign_func_t *assign_func;
+ int is_special_builtin, is_builtin_or_func;
+
+ /* If the remainder of the words expand to nothing, Posix.2 requires
+ that the variable and environment assignments affect the shell's
+ environment. */
+ assign_func = new_list ? assign_in_env : do_word_assignment;
+ tempenv_assign_error = 0;
+
+ is_builtin_or_func = (new_list && new_list->word && (find_shell_builtin (new_list->word->word) || find_function (new_list->word->word)));
+ /* Posix says that special builtins exit if a variable assignment error
+ occurs in an assignment preceding it. */
+ is_special_builtin = (posixly_correct && new_list && new_list->word && find_special_builtin (new_list->word->word));
+
+ for (temp_list = subst_assign_varlist; temp_list; temp_list = temp_list->next)
+ {
+ this_command_name = (char *)NULL;
+ assigning_in_environment = (assign_func == assign_in_env);
+ tint = (*assign_func) (temp_list->word, is_builtin_or_func);
+ assigning_in_environment = 0;
+ /* Variable assignment errors in non-interactive shells running
+ in Posix.2 mode cause the shell to exit. */
+ if (tint == 0)
+ {
+ if (assign_func == do_word_assignment)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ if (interactive_shell == 0 && posixly_correct && is_special_builtin)
+ exp_jump_to_top_level (FORCE_EOF);
+ else
+ exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
+ }
+ else
+ tempenv_assign_error++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ dispose_words (subst_assign_varlist);
+ subst_assign_varlist = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+ }
+
+#if 0
+ tint = list_length (new_list) + 1;
+ RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (glob_argv_flags, 0, tint, glob_argv_flags_size, 16);
+ for (tint = 0, temp_list = new_list; temp_list; temp_list = temp_list->next)
+ glob_argv_flags[tint++] = (temp_list->word->flags & W_GLOBEXP) ? '1' : '0';
+ glob_argv_flags[tint] = '\0';
+#endif
+
+ return (new_list);
+}
projects / thirdparty / bash.git / commitdiff
